TANZANIA ELECTRIC SUPPLY COMPANY LIMITED
UPDATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR THE PROPOSED
MALAGARASI STAGE III 44.8MW HYDROPOWER PLANT AT IGAMBA FALLS ON
THE MALAGARASI RIVER IN IGAMBA SUB-VILLAGE, MAZUNGWE VILLAGE,
KAZURAMIMBA WARD, UVINZA DISTRICT IN KIGOMA REGION
Consultant:
KNK Environmental Consult LTD.
P.O Box 18159, St. Nicolous Church Premises Arusha
Street, Ilala Municipal. Tabora. Tanzania
Mob: +255 0758 847 426
E – mail: e.paul46@yahoo.com
Submitted to:
National Environment Management Council (NEMC)
Regent Estate Plot 29 and 30 Mikocheni Area,
P.O. Box 63154, Tabora, Tanzania,
Tel: +255 (022)2774889
E-mail: dg@nemc.or.tz
September 2017
0
SIGNED DECLARATION OF EXPERT
I hereby certify that the particulars given to this EIA report are correct and true to the best of my
knowledge and I shall provide any additional information that shall come to my notice in the
course of the processing of this EIA report.
#
Name
Responsibility
1
Mr. Edward P. Kiringo
Registered
EIA
Expert
(Environmental Engineer)
i
Signature
-
Contents
SIGNED DECLARATION OF EXPERT ................................................................................................ i
LIST OF TABLES ......................................................................................................................... xiii
LIST OF FIGURES ....................................................................................................................... xiv
ACRONIMY AND ABRIVIATION................................................................................................... xv
AKNOWLEDGEMENT ............................................................................................................... xvii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ........................................................................................................... xviii
CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................1
1.2
Purpose, Requirements and Process .............................................................................1
1.3
Outline of the Malagarasi Hydropower Project, Project Background and Rationale.......2
1.4
ESIA Background and History ........................................................................................3
1.5
Report Structure ...........................................................................................................5
1.6
Methodology ................................................................................................................6
1.6.1
Sources of Information...........................................................................................6
1.6.2
Environmental and Social Assessment Methodology..............................................6
CHAPTER TWO: PROJECT DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................8
2.1
Infrastructure Description of the Stage III Option ........................................................11
2.1.1
Reservoir .................................................................................................................12
2.1.2
Dam.........................................................................................................................13
2.1.3
Compensation Water Release Mechanism and Culvert ............................................14
2.1.4
Power Intake ...........................................................................................................15
2.1.5
Sediment flushing gates...........................................................................................15
2.1.6 Headrace Culvert, Surge Tank and Penstock .................................................................16
2.1.7 Power station and Tailrace ...........................................................................................16
2.1.8 Electrical Works ............................................................................................................16
2.1.9 12 kV lines to the Intake Area and office and residential areas .....................................17
2.1.10
Permanent Rock Deposit ......................................................................................17
2.2
Power and Energy Production .................................................................................18
2.2.1 Hydrological Inflow Data and Water Usage ...............................................................18
2.2.3
Resulting Power and Energy .................................................................................19
ii
2.3
Access Road and Supporting Infrastructure Description ..............................................20
2.3.1
Road Design and Key Construction Elements .......................................................20
2.3.2 Access Road within the Stage III footprint .................................................................22
2.3.3 Bridge .......................................................................................................................22
2.3.4
Plant Roads ..........................................................................................................25
2.3.5
Office and Residential Houses ..............................................................................25
2.3.6:
Lighting and small power in the office and residential area ..................................25
2.4
Construction of Malagarasi HPP ..................................................................................25
2.4.1
Schedule of Activities ...........................................................................................25
2.4.2
Camps and Construction Facilities ........................................................................25
2.4.3
Contractor’s Other Technical Facilities .................................................................26
2.4.4
Temporary Roads .................................................................................................27
2.4.6
Description of Dam Construction .........................................................................27
2.4.7:
Materials for HPP Construction ............................................................................28
2.4.8
Source of Materials ..............................................................................................29
2.5
Malagarasi HPP Operational Mode .............................................................................30
2.6
Description of the Impact Zones..................................................................................31
2.6.1
Direct Impact Zone (DIZ) ......................................................................................31
2.6.2
Secondary Impact Zone (SIZ) ................................................................................34
CHAPTER THREE: POLICY, ADMINISTRATIVE and LEGAL FRAMEWORK ......................................35
3.1
National Policy ............................................................................................................35
3.1.1
National Environmental Policy, 1997 ....................................................................35
3.1.2
National Water Policy, 2002 (revised in 2009) ......................................................36
3.1.3
National Policy on HIV/AIDS, (2001) .....................................................................37
3.1.4
National Human Settlement Development Policy, (2000) .....................................38
3.1.5
National Land Policy (1995) ..................................................................................39
3.1.6
National Forest Policy, 1998 .................................................................................39
3.1.7
Wildlife and Wetland Policy of Tanzania, 2007 .....................................................40
3.1.8
The Agriculture and Livestock Policy (1997) .........................................................40
iii
3.1.9
Antiquities Policy of 2008 .....................................................................................40
3.1.10 Land Acquisition and Resettlement Policy ............................................................40
3.1.11
National Energy Policy (URT 2015) ....................................................................41
3.1.12
Fisheries Policy, 1997 .......................................................................................41
3.1.13 National Investment Policy, 1996 ............................................................................41
3.1.14
National Employment Policy, 1997 ...................................................................42
3.1.15
National Transport Policy, 2003 ........................................................................42
3.1.16
National Mining Policy, 2009 ............................................................................42
3.2
National Development Strategies ................................................................................43
3.2.1
Tanzania Development Vision 2025 .....................................................................43
3.2.2
National Strategy for Growth and Reduction of Poverty II (2010) .........................43
3.2.3
Tanzania Industrialization Initiatives ....................................................................44
3.2.4
Rural Development Strategy (2001) .....................................................................44
3.3
Principal legislations and Regulations ..........................................................................44
3.3.1
The Constitution of the United Republic of Tanzania of 1977 ...............................44
3.3.2
Environmental Management Act (2004) (or CAP 191) ..........................................45
3.3.3
National Regulations ............................................................................................46
3.3.3.1
The Environmental Impact Assessment and Audit Regulations (2005) ..............46
3.3.3.2
The Environmental management (solid waste management) regulations, 2009
47
3.3.3.3
2009
The Environmental management (hazardous waste management) regulations,
48
3.3.3.4
The Land (Assessment of the Value of Land for Compensation) Regulations, 2001
48
3.3.4
The Land Acquisition Act, Cap 118 .......................................................................48
3.3.5
The Land Act, 1999 (Act No. 4/1999) ....................................................................49
3.3.6
The Village Land Act, 1999 (Act No.5/1999) .........................................................51
3.3.7
The Land Regulation (2001) .................................................................................51
3.3.8
The Land Disputes Courts Act No. 2 of 2002 .........................................................52
3.3.9
Electricity Act, 2008 (Act No.10/2008) .................................................................53
iv
3.3.10 Rural Energy Act, 2005 .........................................................................................53
3.3.11 Forest Act (2002) .................................................................................................53
3.3.12 Wildlife conservation Act no 5 of 2009 .................................................................54
3.3.13 Water Resources Management Act, 2009 ............................................................55
3.3.14 Legal Provisions on Pollution ................................................................................55
3.3.15 Occupational Health and Safety Act (2003) ..........................................................56
3.3.16 Disclosure Requirements .....................................................................................57
3.3.17 HIV and AIDS (Prevention and Control) Act, 2008 .................................................57
3.3.18 Land Use Planning Act, 2007 (Act No.6/2007) ......................................................57
3.3.19
Urban Planning Act, 2007 (Act No. 8/2007) .........................................................58
3.3.20 Water Supply and Sanitation Act, (No. 12), 2009 ..................................................58
3.3.21 Employment and Labour Relation Act, 2004 ........................................................59
3.3.22 Workers Compensation Act, 2008 ........................................................................59
3.3.23
Road Act of 2007 .................................................................................................59
3.3.24 Local Government (Urban Authority) Act (1982) ..................................................60
3.3.24 Industrial and Consumer Chemicals (Management and Control) Act, 2003 ..........61
3.3.25 Mining Act, 2010 ..................................................................................................61
3.3.26 Energy and Water Utilities Regulatory Authority Cap 414, (2001) ........................62
3.3.27 The Engineers Registration Act, No 15 of 1997 and Engineers Registration
(amendment in 2007) .......................................................................................................62
3.3.28 Public Health Act, No. 1 of 2009 ...........................................................................62
3.3.29 Environmental Management (Fees and Charges) Regulations, 2008 ....................63
3.3.30 Graves Removal Act, Cap 73 .................................................................................63
3.3.31 Fire and Rescue Act, Cap 427 ...............................................................................63
3.3.32 Explosives Act, 1963 .............................................................................................64
3.4
International Agreements and Conventions ................................................................64
3.4.1
World Heritage Convention 1972 .........................................................................65
3.4.2
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) 1992 ........65
3.4.3
Kyoto Protocol on the reduction of Greenhouse Gas Emissions, 2003 ..................65
3.4.4
Basel Convention on Trans‐boundary Movement of Hazardous Wastes, 1989 .....65
v
3.4.5
Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio de Janeiro, 1992 ......................................65
3.4.6
Convention on Wetlands, of 1971 in Ramsar, Iran ................................................66
3.4.7 United Nations Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild
Fauna and Flora, 1974. .....................................................................................................67
3.4.8
International Labour Conventions ........................................................................67
3.4.9
ILO Conventions on Occupational Safety and Health ............................................67
3.5
International project Funders Policies, Procedures and Guidelines .............................68
3.5.1 African Development Bank (AfDB) Environmental and Social Operational Safeguards
..........................................................................................................................................68
3.6
World Bank Safeguard Policies ....................................................................................71
3.6.1
OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment .....................................................................72
3.6.2
OP 4.04 Natural Habitats ......................................................................................73
3.6.3
OP 4.36 Forests ....................................................................................................73
3.6.4
OP. 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement ......................................................................74
3.6.5
OP/BP 4.10 Indigenous Peoples ...........................................................................75
3.6.6
OP/BP 4.11 Physical Cultural Resources ...............................................................75
3.6.7
BP 17.50 Public disclosures ..................................................................................76
3.7
Pollution prevention and Abatement Handbook Guidelines ........................................76
3.8
Climate Change ...........................................................................................................77
3.9
Institutional Framework: Actors in Environment .........................................................77
3.9.1
National Environmental Advisory Committee.......................................................77
3.9.2
The Minister of Environment ...............................................................................78
3.9.3
Director of Environment (VPO) ............................................................................78
3.9.4
The National Environment Management Council (NEMC) ....................................78
3.9.5
Sector Ministries ..................................................................................................79
3.9.6
Energy Sector .......................................................................................................80
CHAPTER FOUR: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE........................................................81
4.1
Physical Environmental Characteristics .......................................................................81
4.1.1
Geographical location ..........................................................................................81
4.1.2
Administrative structure ......................................................................................81
vi
4.1.3
Weather and climatic conditions. .........................................................................81
4.1.3.1
4.2
Malagarasi River and Catchment ......................................................................81
Agro-Ecological zones .................................................................................................83
4.2.1
Lake Shore Zone ...................................................................................................83
4.2.2
Miombo Woodland ..............................................................................................84
4.2.3
Intermediate Zone ...............................................................................................84
4.2.4
Southern Highland ...............................................................................................84
4.3
Hydrology ...................................................................................................................85
4.3.1
Run – off ..............................................................................................................85
4.3.2
Annual Discharge .................................................................................................85
4.4
Water quality ..............................................................................................................85
4.5
Air Quality, Noise, Dust and Vibration at Proposed project areas. ...............................86
4.5.1
Measurement of Baseline Sound and Vibration Data for Malagarasi stage III HPP 86
4.5.1.1
Noise level ........................................................................................................86
4.5.1.2
Vibration Levels Measurements .......................................................................88
4.6
Geology and Soil .........................................................................................................89
4.6.1
Geology ...............................................................................................................89
4.6.2
Soil .......................................................................................................................91
4.7
Land Cover and Use .................................................................................................93
4.7.1
4.8
Land Cover and Use at Igamba Falls Stage III and the Direct Impact Zone ............93
Biological baseline.......................................................................................................93
4.8.1
4.8.2.1
4.8.2
Flora ....................................................................................................................93
Vegetation and Habitats along the Access Road ...............................................96
Fauna ...................................................................................................................97
4.8.2.1
Aquatic Macro invertebrates and Fish ..............................................................97
4.8.2.2
Terrestrial invertebrates ...................................................................................98
4.8.8.3
Amphibians, Reptiles and Small mammals ........................................................99
4.8.8.4
Birds ............................................................................................................... 100
4.8.8.5
Large Mammals .............................................................................................. 100
vii
4.9
Social economic status .............................................................................................. 101
4.9.1
Social Services .................................................................................................... 101
4.9.2
Economic activities ............................................................................................ 103
CHAPTER FIVE: STAKEHOLDERS IDENTIFICATION AND CONSULTATION ...................................104
5.2.
Consultation Meetings with Regional and District Authorities ...................................105
5.3
Methodologies applied during public and stakeholders consultations ....................... 105
5.3.1
Notification to Stakeholders............................................................................... 105
5.3.2
Household Questionnaire .................................................................................. 106
5.3.3
Village Public Meetings ...................................................................................... 106
5.3.4
Official Meetings with Village Leaders ................................................................ 108
5.3.5
Meetings with District Officials .......................................................................... 108
5.4
Consultations with Other Relevant Stakeholders....................................................... 108
5.4.1
Focus Group Discussion ..................................................................................... 109
5.6
Summary of Identified Issues of Concerns .................................................................109
5.7
General Response to the Raised Concerns ................................................................ 120
CHAPTER SIX: ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS AND IDENTIFICATION OF ALTERNATIVES ................. 121
6.1
Project Boundaries .................................................................................................... 121
6.1.1 Institutional boundaries .......................................................................................... 121
6.1.2 Impacts Spatial boundary ....................................................................................... 121
7.1.3 Impacts temporal boundaries ................................................................................. 122
7.2
Possible Impacts Identification .................................................................................. 122
7.2.1
7.3
Methodology Used to Assess the Significance of Impacts...................................122
Positive Impact during Construction and Operation phase ........................................ 125
7.3.1
Employment Opportunities ................................................................................ 125
7.3.2 Positive Social impacts ............................................................................................ 125
7.3.3 Positive Economic Impact ....................................................................................... 125
7.4
Negative Impacts during Construction, Operation and Decommission Phase......... 126
7.4.1
Impact on Climate .............................................................................................. 126
7.4.2
Soil Erosion and pollution................................................................................... 127
viii
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure ........................................................... 127
7.4.3
Loss of biodiversity ............................................................................................ 128
7.4.3.1
Reduction in the population of limited range endemic species ....................... 128
7.4.3.2
Reduction of fish population .......................................................................... 129
7.4.3.3
Loss of Terrestrial Wildlife .............................................................................. 130
7.4.3.4
Vegetation and Habitat Degradation .............................................................. 131
7.4.3.5
Impact on Protected Areas and Tourism ......................................................... 132
7.4.4
Decline in Surface Water Quality ........................................................................ 134
7.4.4.1
Water Quality and Sedimentation of the Ponding Dam ..................................134
7.4.4.2
Fluctuations in river flows immediately downstream of the dam wall ............ 135
7.4.4.3
Fluctuations in river flow downstream of the DIZ ........................................... 136
7.4.5
Noise and Vibration ........................................................................................... 138
7.4.6
Deterioration of Landscape Aesthetic Value ....................................................... 138
7.4.7
Social and culture impact of the proposed project ............................................. 139
7.4.7.1
Potential loss of Archaeological and Cultural Heritage Sites............................ 139
7.4.7.2
Increased threat to Safety, Health and Mobility due to road traffic ................ 140
7.4.7.3
Affected People, and Loss of Assets and Natural Resources ............................ 141
7.4.8
Impacts related to the downstream users due to operation of HPP ................... 141
7.4.8.1
The impact of HPP on river flow ..................................................................... 141
7.4.8.2
Impacts Downstream of the DIZ ..................................................................... 142
7.5
Cumulative impact .................................................................................................... 142
7.5.1
Likely Socio-Economic Developments within the River basin .................................142
7.5.2
7.6
Predicted Cumulative Impacts............................................................................ 143
Mitigation measures .................................................................................................147
7.6.1
Mitigations for Biophysical Impacts ....................................................................... 147
7.6.1.1
Climate and Greenhouse Gas Emissions ......................................................... 147
7.6.1.2
Soils Erosion ...................................................................................................147
7.6.2
7.6.2.1
Biodiversity ........................................................................................................ 148
Loss of habitat of limited range endemic species ............................................ 148
ix
7.6.2.2
Loss of fish migration...................................................................................... 152
7.6.2.3
Loss of Terrestrial Wildlife .............................................................................. 152
7.6.2.4
Loss of Vegetation and Habitat ....................................................................... 152
7.6.2.5
Disturbance of Protected Areas and Tourism.................................................. 153
7.6.3
Surface Water .................................................................................................... 154
7.6.3.1
Water Quality and Sedimentation of the Ponding Dam ..................................154
7.6.3.2
Fluctuations in river flows immediately downstream of the dam wall ............ 155
7.6.3.3
Fluctuations in river flow downstream of the DIZ ........................................... 155
7.6.3.4
Generating Noise and Vibration...................................................................... 156
7.6.3.5
Disturbing Visual and Landscape .................................................................... 156
7.7
Mitigation of Socio-Economic and Cultural Impacts .................................................. 156
7.7.1
Destruction of Archaeological Sites and Cultural Heritage ..................................156
7.7.2
Public Health and Sanitation .............................................................................. 157
7.7.3
Road Safety, Health and Mobility ....................................................................... 157
7.7.4
Affected People, and Loss of Assets and Natural Resources ............................... 158
7.7.5
Employment (Benefit Enhancement) .................................................................159
7.8
Details of the Social Mitigation Plans Recommended ................................................ 159
7.8.1
Cultural Heritage Plan ........................................................................................ 160
7.8.2
Public Health and Sanitation Support Plan ......................................................... 161
7.8.3
Traffic, Road and Construction Plan ...................................................................162
7.8.4
Social Development Plan (SDP) .......................................................................... 164
7.8.5
Resettlement Action Plan ................................................................................... 165
7.8.6
Public Communication and Disclosure Plan ........................................................ 166
7.9
PROJECT ALTERNATIVES ............................................................................................ 168
7.9.1
No (Without) Project Alternative ....................................................................... 168
7.9.2
Alternative Energy Supply from Thermal Power Plant (TPP) ............................... 169
7.9.3
Alternative Energy Supply from Wind Energy ..................................................... 169
7.9.4
Alternative Energy Supply from the National Grid .............................................. 170
7.9.5
Alternative Hydropower Plant Locations ............................................................ 171
x
7.9.6 Alternative Locations of the Hydropower Scheme within the Igamba Falls Area of
the Malagarasi River ....................................................................................................... 172
7.9.7
Technical Design Alternatives............................................................................. 173
CHAPTER EIGHT: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...................................175
8.2
Implementation Arrangement of the ESMP............................................................... 175
8.3
ESMP Implementation Framework ............................................................................ 175
8.3.1
8.4
Oversight Body, Integrated Water Resource Management and the Malagarasi HPP
177
Cost estimates for ESMP ........................................................................................... 178
CHAPTER NINE: ENVORONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MONITORING PLAN ..................................... 191
9.1
Monitoring at Three Levels ....................................................................................... 191
9.2
Monitoring Indicators ............................................................................................... 191
9.3
Monitoring Scheduling and Reporting ....................................................................... 191
9.4
Costs Related to Monitoring...................................................................................... 192
CHAPTER TEN: COST BENEFIT ANALTYSIS ................................................................................ 206
10.1
Real Costs .............................................................................................................. 206
10.1.1 Construction Costs ................................................................................................ 206
10.1.2 Operation and Management Costs ....................................................................... 206
10.1.3 Resettlement Costs ............................................................................................... 206
10.2
Negative Externalities ............................................................................................ 206
10.2.1 Social Impact of HIV/AIDS ..................................................................................... 206
10.2.2 Loss in Bio-Diversity .............................................................................................. 207
10.3
Real Benefits ......................................................................................................... 207
10.3.1 Hydroelectric Power ............................................................................................. 207
10.3.2 Employment Generated from Construction .......................................................... 207
10.3.4 Fishery .................................................................................................................. 207
10.4
Positive externalities ............................................................................................. 207
10.4.1 Benefit from the 27 km access road ...................................................................... 207
10.4.2 Displaced Greenhouse Emissions .......................................................................... 208
10.5
Additional Assumptions Made ............................................................................... 208
xi
11.6
Concluding Remarks .............................................................................................. 208
CHAPTER ELEVEN: DECCOMMISIONING .................................................................................. 211
11.1
Introduction .......................................................................................................... 211
11.2
Decommissioning of the Construction Phase ......................................................... 211
11.3
Decommissioning of the Project Hydropower Facilities ......................................... 211
11.3.1
Establishment of Decommissioning Objectives and Preparation for
Decommissioning: ........................................................................................................... 211
11.3.2 Decommissioning Costs and Engineering .............................................................. 212
11.3.2.1 Inventory of Components .................................................................................. 212
11.3.3 Social Plan............................................................................................................. 213
12.3.4 Environmental Plan to include the site clearing activities and rehabilitation activities
........................................................................................................................................ 213
12.3.5 Funding ................................................................................................................. 213
CHAPTER TWELVE: CONCLUSION ............................................................................................ 214
12.1
Summary and Conclusion ...................................................................................... 214
12.2
Priority Issues ........................................................................................................ 214
12.3
Pending Project Definition, Studies, and Analyses ................................................. 217
12.4
Conclusions ........................................................................................................... 219
APPENDICES ............................................................................................................................ 226
APPENDIX I: LIST OF CONSULTED STAKEHOLDERS ...................................................................226
Appendix II: Up and Down stream water analysis result for Malagarasi Stage III HPP Project ..230
Appendix III: Layout of the proposed development and effect on river flows .......................... 232
xii
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: Resulting Power and Energy .........................................................................................19
Table 2: Quantities of materials required for road construction ................................................22
Table 3: Facilities assumed for the Access Road and the Power Plant ........................................25
Table 4: Estimated quantities of material required for Malagarasi HPP .....................................28
Table 5: Weekly material consumption will roughly ..................................................................29
Table 6: Potential borrow areas along the proposed access road ..............................................30
Table 7: Summary of AfDB Safeguard Policies pertaining to the proposed project ....................68
Table 8: Tabulated Noise Level Measurement Results ...............................................................87
Table 9: Tabulated Noise Level Standards .................................................................................87
Table 10: Tabulated Noise Level Measurement Results .............................................................88
Table 11: Vibration Standards (Whole body vibration) ..............................................................89
Table 12: Sampling sites ............................................................................................................98
Table 13: Butterflies and moths collected from the Malagarasi III Hydro-Power Project area. ...98
Table 14: Stakeholders’ views, concerns, perception on the project and responses ................ 110
Table 15: Assessment criteria for evaluation of impacts .......................................................... 123
Table 16: Cumulative Impacts Assessment .............................................................................. 144
Table 17: Social Mitigation Plans ............................................................................................. 160
Table 18: Roles and responsibilities for projects implementation ............................................ 176
Table 19: Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for the proposed Construction of
Malagarasi Stage III HPP project .............................................................................................. 179
Table 20: Environmental Monitoring Plan ............................................................................... 193
xiii
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: Location of the project area ..........................................................................................3
Figure 2: Igamba stages I, II and III...............................................................................................9
Figure 3: General layout of Malagarasi stage III Hydroelectric Power Plant. ..............................12
Figure 4: Malagarasi Reservoir ..................................................................................................13
Figure 5: Compensation water release system ..........................................................................15
Figure 6: Curve showing the water usage. .................................................................................18
Figure 7: Duration Curve in the low flow portion. ......................................................................19
Figure 8: Monthly Energy Production. .......................................................................................20
Figure 9: Proposed access road to Malagarasi HPP site .............................................................21
Figure 10: Kabuchweri Bridge (Source: ESBI Feasibility Study) ...................................................23
Figure 11: Kabuchweri River Bridge within the Stage III development area ...............................24
Figure 12: Hydropower Site Direct Impact Zone (Source: ESBI Feasibility Study)........................32
Figure 13: Infrastructure Connection Direct Impact Zone follows the existing road alignment
between the Stage III site and the Uvinza – Kigoma main road ..................................................33
Figure 14: Malagarasi Hydro Plant Environmental Study Stage III Impact Zones ........................34
Figure 15: Malagarasi catchment, to the proposed hydro-plant scheme, showing location of
swamps .....................................................................................................................................83
Figure 16: Water samples analysis result ...................................................................................86
Figure 17: Porous and fractured river bed at the Main Igamba Falls ..........................................90
Figure 18: Characteristic potholes found in sandstones within the project area ........................91
Figure 19: Malagarasi Basin soil map .........................................................................................92
Figure 20: Riverine forest along River Malagarasi ......................................................................94
Figure 21: Miombo woodlands most without leaves .................................................................95
Figure 22: Miombo woodland on flat terrain (left bank of river malagarasi) ..............................96
Figure 23: Mixed Miombo woodland along the access road to Igamba water falls (Source: Site
visit, August 2017) .....................................................................................................................97
Figure 24: Some of the fores-dependent species of butterflies (top left: Papilio dardanus male,
bottom left: P. dardanus female; top right: Papilio nireus; bottom right: G. antheus)................99
Figure 25: Showing EIA expert addressing issues during public meetings at Igamba sub-village
............................................................................................................................................... 107
Figure 26: public meetings at Mazungwe village...................................................................... 108
Figure 27: Approximate distribution of the Igamba Snail showing the area of habitat downstream
of the dam that will be preserved under a 10m3/s EF release .................................................. 151
Figure 28: Proposed Institutional Setting for the Malagarasi HPP ............................................ 178
xiv
ACRONIMY AND ABRIVIATION
AFD
AfDB
AMREF
AIDS
AW
BOD
BP
CBA
CBD
CBO
CC
CCP
CE
CFCs
CFR
CHAC
CHARM
CITES
CMP
CMP
CMS
CRFD
COD
CO2
Cumec
DACC
DED
DGC
DIZ
DMO
DNRO
DO
DOE
DRIFT
EA
EFR
EIA
EIS
EMA
EMO
EMP
Agence Française de Development
African Development Bank
African Medical and Research Foundation
Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome
African Weather
Biological oxygen demand
Bank Procedures
Cost Benefit Analysis
Convention on Biological Diversity
Community-Based Organization
Construction contractor
Council Comprehensive Plans
Consulting Engineer
Chlorinated Fluorocarbons
Council on Foreign Relations
Community Health Awareness Council
Collaborative Historical African Rainfall Model
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species
Catchment Management Plan
Construction Management Plan
Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals
Concrete Faced Rock Fill Dam
Chemical oxygen demand
Carbon Dioxide
Cubic metres per second
District Administrative Coordination Committee
District Executive Director
District Grievance Committee
Direct Impact Zone
District Medical Officer
District Natural Resources Officer
Dissolved oxygen
Director of Environment
Downstream Response to Imposed Flow Transformations
Environmental Assessment
Environmental Flow Release
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental Impact Statement
Environmental Management Act
Environmental Management Officer
Environmental Management Plan
xv
EPC
ESIA
ESMP
ESMU
ESO
EWURA
FR
FSL
GCLA
GDP
GHG
GIS
GoT
GW
ha
Engineering Procurement Construction
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
Environmental and Social Management Plan
Environmental and Social Management Unit
Environmental Site Officer
Energy and Water Utilities Regulatory Authority
Forest Reserve
Full Supply Level
Government Chemist Laboratory Agency
Gross domestic product
Green House Gas
Geographic Information System
Government of Tanzania
Gigawatt Hour
Hectare
xvi
AKNOWLEDGEMENT
Management of TANESCO wishes to convey sincere appreciation to all key players who in one
way or another supported the completion of this work. Special thanks should go to all the people
who provided prompt assistance during the whole period of consultancy. The Developer
specifically acknowledges all those who consistently worked very closely with the ESIA Study
team up to the successful completion of the assignment.
Also management will like to recognize and appreciates various institutions and individuals like
Uvinza District Council, Kazuramimba Ward and Mazungwe village office and community along
the proposed site for providing valuable information and support needed by the study team
which enabled the ESIA team to carry out the ESIA study smoothly.
xvii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Project Title and Location and Proponent
The proposed 44.8 MW hydropower plant (Malagarasi Stage III project) is located at Igamba falls
on the Malagarasi River in Igamba sub-village, Mazungwe village, Kazuramimba Ward, Uvinza
District in Kigoma Region in western Tanzania about 100 km south of the town of Kigoma.
The proponent is the Tanzania Electric Supply Company Limited (TANESCO).
Description of the Proposed Project
The ESIA study was carried out in 2012 and the project was financed by MCC but now the
Malagarasi HEP project is funded by African Development Bank (AfDB) and Agence Française de
Development (AFD). It has been noted that since then there some of legislation and policies that
has been amended, and also there might be some variation in environmental baseline and other
concern issue has to be updated thus the update of the EIA report is of importance
The proposed hydropower project is some 27 km south of the main Uvinza-Kigoma road and
railway, currently reachable by a dirt track. The main components of the project will include:
•
A dam and an intake pond below Igamba Falls, a headrace canal and a run-of-river power
plant. The intake pond will function as a run-of-river pond most of the year producing up
to 44.8MW and a daily ponding reservoir during the late dry season to allow for up to 5
MW power output.
•
An access road of about 27 km from the main Kigoma – Uvinza road south to the Malagarasi
River.
The project also entails construction of water retaining, transfer and diversion structures, power
houses, a spillway, an additional switch yard, accommodation for staff and feeder roads
connecting the plant and facilities.
The hydropower scheme was initially (in1982) conceived of as a three-step (Stages I, II and III)
hydropower development layout of the Igamba Falls.
In the initial project studies the upper dam, Stage I was to be the reservoir with hydro power
plants, while stages II and III were to be run-of-river ponds with hydropower plants. The Stage I
reservoir would have been situated near the outlet of the gorge some two km upstream of the
Igamba Falls, creating a 9 km-long narrow pond upstream into the gorge.
xviii
Stage II included a 340 m long diversion dam with an overflow weir of an anticipated maximum
height of 7.5 m above the river bed, located some 1.5 km downstream of the Stage I dam and
about 350 m upstream of the main Igamba Falls. This would have created a pond with a surface
area of about 0.6 km² extending 1.5 km upstream to the toe of the Stage I dam. Approximately
0.5 km of river channel and the main Igamba Falls would be cut off and subject to greatly reduced
flows with this arrangement. Although assessed independently of one another, the potential
impact of both Stages I and II on critical aquatic habitat resulted in financier withdrawing funding
for these stages in late 2009.
For the Stage III site new information on river flow and analyses of the optimum use of water
resources has allowed 44.8 MW to be the preferred option instead of 12 MW. This significant
development represents a considerable change in the importance of the resource
Rational for the Proposed Hydropower Scheme
TANESCO is proposing to develop a new hydropower plant at Igamba Falls on the Malagarasi
River, to serve Kigoma-Ujiji Municipality and the surrounding towns of Kasulu and Uvinza with an
affordable and reliable supply of electricity. Earlier feasibility studies have indicated that there
are three potential hydropower projects that could be undertaken in the Igamba Falls area. This
description is for Stage III of the potential three-stage Igamba Falls development which is the
most downstream dam site and hydro-power station. The power generated from the project will
be distributed to a number of communities in western Tanzania to provide approximately 1.3
million persons with increased access to electricity.
Recently TANESCO has preceded with a number of interconnecting transmission lines and Kigoma
should be linked to the national grid. TANESCO considers the Malagarasi hydropower scheme as
important as the power at the end of the transmission line may be insufficient to service the
power demand of the Kigoma area, thus reliance on the diesel generators may continue.
Furthermore the Malagarasi Hydropower Project would complement the other generation
projects and reduce power loading problems by feeding excess power into the national grid. The
future interconnector has been critical in shaping the hydropower plant design and associated
works. It has allowed for full optimisation of the hydro resource as surplus energy will be
distributed via the transmission line to other areas of Tanzania
Description of the Project Environment
The source of the Malagarasi River lies in the mountainous region, north of Kigoma and close to
the Burundi border. From its headwaters, it flows in a north-easterly direction through hills and
mountains, before it turns southwards into a flatter landscape. The gradient is gentle and the
river flows in large meanders, before entering the Malagarasi swamps in the south-eastern part
of the region. The Malagarasi swamps are a distinct hydrological feature of the basin, exerting a
xix
controlling influence on runoff. The wetlands can swell during the rainy season to hold about 10
% of the catchment that drains to them. A large portion of the entire catchment drains through
the swamps. At this point, the Moyowosi River joins the Malagarasi. Some 50 km downstream
the Ugalla River converges with the main river. The river then runs directly west, before breaking
through the Masito Escarpment, to form rapids and waterfalls (Igamba) on its final run to Lake
Tanganyika. The Igamba area is the location of the proposed project.
The Igamba Falls and Rapids are composed of porous and fractured Upper Malagarasi Sandstone
formation with extensive circular pothole erosion formations. This rock habitat lies between an
upper catchment and Lake Tanganyika. The location and evolutional history of the Igamba Falls
area makes it a unique site from an environmental perspective. Its fauna, chemistry, substrate
and productivity are different from other sites in the river system.
As a result of its evolutionary history and geology a number of range-limited endemic species
have evolved in the Igamba area of most interest to this project are the Igamba Snail which
appears to favour the deep scour pools in the sandstone, and the Goby cichlid which is found
throughout the falls area. The main habitat of these two species lies above the proposed Stage
III scheme and will not be directly affected by the project.
Stakeholder Involvement
The public participation process:
1. Provides an opportunity for Interested and Affected Parties (I&APs) to obtain clear,
accurate and comprehensive information about the proposed activity, its alternatives or
the decision and the environmental impacts thereof;
2. Provides I&APs with an opportunity to indicate their viewpoints, issues and concerns
regarding the activity, alternatives and /or the decision;
3. Provides I&APs with the opportunity of suggesting ways of avoiding, reducing or
mitigating negative impacts of an activity and for enhancing positive impacts;
4. Enables the applicant to incorporate the needs, preferences and values of affected parties
into the activity;
5. Provides opportunities to avoid and resolve disputes and reconcile conflicting interests;
and
6. Enhances transparency and accountability in decision making.
The following emerged as the key stakeholders for the Malagarasi Hydro Power Project:
• Meetings with District Officials
Meetings were held in Uvinza district leaders including DED, DC, Land Officer, Forest Officer,
Valuer, Community Development Officer, Legal Officer and Land Surveyor.The aim of the
meetings was to discuss the project with the district officials and to obtain relevant data and
xx
information from the respective districts. Most of the consulted district council’s officials agreed
to the importance of the proposed development project to the national, districts and local
communities’ development.
1. Their main concern was on land acquisition, need project owner to educate PAPS on their
rights when it comes to compensation,
2. Compensation to be fair and help PAPS to improve their lives rather than deteriorating
their lives
3. Project developer (TANESCO) should involve district authorities in every stage of the
project to minimize unnecessary conflict and help PAPS to improve their lives.
•
Meeting with local governments (i.e Kazuramimba ward, Mazungwe village and Igamba
sub-village)
The team conducted Focus Group Discussion (FGD) along the wards and villages which will be
affected by the project. The meetings aimed at informing the villages about the project and the
associated impacts. FGD members were informed of the positive and adverse impacts of the
project include loss of land, possibilities of increased spread of HIV/AIDS especially during
construction phase, as well as other environmental and social impacts associated with the
project. FGD members were also sensitized on their right to be compensated and applicable
compensation norms if they will lose land, crops and houses, also introduced the existence of
grievances committee for them to channel their claims if encountered problems related to the
project. Further they were given an opportunity to ask questions, raise their concerns and
provide information to the team on issues such as availability of land in the village for
resettlement purposes, cultural ties like ritual areas which they would like to be protected and
identification of sensitive sites/areas such as cultural sites like grave yard, water sources natural
forest and like that lie within the ward and they also offered information on how to go about
protecting this areas.
•
Consultations with Other Relevant Stakeholders
The team conducted various stakeholders consultations at ministerial and Government Agencies
and NGOs to obtain views at policy level. These included the Ministry of Natural Resources and
Tourism - the Division of Antiquities, TANROADS Kigoma office, TANESCO Kigoma Office,
Janegoodal Institute (JGI), Lake Tanganyika Water Basin, Gombe-Mahale National Park
Information Centre and RAHCO Kigoma Office as the project might use railway to transport
project consignment to Kigoma. NGO consulted includes Belgium Tecchnical Coperation (BTC),
Kigoma AIDS Control Network (KACON) Mandela Paralegal Organisation (MAPAO), Hopes of the
Community Foundation (HCF) and Vijana Pamoja Twaweza (2014). Their view and concerns are
included in the EIA report chapter five
xxi
Major Impacts
In summary the major potential impacts are:
Construction Phase:
•
The 27 km access road will result in some displacement of families along the
alignment;
•
Highly disturbed area of the Direct Impact Zone approximately 184 ha;
•
A ponding dam of approximately 13.5 ha;
•
Construction period of 3 years 4 months with up to 550 workers on site during
peak construction period;
•
Soil erosion and collapse of embankments;
•
Noise and dust on site and along the access route (trucking traffic will be high);
•
Loss of some aquatic habitat important to endemic species (Igamba snail and
Goby cichlid);
•
Temporary reduced water quality due to sedimentation from construction;
•
Short term impact on wildlife and tourism;
•
Increase in illegal timber abstraction;
•
Social, health and safety impacts on local communities.
Operation Phase:
•
The HPP is largely a run-of-river scheme. Downstream flows are not affected
except during the late dry season when the dam is used as a reservoir for daily
peaking. During the dry season the flow may be as low as 10 m 3/sec for up to 10
hours daily during peaking operations..
•
The section of the river between the dam and the tailrace will be affected by
reduced flows and an EFR of 10 m3/s is required to maintain biodiversity.
•
The existing community of Igamba will be affected through loss of arable lands,
reduced access to natural resources, limited access to the river and, some loss
of homes.
•
•
Loss of Labeo cf. coubie, a migratory fish from the reservoir area.
Reduce value of the area for tourism due to light and visual pollution.
•
Increase in illegal timber abstraction.
Cumulative Impacts Should Other Stages of the Cascade be Developed
xxii
•
Loss of significant area of critical habitat for site specific endemic species.
•
Changes to downstream flows if Stage I (storage reservoir) is constructed.
•
Loss of the tourism value of the Igamba Falls and the Masito-Ugalla Ecosystem
area in general.
Major Upstream Threats are:
•
Reduced dry season river flows due to changes in land use upstream and failure
of the Malagarasi – Moyowosi Ramsar Site to successfully manage the upstream
swamps.
•
Climate change impact on river flows.
Alternatives Considered
The fundamental challenge is to provide adequate, reliable electricity to the people of the region
at reasonable cost and within acceptable environmental and social impacts. To that end, a
number of alternatives including the no-project option were considered. One alternative, the
Stage II scheme for hydropower on the Malagarasi River, was found to be unacceptable as it
would have had significant adverse effects on endemic species whose range is restricted to the
Malagarasi River.
Expansion of the existing thermal plant at Kigoma is an expensive and short term solution. There
are no other viable hydropower alternatives and the non-hydro renewable alternatives, although
viable for specific uses, will not provide the base load required.
TANESCO, though, feels that the power supply at the end of a long transmission line will be
limited and possibly erratic. TANESCOs opinion is that the Malagarasi Hydropower scheme is
important as it will serve to stabilise power in the interconnector and feed surplus power back
into the national grid.
This document focusses on Stage III Malagarasi scheme, as it has the potential to produce more
electricity than Stage II while avoiding the largest area of habitat for the endemic, range restricted
species.
Recommendations and plan for mitigation
A number of the proposed mitigation measures proposed focus on the social impacts To be
further developed they require that detailed social development plans be prepared to ensure
that local communities are protected and benefit from the hydropower development.
xxiii
Environmental mitigations include the location of the hydropower dam site (at the bottom of the
rapids and below the main habitat used by the endemic species). The run-of-river scheme with
dry season daily storage does not significantly increase the size of the reservoir area nor greatly
increase the environmental impacts. Given the biodiversity importance of the Igamba area, it is
necessary to maintain as much of the aquatic ecosystem as possible thus a substantial
environmental release flow has been identified of 10m3/s (approximately half of the average
peak dry season flow). As indicated above, additional aquatic research is recommended to guide
the decision making process, given the sensitivity of the endemic species in the project area and
the importance of the overall conservation of the Igama system.
The remaining area of the cascade, including the main falls and key aquatic habitats should be
protected and used to enhance the tourism value of the Masito-Ugalla Ecosystem area situated
on the left bank of the Malagarasi river. The habitat of HPP Stages I and II are to be established
as environmental offsets which may not be developed unless empirical evidence indicates that
developing them will not affect the survival of the limited range endemic species of the lower
Malagarasi. The formation of an oversight body under the auspicious of the the Lake Tanganyika
Basin Water Office (LTBWO) is required to provide oversight of the environmental offsets.
In the long term changes to land use in the catchment and climate change will have the effect of
reducing late dry season flows. These changes will reduce the power output of the scheme and
it is in TANESCO’s interests, through the LTBWO and the Ramsar secretariat to become more
involved in river basin management and the protection of the upstream Ramsar site.
Environmental and social management
As described above, additional studies will be needed to fully define the nature of the project,
assess its effects, and propose environmental and social mitigation measures. Thus, the
definition of environmental and social management and associated costs is provisional. To help
inform the process going forward, an initial ESMP has been drafted outlining the mitigation
actions required and the indicative costs.
Proposed monitoring and auditing
A separate monitoring plan has been prepared. The monitoring is considered to be chiefly the
responsibility of TANESCO and LTBWO.
xxiv
Decommissioning
Under normal circumstances hydropower projects have at least a 40 or greater lifespan (100
years +). The decommissioning plan therefore outlines the steps and principles required should
the HPP begin to reach closure.
Conclusions and Priority Issues
The Igamba area is unique in that it has had an extended stable period (10 million years), has
extensive hypothec cryptic habitat and elevated calcium and magnesium levels in the water. The
falls area is largely protected from sedimentation by the upstream Malagarasi-Moyovosi swamp
and associated lakes
The Igamba area is home to several identified endemic and highly localised animal species. These
species are highly vulnerable to development and changes to water quality and flows resulting
from local or upstream changes. The proposed Malagarasi Stage III HPP will involve a trade-off
between increased risks to the unique species and production of hydropower
Given the biodiversity importance of the Igamba Falls and rapids, the establishment of a cascade
scheme that will affect large portions of the cryptic habitat will result in a high risk of species
extinctions. As a result the Independent Panel (Mott MacDonald Malagarasi Independent
Advisory Panel (MIAP) 2009) recommended that, should the development go ahead, “Foregoing
either Stage 1 or Stage 3 must to be explored with a view to selecting one of them as the most
appropriate offset to mitigate biodiversity impacts. Using Stage 3 as an offset would protect
habitat biodiversity for fish; the offset of Stage 1 would protect gorge aquatic and terrestrial
ecosystems and gallery forest biodiversity. Such an offset must be formalised in a covenant prior
to Stage 2 going ahead. A clause can be added to relax conditions of the covenant should
monitoring show the offset to no longer be necessary.”
A number of issues that were raised by the MIAP as recommendations for the Stage II HPP need
addressing here, these are:
1. Grout curtain: The porous nature of the rock below the proposed dam wall will
require cement based grout to be pumped into the foundation area up to 30 metres
deep. The objective of the grout is to prevent subterranean flow which reduces water
available for hydropower production and to protect the dam wall from being
undermined. The stage III dam site is in a slow flowing pool and not rapids (as in the
case of the Stage II site). The extent of subterranean flow in the existing pool, and its
effects on existing hyporheic flows, is not fully understood. Similarly the
environmental flow release, which will come from water from the live storage area of
the reservoir, and be released at the top of the downstream rapids, should ensure
xxv
that water quality is not affected by the grout curtain or short residence time in the
ponding reservoir.
2. Environmental Flow Release (EFR) during construction: MIAP recommended that the
construction scenario of a diversion canal and two coffer dams be modified to
maintain a wet area downstream of the diversion weir so as to provide critical natural
habitat for aquatic organisms during construction. No suitable engineering options
have been identified for this requirement apart from pumping a maximum flow of 0.2
m3/s around the construction area to the top of the rapids so that some of the aquatic
habitat of the downstream rapid remains alive. Although this is suboptimal and will
result in most of the downstream rapids drying out, the presence of the main
population of key species upstream will allow for both natural and artificial
reintroduction of species.
3. Sedimentation: The MIAP requires that the diversion weir be redesigned to include
sluice gates to direct the water through the bottom of the weir during high flows to
reduce the risk of sedimentation downstream while ensuring that the reservoir above
the weir is scoured of accumulated sediment. The findings of the Stage III
sedimentation flow studies prepared during the feasibility study are that the live
storage of the reservoir will be scoured clean annually and that the sediment flushing
gates will be able to clear sediment that accumulates in the diversion canal.
Sedimentation is not considered a critical issue for the Stage III HPP.
4. Environmental Flow Release: It is noted that should development proceed for the
Stage III HPP, most of the key aquatic habitat is located upstream of developments
(approximately 80% of the Igamba Snail habitat). It is recommend that no
development occur in the areas of Stages I and II and that an oversight body be
assigned to monitor development and future use of the Igamba cascade. As
mentioned above, additional work is needed to study environmental flows and
associated costs and benefits. The precautionary principle used by the Independent
Panel with reference to Stage II requires the EFR to be minimum flow plus 10 m3/s (an
EFR of 33m3/s). This would require additional study in the context of Stage III.
5. Captive breeding: The MIAP required the immediate design and implementation of a
captive breeding program for the target species and the development of a plan for
reintroduction. The consultant considers that the preservation of the upstream
portion of of the Igamba Falls and the majority of the key aquatic habitat to be the
best form of protection for the target species and that the upstream area could be
treated as the reservoir for reintroductions after construction has been completed.
Protection of this area would require agreement by relevant officials, stakeholders,
and a plan to ensure that the area is managed sustainably. Reintroduction of key
species from the upstream areas as well as captive breeding could be useful
complimentary strategies, Further work is required to determine the efficacy of
captive breeding and reintroduction. Until this is done, it is difficult to determine if
these efforts will maintain populations of these species in the lower rapids.
xxvi
The commitment of the Government to connecting Kigoma to the national/regional grid has
greatly increased the hydropower value of the Lower Malagarasi as surplice energy can, in the
future, be used in other areas of the country while the grid will, in return, offer stable power in
the case of low river flows. The optimization of the HPP and linkages to the national transmission
line grid connection will require a redesign and routing of the initially proposed transmission lines
between the Stage III site and consumers. A full ESIA will be required of the final transmission
line design and routing.
A critical issue, though, is the possible future pressure for development of the cascade upstream.
In this regard it will be necessary for an oversight body to monitor the management of the Stage
III HPP and control expansion of power production to other stages based on the assessment of
risk to endemic species.
xxvii
CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION
Tanzania Electric Supply Company (TANESCO) has the responsibility for developing and
maintaining electricity generation and services. The provision of affordable energy is an essential
requirement and important to the country’s economic and social development. To this end
TANESCO is proposing to develop a new hydropower plant at Igamba Falls on the Malagarasi
River, to serve Kigoma-Ujiji Municipality and the surrounding towns of Kasulu and Uvinza with an
affordable and reliable supply of electricity. Past feasibility studies have indicated that there are
three potential hydropower plant projects that could be undertaken in the Igamba Falls area.
Lack of a reliable electricity supply in Kigoma and its districts has hampered the social and
economic development of the region. At present Kigoma relies on thermal diesel generation,
various other options for providing a safe electricity supply have been assessed, and the
Malagarasi hydropower project has been identified as one of the most cost effective alternatives
for rectifying the power shortfall.
A number of pre-feasibility and feasibility studies over the years have proven the technical and
economic suitability of the Malagarasi scheme at Igamba Falls for hydropower generation.
This Environmental study is for Stage III, a run-of-river scheme that will be able to produce a
maximum of 44.8 MW during high flows with a minimum power output of 5 MW at the height of
the dry season. The assessment also examines the cumulative impacts of the full cascade scheme.
1.2
Purpose, Requirements and Process
The purpose of this study is to identify the major potential impacts of the proposed project and
to provide a blueprint of how these impacts will be avoided, mitigated or minimized to acceptable
levels (to be further developed in an ESIA).
The main objectives of the subsequent Update ESIA are to:
•
Update the predicted consequences of the proposed project, so as to assist in the decision
making process.
•
Update the Environmental Baseline status of the proposed site
•
To update social economic profile of the proposed site
•
To Identify, assess and where possible mitigate adverse impacts of the project on the
natural and social environment and
•
To Promote sustainable development through the creation and enhancement of positive
impacts associated with the project.
The Update ESIA will also discuss the alternatives to the project to demonstrate its justification
in the wider environmental context.
1
1.3
Outline of the Malagarasi Hydropower Project, Project Background and Rationale
TANESCO is proposing to develop a new hydropower plant at Igamba Falls on the Malagarasi
River, to serve Kigoma-Ujiji Municipality and the surrounding towns of Kasulu and Uvinza with an
affordable and reliable supply of electricity. Earlier feasibility studies have indicated that there
are three potential hydropower projects that could be undertaken in the Igamba Falls area. This
description is for Stage III of the potential three-stage Igamba Falls development which is the
most downstream dam site and hydro-power station.
The Igamba Falls area of the Malagarasi River is located in western Tanzania near the town of
Kigoma. (See figure 1). The power generated from the project will be distributed to a number of
communities in western Tanzania with approximately 1.3 million persons with increased access
to electricity.
More recently the TANESCO has gone ahead with a number of interconnecting transmission lines
and Kigoma should be linked to the national grid. TANESCO considers the Malagarasi hydropower
scheme as important as the power provision at the end of the transmission line may be
insufficient to service the power demand at Kigoma, thus reliance on the diesel generators may
continue. Furthermore the Malagarasi Hydropower Project (MHPP) would complement the
other generation projects and reduce power loading problems by feeding excess power into the
national grid. The future interconnector has been critical in shaping the hydropower plant design
and associated works. It has allowed for full optimization of the hydro resource as surplice energy
will be distributed via the transmission line to other areas of Tanzania.
The catchment area of the Malagarasi River ranges in altitude from 800 to 1,500 meter. The
project location will take advantage of the Igamba Falls, which lie downstream of a deep and
narrow gorge on the Malagarasi River between Uvinza and the project site.
Access to the project site is by road, about 67 km from Uvinza and 100 km from Kigoma. The
proposed powerhouse, some 27 km south of the main Uvinza-Kigoma road and railway, is
reached by a dirt track. The main components of the project will include:
•
A dam and an intake pond below Igamba Falls, a headrace canal a run-of-river
power plant. The intake pond will function as a daily peaking reservoir during the
late dry season to allow for a 5 MW power output during the dry season.
•
About 27 km access road from the main Kigoma – Uvinza road south to the
Malagarasi River
•
Construction of water retaining, transfer and diversion structures, power houses,
a spillway, an additional switch yard, accommodation for staff and feeder roads
connecting the plant and facilities.
2
Figure 1: Location of the project area
1.4
ESIA Background and History
The history of the ESIA process at Malagarasi is important in interpreting the report structure
and results. EIA study was carried out in 2012 and the project was at that time financed by MCC
but now the Malagarasi HEP project is funded by African Development Bank and Agence
Française de Développement (AFD). It has been noted that since then there then some of
legislation and policies that has been amended, and also there might be some variation in
environmental baseline and other concern issue has to be updated thus the update of the ESIA
report is of importance
The whole project initially consisted of the entire cascade scheme which included Stages I, II and
III and associated works (Norplan 2009). In 2008/9 Norconsult, through ESBI were contracted to
prepare a detailed assessment of the Stage II site, improve the consultations and assess and
3
address the cumulative impacts (ESBI 2009). These were completed but environmental issues
identified during the process and the IRB report (Mott MacDonald 2009) resulted in the project
being confined to the Stage III site. At the same time Mott MacDonald was commissioned to
review the situation through an independent advisory body.
During the Stage III engineering study, the Client selected the full power optimization option
which had some implications to the design of the HPP scheme, but allowed for far higher power
outputs. At the same time TANESCO has started the process of establishing transmission lines to
connect western Tanzania to the national grid. The high potential power output and the potential
to be able to absorb the extra power in the national grid means that the transmission line linking
the Malagarasi hydropower station to users will be significantly changed and will require a full
and separate ESIA once the transmission line design is complete and the route identified.
Similarly the social assessment and consultation process draws heavily on the existing Norconsult
consultations for Stage II (2009) and the RAP (ESBI/Africare 2009) that was carried out along the
road alignment, transmission corridor and at the Stage II site. The communities along the access
alignment-who were consulted for the Stage II project are the same communities affected for
the Stage III (mitigation) site. The sociologists for the Stage III project area simply updated and
extended the consultations identified for the stage III site. RAP has been undertaken for the
communities directly affected by the Stage III project.
This report thus address the terms of reference for the Stage III site and draws heavily on the
earlier works to discuss impacts relating to the wider project activities.
The hydropower scheme was initially conceived of as a three-step (Stages I, II and III) hydropower
development layout of the Igamba Falls. Two of the dams would have an installed capacity of 8
MW and one with an installed capacity of 12 MW according to the layout in the Pre-investment
Report on Mini Hydro Development, Case Study on Malagarasi River, SECSD (P) LTD, March 2000.
Later studies by ECON and DECON/SWECO (2005) elaborated the middle scheme, but appear not
to have fully considered the viability of cooperation of the three schemes in a cascade. However,
no environmental or socio-economic impact assessment was conducted at that time.
In these technical studies the upper dam, Stage I was to be the reservoir with a hydropower plant
while Stages II and III were to be run-of-river ponds with hydropower plants. The conceptual
layout of Stage I suggests a development with full supply level (FSL) at el. 890masl and tailwater
level (TWL) at el. 865masl, the same elevation as the Igamba 2 FSL. This FSL would require the
construction of a concrete arch/gravity dam 25m high, 85m wide at the base and 160m wide at
the crest, with a powerhouse containing two 4MW generating units to be located at the toe of
the dam. The dam would be situated near the outlet of a gorge some 2 – km upstream of the
Igamba Falls, creating a 9 km-long narrow pond that would extend upstream into the gorge,
4
according to the longitudinal sections from the study. The water level downstream from the toe
of the dam would remain at its normal level. Stage I was not considered economically feasible for
development as the projected install capacity was not viable. Furthermore access to the area due
to the rugged topography is limited and the dam type and height amounted to a substantial cost,
lowering the attraction for development.
Stage II included a 340m long diversion dam with an overflow weir of an anticipated maximum
height of 7.5 m above the river bed, located some 1.5km downstream of the Stage I dam and
about 350 m upstream of the main Igamba Falls. This would create a FSL of 865 m.a.s.l. and create
a pond with a surface area of about 0.6km² extending 1.5km upstream to the toe of the Stage I.
From the intake, the water would be conveyed by a constructed 500 m long canal ending in a
fore bay. From the power intake at the fore bay end, a 95 m penstock conveyor leads the water
to the powerhouse located some 100-150 downstream of the main Igamba falls. The tailrace
from the powerhouse would release the water to El. 840m, which facilitated a gross head of 25
m. The powerhouse was outfitted with 2x4 MW generating units. Approximately 0.5 km of river
channel will be cut off and subject to greatly reduced flows with this arrangement. This stage was
considered for development and in 2008 TANESCO commissioned Norplan (Tanzania) Ltd to
conduct an ESIA which was submitted to NEMC for review and approval. The findings of Norplan
2009 and an updated version and Cumulative Impact Assessment by ESBI 2009 together with a
rapid biodiversity assessment (Mott McDonald 2009) highlighted the unique biodiversity of the
Igamba Falls area that extends to Stage I
The Malagarasi funding is being used to pursue energy-related issues in Kigoma. These include
preparation of technical documents and bills of quantities for distribution rehabilitation and
network extension covering Kigoma town.
New information on river flow and analyses of the optimum use of water resources has allowed
44.8 MW to be the preferred option instead of 12 MW. This is a significant development
represents a considerable change in the importance of the resource”.
1.5
Report Structure
Chapter 2 describes the proposed hydropower scheme. In brief the proposed development is
located on the Malagarasi River in western Tanzania, downstream of the main Igamba Falls near
to the Stage III site identified during prefeasibility studies. The power generation plant and outlet
are to be located at the end of the rapids, discharging into the pool downstream of the rapids.
The main components of the project will include:
•
A dam and an intake pond below Igamba Falls, a headrace canal and a run-of-river power
plant with an initial installed capacity of 44.8 MW.
5
•
About 27 km gravelled access road and associated borrows from the main Kigoma Uvinza
road south to the Malagarasi River Stage III diversion.
The study addresses the impacts as understood for the full 44.8MW scheme and also comments
on the access road. Chapter 3 describes the legal framework within which the scheme will be
developed and the ESIA prepared. Chapter 4 describes the biophysical baseline while Chapter 5
covers the social baseline. Chapters 6 describes and assess the impacts of the proposed Stage III
scheme and discusses alternatives while Chapter 7 describes and discusses the cumulative
impacts Chapter 8 outlines mitigation requirements and Chapter 9 is an Outline Environmental
and Social Management Plan. Chapter 10 is the monitoring plan. Chapter 11 provides a brief
cost benefit analysis. Chapter 12 describes the decommissioning requirements and is followed
by the conclusions in Chapter 13. The report is also accompanied by annexes and appendixes.
1.6
Methodology
This outlines the approach to the study, integration of different reports, field and specialist
surveys.
1.6.1 Sources of Information
Main sources of information used in this study were:
•
Earlier ESIA studies conducted within the project area
•
Scientific surveys of the Malagarasi river system and its biodiversity
•
Malagarasi Independent Panel Recommendations on the Stage II ESIA findings
(2009)
•
Local government and key persons consultations
•
ESIA specific field surveys
1.6.2 Environmental and Social Assessment Methodology
The approach and criteria used to assess the impacts and the method of determining the
significance of the impacts is based on the Hacking method of determination of the significance
of impacts. The assessment of impacts takes into consideration the following criteria:
Severity: (Positive or negative and ranked high medium or low)
Duration:
•
Quickly reversible (Less than the project life -Short term)
•
Reversible over time. (Life of the project - Medium term)
6
•
Permanent. (Beyond closure. - Long term) Spatial Scale:
•
Localised - Within the site boundary.
•
Fairly widespread – Beyond the site boundary. Local
Widespread – Far beyond site boundary. Regional/ national
•
Consequence: Is the function of assessing the impact in relation to Severity, Duration
Significance: Of the impact is a product of Consequence x Probability
Probability: Is classed as Definite/ Continuous or Possible/ frequent or Unlikely/ seldom
The resulting significance rankings are:
•
High (It would influence the decision regardless of any possible mitigation)
•
Medium (It should have an influence on the decision unless it is mitigated),
•
Low (It will not have an influence on the decision).
7
CHAPTER TWO: PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The proposed 44.8 MW hydropower plant (Malagarasi Stage III project) is located at Igamba falls
on the Malagarasi River, Igamba hamlet, Mazungwe village, Kazuramimba ward, Uvinza district
in Kigoma Region. Uvinza district lies between latitude 50 00’ and 6055’S and longitude 290 35’ to
31030’ E. The district borders with Kasulu district, kibondo in the North, Tabora/Katavi region
(Kaliua district and Katavi) in the East, Katavi region (Mpanda district) in the South, kigoma district
and the country of Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) in the West.
Location of the proposed Malagarasi stage III HEP
Furthermore the proposed construction of Malagarasi HPP is located downstream of the main
Igamba Falls near to the Stage III site as identified during the prefeasibility studies. The power
generation plant and outlet are to be located at the end of the rapids, discharging into the pool
downstream of the rapids. The main components of the project will include:
•
A dam and an intake pond below Igamba Falls, a headrace canal and a run-of-river power
plant. The intake pond will function as a run-of-river pond most of the year producing up
to 44.8MW and a daily ponding reservoir during the late dry season to allow for up to 5
8
•
MW power output. An access road of about 27 km from the main Kigoma – Uvinza road
south to the Malagarasi River.
The project also entails construction of water retaining, transfer and diversion structures,
power houses, a spillway, an additional switch yard, accommodation for staff and feeder
roads connecting the plant and facilities.The study addresses the impacts of the design
footprint of the 44.8 MW developments. Additional elements will include: Upgrade of
about 27 km gravelled access road, a bridge over the Kabuchweri River and associated
borrows from the main Kigoma – Uvinza road south to the Malagarasi River Stage III site
Figure 2: Igamba stages I, II and III

Igamba Falls Stage I
The conceptual layout of Igamba HPP Stage I, the most upstream of the three stages, suggested
a development with full supply level (FSL) at el. 890 m.a.s.l and tail water level (TWL) at 865
m.a.s.l. This FSL would require the construction of a concrete arch/gravity dam 25 m high, 85 m
wide at the base and 160 m wide at the crest, with a powerhouse containing two 4 MW
generating units to be located at the toe of the dam. The dam would be situated near the outlet
of a gorge some 2 km upstream of the Igamba Falls, creating a 9 km-long narrow pond that would
9
extend upstream into the gorge. The water level downstream from the toe of the dam would
remain at its normal level.

Igamba Falls Stage II
Igamba Stage II. The description here refers to previous study assessments by SECSD, which was
later modified in the ESIA of Stage II (2009). Stage II included a 340 m long diversion dam with an
overflow weir of an anticipated maximum height of 7.5 m above the river bed, located some 1.5
km downstream of the Igamba 1 dam and about 350 m upstream of the main Igamba Falls. This
will facilitate an FSL of 865 m.a.s.l and create a pond with a surface area of about 0.6 km²
extending 1.5 km upstream to the toe of the Igamba 1 dam. From the intake, the water was to
be conveyed by a constructed 500 m long canal ending in a fore bay. From the power intake at
the fore bay end, the powerhouse would be fed by a 95 m penstock conveyor located some 100150 downstream of the main Igamba falls. The tailrace from the powerhouse would releases the
water to El. 840 m, which facilitated a gross head of 25 m. The powerhouse was to be outfitted
with 2x4 MW generating units. Approximately 0.5 km of river channel would have been cut off
and subject to greatly reduced flows with this arrangement.

Igamba Falls Stage III
Igamba Stage III is the priority scheme addressed by this Environmental Study and is the furthest
downstream of the three stages. The proposed engineering design is for a dam wall that will raise
the water level by three metres to 841.5m.a.s.l. The wall will act as a pond to divert flow down a
diversion canal and flushing mechanism to a headrace that is a 1030 m long closed culvert, with
penstocks of 42 m long to convey the turbine flow to the powerhouse, where three 4MW
generating units are proposed. Water will then be discharged down the tailrace to the pond at
the base of the lower Igamba falls.
The design is such that it will allow for full optimization of the resource i.e. a power generation
capacity in the future of up to 44.8 MW. In terms of spillage, the water will go over the dam
approximately 2.5 month of the year. The 44.8 MW sized plant will require, 171m3/s flow for full
power output.
The dam will be constructed from precast concrete and have a maximum height of 841.5m.a.s.l.
At this point water will overtop the dam and flow down the existing water course. The dam will
provide a pond area which will allow water to be diverted down the diversion canal and into a
concrete canal to take water to the penstock. At the penstock there will be a surge tank. A 44.8
MW powerhouses and tailrace, to discharge water back into the Malagarasi River at the base of
the lower falls, will be constructed. The scheme will be a partial run-of-river system with a live
10
storage capacity of 460,000 m3 which enable the plant to deliver 10 hours peak power at around
5.1 MW at 95 % availability in the dry.
The diversion canal will include a structure to allow for the environmental flow to be maintained
by diverting water down a canal to the pool above the lower rapids.
2.1
Infrastructure Description of the Stage III Option
The selected option is the Stage III option which is located at the lowest possible point in the
overall Igamba cascade of the Malagarasi River. This section details the Stage III preliminary
design and provides a more detailed description of the Malagarasi Hydropower Project. The
description is based on the preliminary design and specification prepared by Norconsult for ESB
International to enable an EPC contractor to tender for the construction of the project.
The design is for full optimization and the construction of a 44.8 MW power plant. This approach
will only allow the use of the full capacity of the river during the peak flows (approximately 2.5
months of the year). For the rest of the year the power output will be less.
The general layout of the Malagarasi Hydropower Project is shown in Figure 3, including the
location of the dam with power intake, headrace conveyor culvert, surge tank, power house with
ancillary buildings and the new access road on the right bank of the river.
11
Figure 3: General layout of Malagarasi stage III Hydroelectric Power Plant. (Source ESBI
Feasibility Study Report)
2.1.1 Reservoir
The likely inundation area resulting from the dam is shown in Figure 4. The 841.4m.a.s.l reservoir
area is around 13.5 ha and stretches around 1.5 km upstream of the dam.
12
Figure 4: Malagarasi Reservoir (Source ESBI Feasibility Study Report)
The upper three meters of the reservoir (between HRWL and LRWL) will be utilized for daily
peaking in the low flow season. The lower portion of the reservoir, typically to a maximum depth
of 5-7 m will be dead storage. The reservoir bottom will be subject to siltation. The shallow upper
portion in the live storage will be kept clean by the river flow itself. The reservoir will trap all bed
loads (stone, pebbles, gravel; and coarse sand in deep sections of the reservoir). If the siltation
of the reservoir hampers the plants ability to operate daily peaking, the reservoir must be
sufficiently emptied for siltation materials. Emptying of siltation materials is expected to be a rare
event. The design allows for scouring of the off-take canal.
2.1.2 Dam
The dam will be constructed some 200m upstream of the beginning of the lower rapids as a
concrete dam. The dam comprises two portions.
1. About 580 m long overflow dam at HRWL 841.5. The average structural dam height is
5.5-6 m. In the main river channel the structural dam height is around 11 m over a 30 m
stretch. In the diversion canal, where the overflow dam covers around 18 m of the canal,
13
the dam height is around 14 m alongside the diversion canal the dam height is typically
between 4.5 and 6.5 m.
2. About 90 m long high dam section to El.845.5 at the power intake. The highest portion is
about 18 m in the diversion canal.
Grouting: The engineering design requires grouting in order to control leakage under
the dam. Based on field observations and permeability tests in boreholes it is assumed
that the permeability of the bedrock could be high and some extent of grouting of the
bedrock must be performed under the dam foundation. A 1x2 m concrete cut-off trench
will be excavated for grouting and injection under the dam foot. Two sets of grouting
drill pattern shall apply:
a) Two 6 m drill holes center 4 m for area grouting, and
b) Vertical grout curtain between the area grouting holes to a minimum depth of
20 m. The grouting material will be cement. The objective of grouting is to
prevent subterranean flow of water under the dam wall which would reduce the
retention capacity of the dam and undermine its foundations
2.1.3 Compensation Water Release Mechanism and Culvert
The compensation water gates and release culvert will provide the environmental flow. The
environmental release organs comprise:
•
Two gates for the operation of the environmental release water.
•
A 140 m canal conveying the water to the main river channel
•
A platform with gate house
•
A short road from the power intake with a bridge crossing the approach canal
The release gates shall deliver minimum 10m3/s under sediment flushing of the approach canal
with water elevation in the canal not lower than El. 834m
The normal operation level is between 838.5 (LRWL) and 841.5 (HRWL), and the gates shall be
positioned to deliver 10 m3/s for variable water elevations during the peaking. To meet these
criteria the arrangement has two gates each 1.7x1.7 m.
The compensation water release system will be operated by the power plant operation. The
compensation water system is shown in Figure 5.
14
Figure 5: Compensation water release system (Source ESBI Feasibility Study Report)
2.1.4 Power Intake
The power intake is placed at the right riverside, extracting water from the bottom of the
diversion canal and is a transition between the canal and the headrace culvert. The power intake
comprises trash rack, intake gates and electrical and hydraulic equipment on top of the dam,
placed in a gate house. The velocity target for the trash rack is 1 m/s, and the headrace culvert is
designed for 3.4 m/s. The intake leads the water to the headrace culvert. The length of the
transition is about 30 m.
2.1.5 Sediment flushing gates
Two hydraulically operated sliding gates W x H (2.5 x 3.5)m, with maximum head 16 m and double
acting hydraulic actuators, will be installed in the diversion canal adjacent to the intake. They are
dimensioned for operation with one-sided pressure. They will be used for flushing of sediments
accumulated in the approach canal, when the gates are opened water will drain through the dam
15
with high velocity. The gates are normally in closed position during operation of the power plant.
Each gate is provided with revision gate.
2.1.6 Headrace Culvert, Surge Tank and Penstock
The 1,030 m long headrace culvert conveys the power production water from the intake to the
surge tank. The design capacity of the headrace culvert will be 171 m 3/s. The headrace culvert is
founded on rock. The headrace culvert is located in the diversion canal along a 100 m stretch,
and thereafter the culvert is placed in cutting or trench towards the surge tank. The culvert will
be covered with soil/backfill materials and occasionally with erosion protection where exposed
to river floods.
From the 39 m diameter surge tank the turbine flow is lead to the powerhouse via penstock
pipes. The steel penstock inner diameter is 4.0 m. There are three penstocks with a length of
around 42 m each. The penstocks shall be founded on concrete to solid rock and shall be
embedded with min. 0.7 m concrete for backfill. Water velocity at 57m3/s: 4.54 m/s.
2.1.7 Power station and Tailrace
The power station is located approximately 1,400 m downstream of the dam wall. The power
station building houses the power generating equipment mainly the turbines and the generators
together with auxiliary equipment such as valves and machine hall crane. The machine hall floor
and the generator top floor normally coincide in power plants. However, on this particular site,
the machine hall floor is 5.5 m above the generator top floor. This is a result of the exceptional
high flood rise and need for flood protection. From the turbine design, the center turbine is set
to El. 809.7 m.
The control room and space for personnel utilities together with low voltage room, switchgear
room, battery rooms, local transformers and low and medium voltage distribution have been
placed in a separate section outside and upstream of the powerhouse. The facilities have
entrances from both the powerhouse and from outside.
The tailrace releases the water to the river in the deep pool at the base of the lower falls. Tailrace
gates are operated from a low sited deck. The canal is approximately 135 m. The canal is
excavated in rock or ambient material with no sealing. The dimensioning flow is 171m 3/s.
2.1.8 Electrical Works
The main electrical installations for the Malagarasi Hydroelectric Project comprises three vertical
shaft generators, generator switchgear, 12 kV cables, generator three phase step-up
transformers and a 132 kV outdoor switchgear located adjacent to the power house building.
16
A service building as part of the power house building will include the main control room for the
power plant and 132 kV switch-yards. The station computers and operator’s workstations with
keyboard and VDU’s for control and supervision of the entire plant will be located here.
 Generators
The generators will be vertical shaft, three phase synchronous generators coupled to Francis
turbines.
The generator data are mainly governed by the turbine design and the stability requirements.
The following main data are proposed for each of the three identical units:
•
Turbine power at design head 15.0 MW
•
Generator rated output
17.5 MVA
•
Rated speed
176 rpm
•
Runaway speed
316 rpm
•
Rated voltage
6 - 10 kV
2.1.9 12 kV lines to the Intake Area and office and residential areas
New 12 kV lines will be constructed to the intake and to the office and residential areas from the
12 kV switch-gears in the power house service wing.
2.1.10 Permanent Rock Deposit
There will be surplus of materials from excavation estimated to 430 000 m3. Two areas for
permanent rock and spoil deposits have been identified (Figure 6):
1.
At the right hand side of the tailrace canal.
2.
In the valley on the right hand side of the headrace culvert.
Permanent spoil deposits shall be with stable slopes 1:1.5 and shall be shaped to natural terrain.
Erosion protection shall be ensured along the foot of the fillings.
The surplus stems from the excavation of diversion canal, power house and tailrace canal. The
excavation of the headrace components is reasonably balanced by back fill for the same
components. The major portion of the excavation will be carried out in the first year, while the
bulk of the backfill will be towards the end of the construction period. The two rock dump area
must contain approximately 620 000 m3 in the interim period between excavation and backfill.
17
Figure 6: Curve showing the water usage. (Source ESBI Feasibility Study)
2.2
Power and Energy Production
2.2.1 Hydrological Inflow Data and Water Usage
The following inflow series have been used: 1976 to 2007, minus 1989 and 2003 which were
incomplete. Altogether the inflow series contain 30 years.
The flow duration curve indicates that the dam wall will not overtop in flows less than 181 m3/s.
When flows is less than 33 m3/s then the reservoir will operate as a storage reservoir and power
will be produced though daily peaking. In flow less than 10 m 3/s. All the water will be diverted
through the compensation water release mechanism as environmental flow
In river flow greater than 33m3/s the downstream river flows will not be affected and the
hydropower scheme is run-of-river. During river flows of between 33 and 10 m 3/s, downstream
river flows will vary daily from10 m3/s to 33m3/s less than 10m3/s downstream flows will not be
affected.
Details of the duration curve in the low flow season are shown in the Figure 7. The plant can
produce power and deliver the environmental flow of 10m3/s for 99 % of the time.
18
Figure 7: Duration Curve in the low flow portion. (Source ESBI Feasibility Study)
During the peaking the live storage of 460 000 m 3 is used between El. 841.5(HRWL) and 838.5
(LRWL). The peaking is operated with a constant turbine flow of 23m3/s which uses 40 % of the
capacity of one turbine. This peaking operation provides approximately 10 hours peaking at 95
% availability, and 8 hours peaking at 98 % availability.
2.2.3 Resulting Power and Energy
Table 1: Resulting Power and Energy
Item
Amount
Qmax turbine flow:
171 m3/s
Max. output at transformer busbar:
44.8 MW
Annual energy:
186.8 GWh
Plant factor:
0.48
Firm Power, 95%
5.1 MW
19
Figure 8: Monthly Energy Production. (Source ESBI Feasibility Study)
2.3
Access Road and Supporting Infrastructure Description
2.3.1 Road Design and Key Construction Elements
A new access road will be required to access the proposed dam site. This will be approximately
27 km in length, following an old mine exploration track and footpath from near Kazuramimba
village (the take-off point from the main Uvinza-Kigoma road and railway line, Figure 9). The
proximity of the railway offers excellent opportunities for transport of material and equipment
to the site. The road will be designed in accordance with the following relevant Tanzanian
standards, supplemented by the South African Transport and Communication Commission
(SATCC) Draft Codes of Practice:
•
Ministry of Works Draft Road Design Manual, 1989 – Tanzania
•
Pavement and Materials Design Manual, 1998 – Tanzania
•
Geometric Design of Trunk Roads, 1998 – SATCC
•
Design of Road Bridges and Culverts, 1998 – SATCC
The construction works will conform to the Tanzanian Standard Specifications for Road Works
(2000), supplemented by special specifications in the contract.
20
Figure 9: Proposed access road to Malagarasi HPP site (Source ESBI Feasibility Study)
Construction of the road will require clearing of the route corridor, creating a total footprint of
about 1km2. The roadbed will be compacted and subsequent a 200 mm sub-base course, 200 mm
base course and 150 mm surface gravel wearing course will be laid and compacted to create the
gravel road (Figure 10). Estimates for the quantities of material required for road construction
were made based on the road layer thicknesses above and the preliminary design drawings (Table
2).
21
Table 2: Quantities of materials required for road construction
Road Layer
Quantity (m3)
Surface
gravel
44,000
Sub-base course
39,000
Base course
29,000
A surface water drainage system will be designed by the contractor to ensure that localized
flooding from surface runoff or drain blockages does not occur
2.3.2 Access Road within the Stage III footprint
The Access Road shall use the Stage II alignment and design. Stage II / Stage III transition is set
at chainage approximately 21+150 at road elevation El.858.5. The access road enters the power
house area at El.827. There will be around 885 m new road after the transition point between
Stage II and Stage III. Average slope along the 885 m new road is 1:28.
2.3.3 Bridge
One river crossing will be required to facilitate the new access road. This occurs at the Kabuchweri
River, a small tributary of the Malagarasi, about 5 km from the project site. The Kabuchweri
River bridge preliminary design is for a prefabricated modular steel truss bridge of about 3 m
span. Concrete slab foundations will be constructed on both banks to bed the steel truss bridge,
which will be fabricated off and assembled on site. The bridge will have a 4.7 m width clearance
and will be 2 m above the anticipated high water mark (Figure 10).
In addition to the access road bridge, another 50 m road bridge will be required to cross the
Kabuchweri River within the Stage III development area.
22
Figure 10: Kabuchweri Bridge (Source: ESBI Feasibility Study)
23
Figure 11: Kabuchweri River Bridge within the Stage III development area (Source: ESBI Feasibility Study)
24
2.3.4 Plant Roads
Plant roads are:
•
About 900 m road to the power intake, inclusive of 50 m Kabuchweri Bridge. The road
is dual lane.
•
About 300 m road to the environmental release gate platform, inclusive of 90 m
bridge over the approach canal. The road is single lane.
2.3.5 Office and Residential Houses
Table 3: Facilities assumed for the Access Road and the Power Plant
Type
Number
Description
Access Road:
Office Building
1
About 230 m3 office
House, Type 2
1
2 bed room house
Office Building
1
About 230 m3 office
House, Type 1
2
3 bed room house
House, Type 2
1
2 bed room house
1
4 flats, each with one bed
room
Power Plant:
House, Multiple Accommodation
2.3.6: Lighting and small power in the office and residential area
Office buildings and living houses will be furnished with normal lighting, socket outlets,
telecommunication, internet etc. according to normal standard. Roads from power house to
office and residential areas will be furnished with road lighting.
2.4
Construction of Malagarasi HPP
2.4.1 Schedule of Activities
Construction is envisaged to take three years six months (excluding the bidding period) with the
bypass canal and main dam wall being constructed in year one; the diversion stage 2, culverts
and canal works in year two and the electrical and hydropower in year three.
2.4.2 Camps and Construction Facilities
It is expected that the construction of the proposed hydropower plant will require the
establishment of three or more accommodation camps:
25
i)
Camp for Client and the Engineer with 7 structures;
ii)
Contractor’s expatriate camp;
iii)
Labour camp, and
iv)
Other camps that the Contractor may establish.
All accommodation camps shall be located on the right hand side of the river. The Contractor’s
accommodation area is on the flat ridge some 300-400 m north-west of the powerhouse,
adjacent to the Contractor’s office (330 m from the Malagarasi River). There is expansion
possibilities further down towards Contractor’s plant area as the slope is gentle. Space for labour
camp has been allocated North of Kabuchweri Bridge labour (340 m from Malagarasi and 80 m
from the seasonal Kabuchweri River)
The water consumption estimates are:
•
Approx. 40m3/day at personnel occupancy areas
•
Approx. 60m3/day at technical areas
The camp facilities would be equipped with proper water supply and sanitation, although details
of the specific design and content of the camp will be determined in the subsequent contract
design and tendering phases, the minimum standards required are:
•
Technical areas shall have settling ponds for waste water.
•
Sewerage shall meet 5-day biochemical oxygen demand (BOD5) <30mg/l. Suspended
solids <30mg/l
All camps, except for the camp for the Client and the Engineer, are temporary camps for the
construction time only, and shall be removed after the finalization of the construction.
2.4.3 Contractor’s Other Technical Facilities
The Contractor will establish technical facilities such as crushing plant, storage areas for bulk
materials (cement and aggregates), batching plant for concrete production, workshop, storage
areas on yards and in dedicated buildings/tents, vehicle parking, cleaning and maintenance areas,
explosive storage and offices. Contractor’s plant area is located on the terrace towards the river
(110 m from the Malagarasi River). The area is above El. 818 m.
The area alongside the waterway is rugged and few places are convenient for laydown area for
the construction of waterway. Some areas like the flat ridge above the surge tank and some areas
on both sides of Kabuchweri River maybe useful construction areas.
26
2.4.4 Temporary Roads
The roads shown on the drawings are permanent roads. The Contactor needs to construct
several temporary roads, typically 6-7 m wide. Temporary roads would be:
•
Road to Contractor’s site office and accommodations – approximately 1 km incl.
internal roads
•
Road to lower rock dump and Contractor’s plant area – approximately 1.5 km incl.
internal roads
•
Branch-off road from the Access road to the crushing plant and to surge
tank/headrace culvert – approximately 0.5 km.
•
From right hand side of Kabuchweri to the headrace culvert – approximately 0.5 km.
•
Road to the upstream headrace culvert and dam site with a 40 m construction bridge
over the diversion canal to stage 1 diversion – approximately 0.6 km.
The temporary roads shall only be used in the construction, and the terrain shall be repaired and
restored after the construction.
2.4.5 Manpower Estimate
The exact number of workers required for the construction phase is currently unknown, however
estimates indicates that the total construction workforce for the hydropower plant will be in the
range of 500-550 people. Staffing would be at the 550 level for approximately 1.75 years. A
permanent workforce of up to 40 people will be required to operate the hydropower plant.
2.4.6 Description of Dam Construction
In order to construct the concrete diversion dam within the available time frame, the river must
be diverted for continuous dam construction. The stage 1 diversion comprise excavation of
diversion canal, construction of a cofferdam in the deep portion of the river, excavation of
environmental release canal and dam construction to a point downstream of the planned
cofferdam for stage 2 diversion.
The coffer dam will be erected to divert the river flow into the completed diversion canal, and
maintain a relatively dry area where construction of the concrete diversion will take place. In the
construction period the river flow will be maintained between the upstream cofferdam and the
outlet of the diversion canal.
During the stage 1 diversion the Malagarasi river flow is diverted into the diversion canal and
further into the right hand side water course at the Kabuchweri confluence. The main river course
between the cofferdam and the plunge pool at the end of the Malagarasi Stage III falls becomes
dried out in the stage 1 diversion period unless a minimum flow is released to the main river
27
channel. A release of 0.2m3/s is planned with pumping from the diversion canal to the
environmental release canal in the stage 1 diversion period.
Following construction of the concrete diversion dam, the coffer dams will be removed and a
small coffer dam will be built across the diversion canal. This will facilitate construction of the
intake works and part of the concrete culvert that will duct water to the powerhouse and
turbines. All remaining works for the dam and intake can be carried out. The cofferdam needs to
be constructed up to elevation 843.5 m, about 2 m above the top of the overflow dam.
The height of the cofferdam for the stage 2 diversion will be around 14 m above the bottom of
the diversion canal. The length of the cofferdam is about 80 m. The cofferdam will be constructed
in the three months low flow season in September, October and November.
It is expected that construction of the main section of the concrete culvert, surge tank
powerhouse and penstock will proceed in parallel to the main dam construction.
2.4.7: Materials for HPP Construction
Based on the preliminary design, estimates of the quantities of materials required are provided
in Table 4.
Material
Table 4: Estimated quantities of material required for Malagarasi HPP
Unity
Amount
Excavation rock and soil
m3
440,000
Backfill
m3
160,000
Concrete
Reinforcement
m3
tons
84,000
6,500
About 2/3 of the excavation volume stems from the excavation of the diversion canal 60% of the
concrete volume will be used for the dam construction.
To provide this quantity of concrete, it is likely that the EPC contractor will establish a concrete
batching plant at the contractors lay down area; also a location somewhere along the access road
on the right side of the river may be feasible. Sand and gravel will be sourced locally from borrow
pits identified by the EPC contractor and brought to the batching plant by truck. If suitable,
material removed from the canal may be used as aggregate to minimize the amount of quarrying
required. Though, it is expected that boulders extracted from the rock excavations will be used
for erosion protection, leaving the remaining bulk excavation probably unsuitable or uneconomic
for full scale concrete aggregates production. As well, no sand from the Malagarasi River will be
used. Cement may be provided by railway and subsequently trucked to the batching plant site.
28
An estimated 4,600 m3 of cement and 23,200 m 3 of aggregates may be required for concrete
production.
The logistics of concrete works indicates the highest construction activity after one year when
20% of the total concrete volume shall be built into the structures in a three month period.
Assuming 16,800 m3 concrete to be produced per peak three month period, the weekly material
consumption will roughly be:
Table 5: Weekly material consumption will roughly
Material
Amount
Cement
Aggregates
Reinforcement
460 tons per week
2,500 tons per week
105 tons per week
At peak concrete production, the number of seven ton truck return journeys would be in excess
of 400 per week. Except for concrete, the power plant extracts materials from the surplus of the
excavation works.
2.4.8 Source of Materials

Cement and Aggregate Sources
Dam construction would require quarries for processing of chippings, concrete aggregates and
crushed stone aggregates for base coarse. Two possible material resources are quarries at Ilunde
and Chakulu Hill, some 90-93 km away from the power plant. The quarries have potential of 250
000 m3 (Chakulu Hill) and more than 10 mill m 3 (Ilunde). The total project requirement for
concrete aggregates is around 65 000 m3 net from the quarry.
A potentially useful source of quarry material is located at Km 14+00, 5 km into the LHS of the
road. This is a new site that would need to be opened up. Due to previous works, the existing
quarries are surrounded by secondary vegetation of little conservation concern. The new quarry,
if utilised, would require some clearing of existing tree cover and relocation of some ‘shambas’.

Gravel/ Borrow Pits
Borrow areas for gravel materials, approximately 3 to 4 km apart along the proposed access road,
were investigated. Test pits were excavated and samples taken for laboratory testing. Potential
borrow areas are listed in Table 5.
29
Table 6: Potential borrow areas along the proposed access road
Location (km)
Offset (km)
05+000
0.10 LHS and RHS
08+000
0.40 LHS and RHS
12+100
0.05 LHS and RHS
16+500
0.05 LHS and RHS
20+960
0.02 LHS and RHS
All listed borrow areas are within Pericopsis – Combretum woodland, with the exception of the
one at Km 20+, which lies within ‘miombo’ woodland.

Sand Sources
The only sources of concrete sand are in Kigoma town, where there are existing and operational
sources at Kibirizi and Kagongo. Vegetation communities at these sites are largely grasses and a
few shrubs of little conservation value.

Water Sources
The access road area has a number of reliable and permanent water sources. There is a pond at
Kazuramimba which was used in the construction of the loose surface road from Kidawe –
Kimalampamba. As the access is established and currently under use by the resident community,
no vegetation clearing would be necessary
The Malagarasi is another potential water source for construction, as is a perennial stream that
has been identified at Km 18+00. The stream flows through a semi-wooded area of mostly bare
rock and few riverine species.
It is not anticipated that deep boreholes would be an option for water sourcing, despite the
considerable height of the water table in the area.
2.5
Malagarasi HPP Operational Mode
The Malagarasi Hydropower Project is designed for a target output of 44.8 MW dropping to a
minimum of 5.1 MW under rated low flow conditions.
The design is such that it will allow for full optimisation of the resource i.e. a power generation
capacity in the future of up to 44.8MW. In terms of spillage, the water will go over the dam
approximately 2.5 month of the year. The 44.8 MW sized plant will require, 171 m 3/s flows.
Historic flow records indicate that the dry season normally lasts for 5-6 months, and reduced
water level can occur at any time during this season, depending on water flow. In the 30 years
for which records are available, the month of October has the lowest average inflow.
30
2.6
Description of the Impact Zones
The impact zones are defined by the physical extent of development and the separated into two
main direct impact areas due to our terms of reference. The zones are either direct impact zones
(where physical developments relating directly to the project are occurring), or secondary impact
zones (where the influence of the project will be felt well beyond the project e.g. downstream
impacts).
2.6.1 Direct Impact Zone (DIZ)
The DIZ is divided between the Hydropower area and the infrastructure areas. The descriptions
of these zones are detailed below.

Hydropower DIZ
Physical boundaries of the project comprises the Direct Impact Zone including the proposed
reservoir area, dam site, powerhouse and internal roads, camp sites, material excavation and all
project works and activity areas that will have a direct impact.
31
Figure 12: Hydropower Site Direct Impact Zone (Source: ESBI Feasibility Study)

Infrastructure Direct Impact Zone (DIZ)
The road corridor between the project site and the main road as surveyed and documented in
the ESBI/Africare Report prepared for MCA-T and as discussed in the ESIA for TANESCO by
Norplan AS and previous ESBI reports (27 km of access road to the Main Road). This area is the
Infrastructure Direct Impact Zone (DIZ) indicated in Figure 13
32
Figure 13: Infrastructure Connection Direct Impact Zone follows the existing road alignment
between the Stage III site and the Uvinza – Kigoma main road
33
2.6.2 Secondary Impact Zone (SIZ)
The SIZ is divided into the Hydropower and infrastructure zones, as described below and shown
in Figure 14.

Hydropower SIZ
The reservoir will be operated for peaking power. This will result in periods when the flow,
downstream of the tailrace, will be as low as 10 cumecs for up to 10 hours. Therefore, this area
will be the Hydropower Secondary Impact Zone.

Infrastructure SIZ
The area either side of the infrastructure DIZ (the access road) will be the Infrastructure
Secondary Impact Zone as the area will be impact indirectly through, increased traffic, pollution
and noise.
Figure 14: Malagarasi Hydro Plant Environmental Study Stage III Impact Zones
34
CHAPTER THREE: POLICY, ADMINISTRATIVE and LEGAL FRAMEWORK
This chapter presents an overview of the institutional and legal framework of Tanzania. The
international/ financers safeguard policies are also reviewed in the course of reviewing this ESIA
study. The ESIA study was carried in 2012, thus it is believed that there are some national
legislations and policies amended that should to be reviewed in this report. Also, it should be
noted that by the time such HEP project was being financed by MCC but now the project is to be
funded by African Development Bank and Agence Française de Développement (AFD) of which
their safeguard polices are subject to be reviewed. In this line, the following is the description of
the national and international policies and legislations.
3.1
National Policy
Clarifying relevant policies is important in setting boundaries for the EIA in line with national
interests and future prospects. The following are relevant sectoral and cross – sectoral policies
which stipulate the need for EIA and provide directives on how projects should be operated in
Tanzania. The project proponent will need to observe these policies in the course of designing
and implementing the
3.1.1 National Environmental Policy, 1997
This is the main policy document governing environmental management in the country. The NEP
defines environmental issues as both natural and social concerns and adopts the key principle of
sustainable development. The NEP has also proposed the framework environmental legislation
to be taken into account by the numerous agencies of the Government involved in regulating the
various sectors. The NEP defines strategic plans for environmental management at all levels and
provides an approach for mainstreaming environmental issues for decision making. The NEP
identifies six key environmental management and protection problems:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Land degradation;
Lack of access to good quality water;
Environmental pollution;
Loss of wildlife habitat and biodiversity;
Deterioration of aquatic ecosystems; and
Deforestation
The NEP requires Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) to be mandatory for all development
projects likely to have significant environmental impacts. The intention is to ensure that the
development projects are implemented in an economically sustainable manner while
safeguarding environmental and social issues for the benefit of present and future generations.
The construction of the proposed 44.8MW project shall observe the requirements of the national
environmental policy.
35
3.1.2 National Water Policy, 2002 (revised in 2009)
The National Water Policy, (NAWAPO), (2002), directs an adoption of a holistic basin approach
that integrates multi‐sectoral and multi‐objective planning and management that minimizes
negative impacts on Water Resource Development (WRD) so as to ensure sustainability and
protection of the resource and its environment. The policy underscores the importance of holistic
approach by saying that “all water abstractions and effluent discharges into water bodies shall
be subjected to a water use permit or discharge permit to be issued only for a determined
beneficial use and for a specified period of time. It is imperative that TANESCO is aware of the
important water policy elements which are summarized as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
All water resources in the country are vested in the United Republic of Tanzania and every
citizen has an equal right to access and use;
Water use for basic human needs has the highest priority. Water to sustain the
environment and other uses are subject to social and economic criteria, which shall be
reviewed from time to time;
The “Polluter pays principle” shall apply in conjunction with other legal and administrative
actions;
Standards for in–stream flows, industrial effluents and other waste discharges to be
developed and enforced;
All water abstractions and effluent discharge into water bodies shall be subject to water
permit or discharge permit to be issued for specific season and duration;
Water related activities should aim to enhance or to cause least detrimental effects on
the natural environment;
The allocation and consumption of water for environmental purposes is to be given
appropriate consideration;
Water for environment shall be determined on the best scientific information available
considering both the temporal and spatial water requirements to maintain the health and
viability of riverine and estuary ecosystem;
A sound information and knowledge base including both on surface and groundwater
(quantity and quality), socio and economic data shall be established;
Status of surface and ground water resources, in terms of quantity and quality and its use
shall regularly be determined and information made easily accessible to stakeholders and
decision makers.
Regulatory authorities shall be empowered to collect data from water users.
36
Therefore, the policy recognizes the need to protect water sources against pollution and
environmental degradation particularly during construction of powerhouse and dam of the
proposed project 44.8MW power plant.
3.1.3 National Policy on HIV/AIDS, (2001)
The policy objective is the prevention of HIV/AIDS transmission. HIV/AIDS is a National and
indeed a global disaster that calls for concerted and unprecedented initiatives at National and
global levels to contain it. It’s a serious threat to the survival and development of our nation. It
has been well established that poverty significantly influences the spread and impact of HIV/AIDS.
In many ways it creates vulnerability to HIV infection, causes rapid progression of the infection
in the individual due to malnutrition and limits access to social and health care services. Poverty
causes impoverishment as it leads to death of the economically active segments of the society
and bread winners leading to reduction in income or production.
The National HIV/AIDS policy of 2001 explains about stigma and HIV/AIDS as one of the key
challenges in the prevention and control of epidemic. In Tanzania like in other countries in the
South of the Sahara, stigma against HIV/AIDS remains very strong and plays a major role in
fuelling HIV infection. Fighting for this epidemic involves health workers, political leaders, NGO’s,
people living with HIV/AIDS (PLHAS), community leaders, families and individual.
In order to guide the National Policy on HIV/AIDS, the following are main relevant principles:
a) All members of the community have individual and collective responsibility to actively
participate in the prevention and control of HIV/AIDS epidemic.
b) Strong political and government commitment and leadership at all levels are necessary
for sustained and effective intervention against HIV/AIDS epidemic.
c) Individuals are responsible for protecting themselves and others contracting infection
through unprotected sexual intercourse and unsterilized piercing objects.
d) The community has the right to information on how to protect its members from further
transmission and spread of HIV/AIDS.
e) HIV/AIDS is preventable! Transmission of infection is preventable through changes in
individual behaviour, hence education and information on HIV/AIDS, behavioural change
communication as well as prevention strategies are necessary for people and
communities to have the necessary awareness and courage to bring about changes in
behaviour at the community and individual levels.
f) Pre‐ and post‐counselling of HIV testing shall observe professional ethics with the
emphasis on confidentiality and informed consent.
g) Given the various circle between the HIV/AIDS and poverty, interventions for the control
of epidemic should be simultaneously related by poverty alleviation initiatives.
37
h) HIV/AIDS being a social, cultural and economic problem, women and girls need extra
consideration to protect them from the increased vulnerability to HIV infection in the
various social, cultural and economic environments as stipulated in the National Policy on
Gender and equity.
In view of the above, project staff and project surrounding communities have a role to play in the
fight against HIV/AIDS during and after the project implementation.
3.1.4 National Human Settlement Development Policy, (2000)
Essentially, the policy focuses on the government’s resolve to address and reverse the
deterioration of human conditions in the country. In this regard this policy aims at harnessing
existing initiatives in the shelter delivery infrastructure investment by various sectors in the
public, informal and community sectors as well as guide the rapid peri‐urban growth and
transformation of the settlement pattern. The ultimate and future vision of the policy is to have
well organized, efficient health, safe and secure and aesthetic sustainable human settlement. In
particular the vision of human settlement development is to have human settlement where
everyone has adequate and affordable shelter which is durable, healthy and safe and legally
secure, accessible and which matches with the culture and living habits of the occupants.
Such shelter or housing should include all the basic services, facilities and amenities and should
be free from all forms of discrimination. Moreover, human settlement should offer equal
socioeconomic opportunities to all members of the society for their material, social, spiritual
development. Promotion of the development of equitable, safe and sustainable human
settlement is a means to engender greater freedom, democracy peace and stability in the
country. The NHSDP recognizes environmental planning and management as one of the broad
human settlement issues. According to this Policy; “environment means the physical, economic
and social conditions in which people live, influencing their feelings and development”. In that
regard the NHSDP identifies environmental protection as one of the strategic issues in human
settlement planning and development. Among other issues the NHSDP addresses:
Lack of solid and liquid waste management, leading to environmental deterioration;
•
•
•
Emission of noxious gases from vehicles and industrial activities as a major cause of air
pollution in urban areas;
Encroachment into fragile and hazardous lands (river valleys, steep slopes and
marshlands) leading to land degradation, pollution of water sources, etc;
Increasing dependence on firewood and charcoal as a main source of energy in human
settlements leading to depletion of forests, environmental deterioration and air
pollution; and
38
•
Un‐authorized sand mining in river valleys leading to environmental degradation.
In line with this, the role of the project is to ensure air emission is controlled, waste and hazardous
wastes are well managed, environment is well protected and the project should ensure that PAPs
are able to live in decent and better shelters following the compensation of their properties to
pave way for the construction of the project.
3.1.5 National Land Policy (1995)
The main objective of the National Land Policy (URT, 1995) is to address the various and everchanging land use needs. The Policy aims “to promote and ensure a secure land tenure system,
to encourage the optimal use of land resources and to facilitate broad-based social and economic
development without endangering the ecological balance of the environment” (ibid: 5). Specific
objectives are outlined in the Land Policy. However, the following are directly related to the
proposed HEP project:
•
•
•
•
Ensure that existing rights in land, especially customary rights of small holders (i.e.
peasants and herdsmen who are the majority of the population in the country), are
recognized, clarified, and secured in law;
Set limits on land ownership which will later be translated into statutory limits to prevent
or avoid the phenomenon of land concentration (i.e. land being held by few individuals);
Ensure that land is put to its most productive use to promote rapid social and economic
development of the country;
Protect land resources from degradation for sustainable development.
3.1.6 National Forest Policy, 1998
The overall goal of the National Forest Policy (URT, 1998) is to enhance the contribution of the
forest sector to sustainable development of Tanzania and the conservation and management of
the natural resources. The main objectives of the Forest Policy include “sustainable supply of
forest products and services by maintaining sufficient forest area under effective management;
increased employment and foreign exchange earnings; ecosystem sustainability through forest
conservation and enhanced national capacity to manage forest sector” (URT, 1998:14).
The Forest Policy recognizes that investment or development in forest areas may cause adverse
environmental impacts. The policy recommends environmental assessment as mandatory
requirement in order to ensure damage to the environment is avoided and possible mitigation
measures are provided. The proposed hydropower project is neither located in national forest
reserve nor community forest reserve. Thus, there shall be no impact of the project to the forest
resources. However, Uvinza district council reported that they are planning to initiate MasitoUgalla forest reserve along the Malagarasi River in the near future for conservation of riverine
39
forests. Therefore, implementation of this power project will ensure sustainability of the
intended power project.
3.1.7 Wildlife and Wetland Policy of Tanzania, 2007
The Wildlife and Wetland Policy of Tanzania promotes the conservation of wildlife as natural
resources of great biological, economical, and nutritional values (URT, 2007). It also promotes a
clean environmental, climate amelioration, and water and soil conservation. The long-term goal
of the policy is to maintain great biological diversity, which contributes to a healthy environment
and to the national economy. The policy recognizes the implication of human and development
activities on wildlife resources inside and outside protected areas, and calls for environmental
assessments for proposed development in order to minimize negative impacts.
3.1.8 The Agriculture and Livestock Policy (1997)
The Agriculture and Livestock Policy of 1997 addresses changes that affect the agricultural sector
in Tanzania, specifically restrictions to agricultural practices stemming from the national Land
Use Policy of 1995. The Agriculture and Livestock Policy also addresses the needs of women in
agriculture and the needs for agricultural practices to evolve in order to ensure protection of the
environment. The policy promotes good husbandry and increased agriculture production.
According to this policy, water catchment around the power project area shall be highly
protected. Neither farming nor settlement is permitted on such land.
3.1.9 Antiquities Policy of 2008
Antiquities Policy of 2008 defines Physical Cultural Resources (PCRs) as any tangible material that
represent contemporary, historic, and pre-historic human life ways. Antiquities Policy (2008)
section 2.1 points out that already discovered PCRs shall be preserved and conserved in the
National Museum of Tanzania as stipulated in Museum Act of 1980. In addition, the Antiquities
Policy of 2008, sections 4.2.1 to 6, elaborates on how other stakeholders including government
institutions, private sectors and public as a whole should be involved in all activities of
conservation and management of PCRs.
3.1.10 Land Acquisition and Resettlement Policy
There is no Resettlement Policy in Tanzania. The resettlement process at TANESCO is guided by
the Land Acquisition Act of 1967, Land Act of 1999 and Land Regulations of 2001. The draft
National Resettlement Policy Framework which was prepared in 2003 based on the World Bank’s
OP 4.12 on Involuntary Resettlement and African Development Bank Safeguard policy #2
Involuntary Resettlement requires that:
•
Involuntary resettlement should be avoided or minimized where feasible by seeking
viable alternative designs;
40
•
•
•
If not feasible, resettlement activities should be conceived and executed as sustainable
development programs to benefit the PAPs;
Displaced persons should be fully consulted and participate in planning and implementing
resettlement programs; and
Displaced persons should be assisted in improving their livelihoods and standards of living
to at least pre-displacement.
3.1.11 National Energy Policy (URT 2015)
This policy provides comprehensive legal, regulatory and institutional frameworks for petroleum,
electricity, renewable energies, energy efficiency as well as local content issues including safety,
health and environment.
Objective of the policy on renewable energy is to enhance utilization of renewable energy
resources so as to increase its contribution in diversifying resources for electricity generation.
However, the policy in the section of cross-cutting issues particularly section 4.3 considered
importance of public safety, occupational health and environment. It stated that energy activities
such as exploration and production of petroleum; coal and uranium mining; extraction of
hydropower plants, uncontrolled use of wood fuel; combustion of fossil fuels; construction of
hydropower dams and pipeline can negatively impact on ecological and environmental systems.
This has been observed closely with even views from the stakeholder especially on the mitigation
of adverse impacts on human health, human properties and natural environment. The execution
of the proposed 44.8MW project shall adhere to provisions of this policy.
3.1.12 Fisheries Policy, 1997
The fisheries policy emphasizes on the need to promote sustainable development that will
safeguard fisheries resources to provide the in-tended national social economic objectives and
achieve effective protection of the aquatic environment to sustain development. It particularly
recognizes the role of stakeholders in the development, management and sustainable utilization
of the fisheries resources. This policy shall be complied with during project implementation.
3.1.13 National Investment Policy, 1996
The National Investment Promotion Policy among other things also seeks to promote
development of different infrastructure electricity included as a means to attract potential
investors. The policy recognizes the significant contribution of infrastructure such as electricity
and roads in the development stimuli of the country. One of the key policy objectives is maximum
promotion of export orientation on domestic production of goods and services to enhance the
development of a dynamic and competitive export sector.
41
3.1.14 National Employment Policy, 1997
The major aim of this policy is to promote employment mainly of Tanzania Nationals. Relevant
sections of this policy are (i) 10, which lays down strategies for promoting employment and
section (ii) 10.6, which deals with employment of special groups i.e. women, youth, persons with
disabilities and sections (iii) 10.8, which deals with the tendencies of foreign investors to employ
expatriates even where there are equally competent nationals. The contractor and operator for
the proposed HEP would be encouraged to take into account employment privileges afforded to
nationals.
3.1.15 National Transport Policy, 2003
The transport policy advocates for sustainable development of the road sector by ensuring that
environmental protection and management is given emphasis during the design, development
and operational stages. The policy recognises the need to coordinate with energy sector to
establish energy facilities at village proximity.
The road sector also seeks to meet the following objectives;
•
•
•
•
•
To facilitate the movement of goods and services in rural areas.
To make the life of rural inhabitants relatively easier and enable them to spare more time
and energy for productive works.
The important issues of the environment have been highlighted as follows;
To improve the supply of road transport services without compromising customer safety.
To minimize wasteful exploitation of natural resources.
In addition, the policy is seeking reduction of poverty in rural areas through improvement of rural
transport and infrastructure to minimise travel related hardships.
3.1.16 National Mining Policy, 2009
The Mineral Policy covers all activities regarding extraction from the ground. This includes
minerals and material such as that for construction. The policy however, promotes private sector
led mineral development relegating the role of the government to regulation, promotion and
facilitation.
The responsibilities of the government include monitoring of mining activities, collection and
maintenance of geo-technical data for promotional purposes and administration and inspection
42
of mining activities, and environmental management with regards to mining. The requirements
of this policy shall be adhering to particularly during collection of construction materials.
3.2
National Development Strategies
3.2.1 Tanzania Development Vision 2025
The Tanzania Vision 2025 was developed in the mid-1980s. It was developed when the
government realized that past development policies and strategies were not adequately
responding to changing market and technological conditions in the regional and world economy
and were also not adapting to changes in the domestic socio-economic conditions.
Consistent with this vision, Tanzania of 2025 should be a nation imbued with five main
attributes:•
•
•
•
•
High quality livelihood;
Peace, stability and unity;
Good governance;
A well-educated and learning society; and
A competitive economy capable of producing sustainable growth and shared benefits.
3.2.2 National Strategy for Growth and Reduction of Poverty II (2010)
This is the second National Strategy for Growth and Reduction of Poverty II (NSGRP II) to be
implemented between 2010/11 and 2014/15 and is a continuation of MKUKUTA I that was
implemented between 2005 and 2010. The focus of the strategy is to accelerate economic
growth, reducing poverty and improving the standard of living and social welfare of the people
of Tanzania as well as good governance and accountability.
MKUKUTA II is a vehicle, like MKUKUTA I, for realizing Tanzania’s Development Vision 2025, the
Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) to be achieved by 2015 and the aspirations of the ruling
Party’s election manifesto.
It evaluates achievements and challenges of MKUKUTA I in each aspect of shared growth, high
quality livelihood, peace, stability, unity, quality education and international competitiveness in
order to address them in the course of MKUKUTA II implementation.
43
The proposed project will contributes to the goals of NSGRP II by providing reliable, high quality
energy source for economic activities that will result into economic growth, employment, quality
education and improved livelihood.
3.2.3 Tanzania Industrialization Initiatives
The Tanzanian government has recently initiated the industrialization campaign. This campaign
is leaded by the president to ensure that the country establishes various industries depending on
type of raw materials produced in respective parts of the country. The campaign also emphases
the investors that are hosting number of industries without developing them should be returned
to government or given to other investors who have ability to develop them. With regard to this,
it is obvious that industrial activities require reliable and sustainable electricity. Hence,
establishment of the proposed project shall transmit 44.8MW electricity to be generated from
Malagarasi Hydropower plant to the Kigoma substation. The completion of this project would
successfully promote establishment of industrial sector in Kigom and neighbouring regions. For
instance, it is expected that availability of reliable power in Kigoma would attract more investors
to invest in salt, gypsum and lime processing.
3.2.4 Rural Development Strategy (2001)
The strategies have the primary objectives of stimulating growth in the rural economy by building
on gains in the national economy and by empowering rural poor people to overcome poverty
through better access to land, water, energy, financial resources and markets.
There is a large population still lacking electricity in Tanzania and the proposed project will create
an enabling environment for more rural electrification projects particularly in the North-western
regions.
3.3
Principal legislations and Regulations
3.3.1 The Constitution of the United Republic of Tanzania of 1977
The Constitution of the United Republic of Tanzania of 1977 (Revised in 1998) recognizes the
basic rights for its people to the protection of their life by the society in accordance with the law.
Article 24 stipulates that every person is entitled to own property and has a right to the
protection of his/her property held in accordance with the law.
44
Article 30(2) states that “freedom and duties do not invalidate existing legislation or prohibit the
enactment of any legislation or the doing of any lawful act in accordance with such legislation for
the purpose of – among others ‐ ensuring the defence, public safety, public order, public morality,
public health, rural and urban development and utilisation of minerals or the increase and
development of property or any other interest for the purpose of enhancing the public benefit”.
The proposed power project would adhere to the basic right of citizen of Tanzania in terms of
resource utilization, right for employment, right to the land and right to the clean environment.
3.3.2 Environmental Management Act (2004) (or CAP 191)
The Environmental Management Act Cap 191 is the principal legislation governing environmental
management in the country. The Environmental Management Act (EMA) recognizes “…the right
of every citizen to a clean, safe and healthy environment, and the right of access to environmental
resources for recreational, educational, health, spiritual, cultural and economic purposes.”
Thus, the EMA “provides a legal framework for coordinating harmonious and conflicting activities
by integrating those activities into overall sustainable environmental management systems by
providing key technical support to Sector Ministries.”
For effective implementation of the NEP objectives, the EMA has identified and outlined specific
roles, responsibilities and functions of various key players. It provides for a comprehensive
administrative and institutional arrangement, comprised of:
•
National Advisory Committee;
• Minister Responsible for Environment;
• Director of Environment;
• National Environment Management Council (NEMC);
• Sector Ministries;
• Regional Secretariat; and
• Local Government Authorities (City, Municipal, District and Town Councils).
Section 81, subsection 1 in Part VI of the EMA requires a project proponent or developer to
undertake an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) at his/her own cost prior to
commencement or financing of a project or undertaking.
The types of projects requiring EIA are listed in the third schedule of the Act. The EMA prohibits
any development to be initiated without an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Certificate.
45
Section 86, subsection 1, stipulates that ”the NEMC shall upon examination of a project brief,
require the proponent of a project or undertaking to carry out an Environmental Impact
Assessment study and prepare an Environmental Impact Statement”. According to the EMA
(Subsection 1‐4) the EIS should be submitted to NEMC, which carries out a review through its
Technical Advisory Committee (TAC). The NEMC is also required to make a site visit during the
review process for inspection and verification at the proponent’s cost.
The present EIA process in Tanzania with insistence on public involvement can be divided into
four main steps:
•
•
•
Registration: The proponent registers the proposed Project with NEMC after submitting
a project brief.
Screening: Based on the information (project brief) provided by the proponent in the EIA
Registration Form, NEMC decides if a full EIA is required, or if no EIA is required or if only
a short preliminary EIA is required.
Impact Assessment: If a full EIA is required, an EIA Scoping Report has to be prepared by
the proponent together with an ESIA TOR, which is submitted to NEMC for approval.
Upon approval of the ESIA ToR, the EIA is prepared and submitted to NEMC for review by cross‐
sectoral Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) experts, which draws experts from relevant
authorities, ministries, institutions and the general public.
NEMC may arrange for on‐site visits with the project proponent for the purposes of inspecting
the project, which is under review. When deemed necessary, a public hearing may be called as a
process of reviewing the environmental impact statement (EIS).
•
Environmental Certificate: Upon completion of the review process of EIS, if it is found to
be satisfactory and the environmental impacts of the proposed Project can be mitigated
to the acceptable levels, NEMC recommends to the Minister responsible for the
environment to issue an Environmental Certificate pursuant to which the Project can be
implemented.
3.3.3 National Regulations
3.3.3.1 The Environmental Impact Assessment and Audit Regulations (2005)
The Environmental Impact Assessment and Audit Regulations No. 349 of 2005 were made
pursuant to the Environmental Management Act No. 20 of 2004. The regulations provide the
basis for undertaking Environmental Impact Assessments and Environmental Audits for various
46
types of development projects with significant environmental impacts. The following text
provides a brief description of some of the provisions that are relevant to this project.
Part III of the Regulations deals with project registration and screening procedures. Regulation 5
requires the applicant for an Environmental Impact Assessment Certificate to submit a project
brief to NEMC in the format set out in the Third Schedule of the EMA (2005) and First Schedule
of the Regulations.
The Third Schedule also provides the format for project registration. Regulation 6(1) specifies the
content of the project brief. NEMC subsequently undertakes a screening of the project based on
the submitted project brief and registration form and decides if the developer will have to carry
out environmental assessment.
Regulation 11(1) deals with the EIA process. If there are uncertainties as to the need for a full EIA,
NEMC will require the developer to undertake a Preliminary Environmental Assessment as a first
step to determine the extent of the likely negative impacts. If those impacts are small and
insignificant, an Environmental Impact Assessment Certificate can be awarded on the basis of the
Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report. However, if the preliminary report concludes that
a project is likely to entail significant negative impacts a full environmental impact assessment
will be required.
The steps that need to be taken to conduct a full EIA are indicated in the Fourth Schedule while
Regulation 16 specifies that the EIA study in addition to environmental impacts must also address
social, cultural and economic impacts.
Regulation 46(1) classifies projects into two types:
•
Type A – projects requiring a mandatory Environmental Impact Assessment; and.
• Type B – projects requiring a Preliminary Environmental Assessment (PEA)
The First Schedule lists typical examples of Type A and B projects. The proposed project is
grouped in energy production and distribution of electricity, gas steam and geo‐thermal energy
as type A project thus requiring the full EIA.
3.3.3.2 The Environmental management (solid waste management) regulations, 2009
These regulations provides for the implementation of the EMA (2004). The regulations are guided
by three principles; the precautionary principle, the polluter pays principle and the producer
extended responsibility principle.
The regulations are enforced by local governments and schedule 1 of the regulations highlights
the types of waste and recommended modes of treatment for the same. The contractor and
47
proponent for the proposed TL will be expected to comply with these regulations when dealing
with solid waste.
3.3.3.3 The Environmental management (hazardous waste management) regulations, 2009
Similar to the regulations for management of solid waste, these regulations also subscribe to the
three principles of precaution, polluter pays and producer extended responsibility. These
regulations however are enforced by the Director of the environment and schedules 1 and 4
indicate the main types of wastes and disposal mechanisms respectively.
3.3.3.4 The Land (Assessment of the Value of Land for Compensation) Regulations, 2001
These regulations provide criteria for the assessment of compensation on land, as per market
value for real property; disturbance allowance is calculated as a percentage of market value of
the acquired assets over twelve months; and transport allowance calculated at the cost of 12
tons hauled over a distance not exceeding 20 km.
3.3.4 The Land Acquisition Act, Cap 118
Under the Land Acquisition Act, 1967 or Cap 118, the President may, subject to the provisions of
the Act, acquire any land or any estate or term where such land is required for any public purpose.
Land shall be deemed to be acquired for a public purpose where it is required for example, for
exclusive Government use, for general public use and for any Government scheme. Also, land
shall be deemed acquired for public purpose if the land is for the development of agricultural
land or for the provision of sites for industrial, agricultural or commercial development, social
services, or for housing. The land may be acquired where the President is satisfied that a
corporation requires land for the purposes of construction of any work which in his opinion would
be of public utility or in the public interest or in the interest of the national economy.
The president may, with the approval, to be signified by resolution of the National Assembly and
by order published in the Gazette, declare the purpose for which such land is required to be a
public purpose and upon such order being made such purpose shall be deemed to be a public
purpose; or in connection with the laying out of any new city, municipality, township or minor
settlement or the extension or improvement of any existing city, municipality, township or minor
settlement; etc.
Upon such acquisition of any Land, the President is compelled on behalf of the Government to
pay in respect thereof, out of moneys provided for the purpose by Parliament, such
compensation, as may be agreed upon or determined in accordance with the provisions of the
Land Acquisition Act, 1967.
48
The President may also revoke a right of occupancy if in his opinion it is in public interest to do
so. Accordingly, the land for which a right of occupancy has been revoked reverts to the
Government for re‐allocation pursuant to the existing need (s). It should also be noted here that,
though the land belong to the government some changes on the land Act has taken place. Land
has value to the owner; therefore, any land taken from the user or destroyed property has to be
compensated. Based on this Act, any individual person or company who will suffer loss of
property due to implementation of this project has a constitutional right to claim compensation
for the lost properties. The implementation of this power project shall observe the provisions of
this law.
3.3.5 The Land Act, 1999 (Act No. 4/1999)
This Act lays down fundamental principles for occupying and using the land. Among them is the
principle that any land user shall ensure that land is used productively and that any such use
complies with the principles of sustainable development.
Tanzanian land falls under three categories, namely:
•
•
•
Reserved Land is land set aside for wildlife, forests, marine parks, etc., and the ways these
areas are managed is explained in the laws that protect each sector (e.g. Wildlife
Conservation Act, National Parks Ordinance, Marine Parks and Reserves Act, etc.). Specific
legal regimes govern these lands under the laws used to establish them;
Village Land includes all land inside the boundaries of registered villages, where the
Village Councils and Village Assemblies are given power to manage. The Village Land Act
gives the details of how this is to be done;
General Land is land, which is neither reserved land nor village land and is therefore
managed by the Commissioner. The Land Act is governing this land.
The Land Act of 1999 (Section 34) also states that where a right of occupancy includes land which
is occupied by persons under customary law, and those persons are to be moved or relocated,
they must be compensated for loss of interest in the land and for other losses. They also have
the right to reap crops that are sown before any notice for vacating that land is given. The Land
Act (Section 156) requires that with regard to communal right of way in respect of way-leave,
compensation shall be paid to any person for use of land, who is in lawful or actual occupation
of that land, for any damage caused to crops or buildings and for the land and materials taken or
used for the works. Requirements for the assessment of compensation are provided in the Land
(Assessment of the Value of Land for Compensation) Regulations of 2001. Valuation must be
done by a qualified and authorized valuer.
49
The basic principle governing compensation is that none of the PAP should be made worse off by
the project displacements. According to the Tanzanian legislation, market values should be
applied when valuing the affected houses and structures. Households losing their residential
premises are entitled to an "Accommodation allowance" to cover the cost of renting another
premise for up to 36 months, while purchasing or building a new house. In case of no active rental
markets, estimation of the monthly renting rates may also need to be done using alternative
methods.
Compensation is granted to those having annual and perennial crops, including fruit trees. The
values are assessed through a market value approach as proposed in the legislation, in particular
under Section 179 of the Land (Assessment of the Value of Land for Compensation) Regulations,
2001 and are available at the Government district valuer’s offices.
The compensation therefore will include:
•
Market value of the real property;
• Accommodation allowance
• Transport allowance;
• Loss of profits;
• Any other cost, loss or capital expenditure incurred with respect to the development of
the subject land;
• Interest at market rate; and
• Provision of an efficient, effective, economical and transparent system of land
administration
• Disturbance allowance;
In the absence of a formal Resettlement Policy, the following legal instruments provide the legal
framework for compensation and resettlement in Tanzania:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
The Land Act (1999);
The Land Regulations (2001);
The Village Land Act (1999);
The Local Government (District Authorities) Act;
The Local Government (Urban Authorities) Act;
The Land Acquisition Act (1967);
The Urban Planning Act (2007);
The National Energy Policy of Tanzania (2015);
The Environment Management Policy (1997) and Act (2004).
50
3.3.6 The Village Land Act, 1999 (Act No.5/1999)
The Village Land Act No. 5 of 1999 (URT, 1999) governs village land and all matters related to land
tenure under the Village Councils. Section 8 (1), (2) and (3) of the Act empowers the Village
Council to manage all village lands in accordance with the principles of a trustee with the villagers
being the beneficiaries. In exercising these functions, the Village Council is required to have
regard to the following principles:•
Sustainable development and the relationship between land use, other natural resources
and the environment in and contiguous to the village;
• The need to consult with and take account of or comply with the decisions or orders of
any public officer or public authority with jurisdiction over any matter in the area where
the village is; and
• The need to consult with and take into account the views of other local authorities with
jurisdiction over the village.
Although the Village Land Act recognizes the role of the Village Councils in terms of management,
most of the land in the villages is under individuals through the customary land rights. The right
of the individuals to the land must be recognized and respected and development should not
take more than the land it needs for that particular development.
3.3.7 The Land Regulation (2001)
The Land Regulation provides guidance on the issue of compensation. According to Section 10 (1)
of the Land (Compensation Claims) Regulation 2001, compensation shall take the form of:
•
Monetary compensation;
• Plot of land of comparable quality, extent and productive potential to the land lost;
• A building or buildings of comparable quality, extent and use comparable to the building
or buildings lost;
• Plants and seedlings;
• Regular supplies of grain and other basic foodstuffs for a specified time.
The Regulation Assessment of Value for Compensation states “...the basis for assessment of the
value of any land shall be the market value of such land”. The market value is arrived at by the
use of the comparative method and substantiated by actual recent sales of similar properties or
by use of income approach or replacement cost method, in case the property is of special nature
and not saleable.
The assessment of the value of land and any improvements will be done by a Qualified Valuer
and verified by the Chief Government Valuer or his/her representative.
51
In addition, the Regulation defines affected people that are eligible for
compensation/resettlement if some of their properties are affected by a proposed development:
•
Holder of right of occupancy;
• Holder of customary right of occupancy whose land has been declared a hazard land;
• Holder of customary and who is moved or relocated because his/her land becomes
granted to another person;
• Holder of land obtained as a consequence of disposition by a holder of granted or
customary right of occupancy but which is refused a right of occupancy;
• Urban or peri-urban land acquired by the President.
If the person does not agree with the amount or method of payment or is dissatisfied with the
time taken to pay compensation, he/she may appeal to the High Court for redress. If proved
justifiable, the High Court shall determine the amount and method of payment, determine any
additional costs for inconveniences incurred, and order the plaintiff to be paid accordingly. The
land acquisition process for the switchyard and power house sites shall comply with the national
land acquisition Act of 1967 and Land Regulation (2001).
3.3.8 The Land Disputes Courts Act No. 2 of 2002
Every dispute or complaint concerning land shall be instituted in the Court having jurisdiction to
determine land dispute in the given area (Section 3).
The Courts of jurisdiction include:
•
The Village Land Council;
• The Ward Tribunal;
• District Land and Housing Tribunal;
• The High Court (Land Division);
• The Court of Appeal of Tanzania.
The Act gives the Village Land Councils powers to resolve land disputes involving village lands
(Section 7). If the Council fails to resolve the dispute, the matter can be referred to the Ward
Tribunal as established by the Land Act (1999) and the Village Land Act. If any dispute will arise
because of this project, the provision of this Act shall be observed. The project proponent who is
hereby referred as TANESCO shall formulate systematic way to resolve all grievances that may
raise after compensation of properties this shall include physical verification of the areas will
disputes. This process shall integrate resettlement committee formulated during ESIA and RAP
studies.
52
3.3.9 Electricity Act, 2008 (Act No.10/2008)
The Electricity Act provides the facilitation and regulation of generation, transmission, and
transformation, distribution, supply and use of electricity energy, to provide for cross-border
trade in electricity and the planning and regulation of rural electrification. Among other things
the Act (Part VIII) gives the minister responsible for energy, in consultation with the minister
responsible for finance, the authority to restructure the electricity supply industry in order to
foster competition for increased efficiency, enhance development of private capital investment
and promote regional trading. The 44.8MW project is in hand with the Act as it intends to
increase electricity supply in North Western Regions and to promote regional trading of
electricity between Burundi, Rwanda and Tanzania.
3.3.10 Rural Energy Act, 2005
The Rural Energy Act establishes the Rural Energy Board, Fund and Agency responsible for
promotion of improved access to modern energy services in the rural areas of mainland Tanzania
and through a Fund within the Agency Board to provide for grants and subsidies to developers of
the rural energy projects and for related and consequential matters.
The principles of rural energy development (Rural Energy Act, Part II) are, among other things,
that modern energy supply to rural areas promotes growth in economic production and
productivity as well as social welfare; that sustainable development shall be archived when
modem energy services in rural areas are promoted, facilitated and supported through private
and community initiative and involvement. The proposed project will make an enabling
environment for rural electrification initiatives in North West regions
3.3.11 Forest Act (2002)
The Forest Act (No. 14), 2002, provides for the management of forests in order to enhance the
contribution of the forest sector to the development of Tanzania and the conservation and
management of natural resources. In addition, the legislation fosters ecosystem stability through
conservation of the forest biodiversity, water catchments and soil fertility.
Section 18 of the Act requires developers to prepare and submit to the Director of Forestry, an
EIA report. The law states that: “any proposed development in a forest reserve, private forest or
sensitive forest area including watersheds, whether that development is proposed by or is to be
implemented by a person or organization in the public or private sector, the developer shall
prepare and submit to the Director an Environmental Impact Assessment of the proposed
development”. Section 70 of the Act prohibits any person from burning any vegetation on any
land outside the cartilage of his own house or compound without permission.
53
In addition, Section 49 of the Act outlines various permits that are required when certain
activities are undertaken. These activities include:•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Activities carried out in national and local authority forest reserves;
Felling or extraction of timber (for domestic use, export, mining purposes or for
prospecting and for exploitation of mineral resources);
Gathering and picking parts or extracts of any protected plant for the purposes of
research or the production manufacture of any medicine or product;
Erection of buildings or other structures;
Construction of roads, bridges, paths, waterways or runways;
Plant or cultivate trees, crops or other vegetative matter;
Enter to hunt or fish.
3.3.12 Wildlife conservation Act no 5 of 2009
Section 35,-(1) requires every significant physical development in a wildlife Protected Area, the
Wildlife Management Area, the buffer zone, migratory route or Dispersal area to which this
section applies, whether that development is prepared by, or is being implemented by a person
or organization in the public or private sector, the prospective developer shall prepare and
submit to the satisfaction of the Minister responsible for environment a report on Environmental
Impact Assessment of the proposed development.
(2) Notwithstanding sub-section (1) or any other law to the contrary, any development to which
this section applies shall not commence unless and until an Environmental Impact Assessment
certificate has been issued by the Minister responsible for environment.
(3) The developments in a wildlife protected area and Wildlife Management Areas to which this
section applies shall include:(a) Mining development;
(b) Road construction or lying of pipe lines;
(c) Semi or permanent establishments;
(d) Construction of dams, power stations, electrical and telecommunication installations;
and
(e) Such other similar developments or activities as the Director may, for good cause,
prescribe.
54
3.3.13 Water Resources Management Act, 2009
This law provides for an institutional and legal framework for the management and development
of water sources. The Act is premised on promoting the principles of the National Water Policy
(http://www.ewura.go.tz/pdf/NationalWaterPolicy.pdf) and also deals with ownership and
management of water sources.
The Act vests ownership of water sources in the President as trustee and puts in place
mechanisms for harvesting and using water. It also establishes a National Water Board and
provides for its functions. Among these, is the power to regulate water catchment areas, putting
in place water management plans, classification of water resources and restricting the use of
water during certain periods
The Act also establishes Basin Water Boards and charges them with the duty of undertaking
various works. In the course of discharging their functions, these Boards may, under section 84
(2), acquire lands under the Land Acquisition Act. The Minister may also, under section 112 (2)
(f) of the Act, transfer easements registered in water rights (LEAT, 2010). The proposed project
has complied with this Act as during stakeholders consultations among the relevant stakeholders
consulted were Lake Tanganyika Water Basin Office of which their views were integrated in this
ESIA study.
3.3.14 Legal Provisions on Pollution
Several environmental standards are relevant to the proposed development. The legal provisions
for these standards are provided in the EMA No. 20 Cap 191, which provides directives on
environmental standards and compels the National Environmental Standards Committee of the
Tanzania Bureau of Standards to develop, review and submit to the Minister (responsible for
Environment) for approval standards and criteria covering:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Water quality;
Discharge of effluent into water;
Air quality;
Control of noise and vibration pollution;
Sub sonic vibrations;
Soil quality;
Control of noxious smells;
Light pollution, electromagnetic waves and microwaves; and
Any other environmental quality standards.
55
The Regulations for Soil Quality Standards are made under Sections 144, 145 and 230 (s) of the
EMA Cap 191 and sets out minimum standards for soil quality and identifies contaminants of
heavy and other metals including liquids, such as oils. It compels all developers to ensure they do
not emit any substances that may contaminate the soil beyond levels that are provided in the
laws.
The Regulations for Water Quality Standards are made under Sections 143, 144 and 230 (2) (s) of
the EMA Cap.191 to provide for minimum standards of water quality and sets mechanism for the
protection of water sources and groundwater. It prohibits discharging hazardous substances,
chemicals and materials or oil into water bodies and outlines procedures that have to be followed
in sampling and assessing water. In addition to provisions in the EMA Cap 191 and subsequent
Regulations, the Local Government Act of 1982 also empowers the local governments to enact
by-laws to protect public health and regulate pollution problems.
3.3.15 Occupational Health and Safety Act (2003)
This Act makes provisions for the safety, health and welfare of people at work. In addition, it
provides for the protection of people against hazards to health and safety arising from a work
environment. Relevant sections of the Act are Part IV Section 43 (1) - Safe means of access and
safe working place ; Prevention of fire ; and Part V on health and welfare provisions, which
includes supply of clean and safe sanitary convenience, washing facilities and first aid facility to
the workers. Section 15 gives powers to the Registrar of factories and workplace to enter any
factory or workplace to perform his duties as provided by the Act. Section 16 requires that
factories and workplaces should register with Registrar of factories and workplaces before
commencing operations.
Part VI deals with special safety provisions for working places involving handling hazardous
chemicals, hazardous processes or hazardous equipment. The need to ensure that all workers
and workstations adhere to the laws is imperative. Personal protective gear should be worn at
all time by workers. As a matter of compliance to the Act, all workers should be provided with
safety gear including hard-hat, gloves and special clothes for a particular work. The proposed
project will have to adhere to this Act during construction phase of the project.
56
3.3.16 Disclosure Requirements
The EMA 2004 of the United Republic of Tanzania has provisions for public consultation and
disclosure described in the following Sections:•
Section 89: Public Participation in Environmental Impact Assessment;
• Section 90: Public Hearing and Information Disclosure.
The Environmental Impact Assessment and Audit Regulations 2005 of the United Republic of
Tanzania provide rules and regulations for Public Consultation and Disclosure as follows:
•
•
•
Part IV, Regulation 17, Public Participation;
Part VI, Regulation 23, Invitation of comments from relevant Ministries, Institutions and
the general public;
Part VI, Regulation 27, Public Hearing.
3.3.17 HIV and AIDS (Prevention and Control) Act, 2008
The HIV and AIDS prevention and control act No. 28 of 2008 section 4 requires every person,
institution and organization living, registered or operating in Tanzania shall be under general
duty to:•
•
•
•
•
Promote public awareness on cases, mode of transmission, consequences, prevention
and control of HIV and AIDS
Reduce the spread of HIV AIDS, prevalence of STI in population and adverse effect of
HIV and AIDS
Prohibit compulsory HIV test unless provided for, fighting stigma and discrimination
Increase access care and support person living with HIVAIDS
Prevent tradition and culture subject to increase spread of HIV and promote tradition
and culture subject to stop HIV AIDS spread
3.3.18 Land Use Planning Act, 2007 (Act No.6/2007)
The Act provides for the procedures for preparation, administration and enforcement of land use
plans; to repeal the National Land Use Planning Commission and to provide for related matters.
Clearly the Act has distinctive authorities of land use planning in Tanzania laid down with their
functions and powers. The power vested to authorities which give them teeth to bite is to enforce
approved land use plans including taking defaulters to court of law. The project proponent has
to follow the land use plan requirement in the sitting of the project (i.e. industrial zone) and any
change on the land uses should seek permit from respective authorities.
57
3.3.19 Urban Planning Act, 2007 (Act No. 8/2007)
The Urban Planning Act No 8 of 2007 provides power for creating plans in advance of
development and a comprehensive system of development control. It provides for the
declaration of planning urban areas by the Minister responsible for Urban Planning in
consultation with Local Authorities and constituting area Urban Planning committees and
procedures for preparation of schemes and the approval by the Minister. The general planning
schemes which came to be known popularly as master plans continued to be the primary
planning and management tool for guiding urban development in Tanzania for more than forty
years. These provided for overall planning and facilitating preparation of detailed schemes and
project plans.
Sitting of the project in the urban planning should consult the master plan of the urban areas so
as to coincide with urban plans.
3.3.20 Water Supply and Sanitation Act, (No. 12), 2009
The Water Supply and Sanitation Act, (No 12), 2009, is the principal legislation aiming to promote
and ensure the right of every person in Tanzania to have access to efficient, effective and
sustainable water supply and sanitation services for all purposes by taking into account the
following principles;
a) Creation of an enabling environment and appropriate incentive delivery of reliable,
sustainable and affordable water supply and sanitation services;
b) Delegation of management functions of water supply and sanitation to the lowest
appropriate levels taking into account the local government administrative systems;
c) Ensuring that water sanitation authorities are financially and administrative autonomous
and sustainable;
d) Transferring ownership of water supply schemes in rural areas the respectively
communities and enabling all the beneficiaries and stakeholders to participate in
respectively in the management of community water supply schemes;
e) Enabling mechanism to ensure that the communities meet the cost of operation and
maintenance of their water supply systems and contribute to the cost thereof;
f) Promotion of public sector and private sectors partnership in provision of water supply
and sanitation service;
g) Establishment an enforcement of standard of service in water supply and sanitation
service;
h) Regulation of suppliers of water supply and sanitation services.
i) Protection and conservation of water resources and development and promotion of
public health and sanitation; and
58
j) Protection of the interests of customers.
3.3.21 Employment and Labour Relation Act, 2004
In employment and labour Relations Act, section 5‐(2) and (3) provide age classification of
children labour and type of work to be employed without prejudice his/her social development.
Also section 7 provides details on condition of good and reliable employment environment.
Furthermore, in section 11‐91 provides the provision of this Act on wage determination that
stipulates a minimum term and condition of employment as shall be the employment standard.
Section 11(2) and 14(1) give the details on employment contractual conditions.
On the other hand section 19‐(1), (2), (3) and (5) state the working durations and overtime
conditions. Moreover, section 31 provides detailed information on the employment leave and
section 32‐ (1), (2) and (3) provides the information on the risk and maternity employees on
payment status, sick and maternity leave.
3.3.22 Workers Compensation Act, 2008
The Act focuses mainly on;
•
Provision for adequate and equitable compensation for employees who suffer
occupational injuries or contract occupational diseases arising out of, and in the course
of their employment, and in the case of death to their dependants;
• Provision for the rehabilitation of employees who have suffered occupational injuries or
contacted occupational diseases in order to assist in restoring their health in dependence
and participation in society;
• Provision for a framework for the effective prompt and empathetic consideration,
settlement and payment of compensation benefit to employees and their dependants;
• Provide for the establishment, control and administration of workers to compensation
fund, and the legal frame work for the contribution to the payment from the fund;
• Give effective to international obligations with respect to compensation; and
• Promote prevention of accidents and occupational disease.
The contractors of this proposed project are required to comply with this Act to ensure that
workers compensation is equitable to the prevailing national regulations.
3.3.23 Road Act of 2007
The new Road Act No. 13 of 31st August 2007 restricts constructions of utilities inside the road
reserve or Right of Way (ROW). It states that ROW is exclusively for the use of road development
and expansion or any other road related activities.
59
However, the road authority may issue conditional permit for other utilities such as sewers,
drains, electric and telephone poles if requested. The conditions include cost for removal of the
structures when the area is needed by the Road Authority.
Also important to this project is the restrictions on weight and dimensions of the load to be
transported from the landing port to the project site using the road transportation network. The
maximum limits are:
•
The maximum allowed tare weight limit is 56 tons including the truck,
• The width limit is 2.6m wide, and
• The height limit is 4.6m high from the ground.
There is a penalty for overloading. Special permit will be required for the goods exceeding the
allowed limits (abnormal). Hence transportation of all abnormal goods must seek permit early on
to avoid embarrassment and delay.
When the permit is obtained, it should be made public (i.e. advertised to the public through news
media such as newspapers and radio) to indicate the date, and time for which the goods will be
transported. The time for transportation is between 6.00 a.m. and 6.00 p.m. For the abnormal
vehicle exceeding 2.8m but less the 3m wide, only one escort vehicle is required at the front. For
the vehicle exceeding 3m wide two escort vehicles will be required. The proposed power project
shall abide with this Act during transportation of construction and operation materials.
3.3.24 Local Government (Urban Authority) Act (1982)
The Act establishes and regulates district councils and township authorities. It provides detailed
responsibility for urban and district councils in the administration of their day to day activities.
Important provisions are the subdivision of districts into divisions and wards and the
establishment of ward development committees along with procedures for implementation of
schemes and programs at ward level. Part V of the Act describes the functions of local
government authorities. Important provisions in the context of resettlement are section 111 and
114. Section 111, subsection b, states that the local government authorities shall: “promote the
social welfare and economic well‐being of all persons within its area of jurisdiction”.
Furthermore, subsection (c) obliges the local authorities to: “further the social and economic
development…”.
Another important provision in the Act with regard to resettlement is Section 114 which allows
the local authorities to acquire land for the purposes of any of its functions with the prior
approval of the central level authorities.
60
Section 118 deals with protection and management of the environment. The District Councils are
required to take necessary measures to control soil erosion and desertification; to regulate the
use of poisonous and noxious plants, drugs or poisons, regulate and control the number of
livestock; maintain forests, manage wildlife, ensure public health, and provide effective solid and
liquid waste management.
The Local Government Act of 1982 empowers the local governments to enact by‐laws to protect
public health and regulate land pollution problems.
3.3.24 Industrial and Consumer Chemicals (Management and Control) Act, 2003
This is an Act to provide for the management and control of the production, importation,
transportation, exportation, storage, dealing, and disposal of chemicals and for matters
connected therewith.
It is prohibited to import, use and disposal of prohibited chemicals. Imported chemicals
authorized for importation should not be used for different activities other than those authorized
for. The project proponent is required to declare and obtain authorization from relevant
authorities over any chemicals imported.
In addition, equipment in use should be free from banned substances such as PCB in electrical
transformers and switch gears. Upon authorization to import and use of any hazardous materials,
the storage and disposal of those chemicals and their wastes should be managed properly.
3.3.25 Mining Act, 2010
This Act provides for prospecting of minerals, mining and dealing in minerals. It also provides for
building materials including all forms of rock, stones, gravel, sand, clay, volcanic ash or cinder or
other minerals being used for the construction of buildings, roads, dams, and aerodromes or
similar works.
The proposed project will need to construct powerhouse, dam access roads and switchyard and
buildings facilities. These structures will need minerals such as stones, gravel and sand. These
materials may be easily available from authorized dealers in the project area but are subject to
certain fees payable to the respective district councils and or Government agents stationed at
collection points along the roads.
In case the contractor will need to open up his own borrow pit or quarry, this Act will apply and
need to apply for the license.
61
3.3.26 Energy and Water Utilities Regulatory Authority Cap 414, (2001)
This Act consolidates the laws in relation to energy and water utilities in Tanzania Mainland.
Under this Act, the EWURA with prior approval of the Minister, make rules in respect of the
regulated goods and services (being the electricity, petroleum, natural gas, water and sewerage
sectors). The Act gives EWURA the legal mandates to issue renew and cancel licenses of service
providers in the regulated sectors. Existing license holders and potential license applicants may
submit their applications to EWURA for a new license or license renewal. EWURA considers
license applications and decides whether to grant a license renewal by using fair and nondiscriminatory procedures.
Cap 414 further makes it mandatory for EWURA to conduct public inquiry before exercising its
powers to issue, renew or cancel a license.
3.3.27 The Engineers Registration Act, No 15 of 1997 and Engineers Registration (amendment
in 2007)
This Act regulates the conduct of engineers, to provide for their registration and for related
matters.
In Part III section 13.-(1) No person other than a registered engineer or firm shall engage in
professional engineering work or services. All engineering firms to be hired for the construction
or supervision of the project facilities should be the one registered as required by the law.
3.3.28 Public Health Act, No. 1 of 2009
This is an Act to provide for the promotion, preservation and maintenance of public health with
a view to ensuring the provisions of comprehensive, functional and sustainable public health
services to the general public and to provide for other related matters. Important to this project
include:
Part III section 37.-(1) A person shall not discharge into waters of the seaport, lake, or river port,
any oil, grease, ballast, waste, sewage or any other to pollute substance likely to pollute the water
or the coastline which may be of detrimental to navigation or cause any inconvenience to the
shipping industry, aquatic life and recreational activities which may create any health hazard to
the public.
Section 54 states that a person shall not cause or suffer from a nuisance, likely to be of nuisance
injurious or dangerous to health, existing on any land, premises, air or water and section 88
62
where it states that a person shall not import hazardous wastes or any other wastes into
Mainland Tanzania.
In general, the proposed project should not endanger public health. Any impact that is likely to
impact the public health must be mitigated or avoided.
3.3.29 Environmental Management (Fees and Charges) Regulations, 2008
According to this regulation which is based on Environmental Management Act Cap 191
empowers the National Environment Management Council (NEMC) among other things to
undertake enforcement, compliance, review and monitoring of environmental impact
assessments for the projects undertaken in Tanzania Mainland.
Sections 99 (1) (b) and 101 (1) of the EMA and Regulations 46 (4) and 57 (1) of the EIA and Audit
Regulations, 2005 mandate the Council to monitor operations of any industry, project or
undertaking with a view to determining its immediate and long term effects on the environment.
In order to enforce this requirement, the Environmental Management (Fees and Charges)
Regulations, 2008 stipulates, “annual charges for environmental compliance monitoring and
audit”, payable to the Council by all proponents whose projects have been issued with
environmental certificates. In addition the regulation requires Environmental and Audit
practitioners to pay annual fees to the council.
3.3.30 Graves Removal Act, Cap 73
The Graves Removal Act gives the Minister responsible the power to remove the graves for public
purposes. The act states that"… where any land for which a grave is situated is required for public
purposes, the Minister may cause such grave and any dead body buried therein to be removed
from the land and in such case shall take all such steps as they may be requisite or convenient
for reinstatement of the grave and the refinement of the dead body in a place approved by him
for the purpose".
This Act is relevant to the proposed 44.8MW power project as one grave was found within the
dam site which must be compensated accordingly and relocated.
3.3.31 Fire and Rescue Act, Cap 427
This is an Act to provide for the better organization, administration, discipline and operation of
Fire and Rescue Force. It was enacted in June 2008. The Act sets fire safety requirements for
63
buildings, residential, industrial, work places, etc. in order to secure adequate safety from fire
hazards by ensuring adequate passages in case of fire, to ensure fire detection, and to provide
means in which fire can be extinguished in shortest time possible such as fire extinguishers,
automatic fire sprinklers, etc.
According to Act section 22 – (3) it is an offence to the premises owner if fails to provide means
of escape or automatic fire sprinklers in accordance with the provision of the law and who fails
to maintain and keep such means of escape or automatic fire sprinklers so provided in good
conditions, order and repair. He/ She shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine not
exceeding one million Shillings.
In addition to the Act there is the Fire and Rescue Force (Safety Inspections and Certificates)
Amendment Regulations, 2012 which shall be read as one with the Fire and Rescue Force (Safety
Inspections and Certificate) Regulations, 2008. In these regulations, premises owners and
property owners are liable to the annual contribution of prescribed properties depending on
their categories.
The proposed project will have permanent powerhouse, switch yard, buildings, switchyard,
workshops and temporary sites such as material storage sites. Thus, this Act will provide for fire
safety hazard in those properties. In addition, the project proponent will need to pay for the
applicable annual fees.
3.3.32 Explosives Act, 1963
This Act requires all persons wanting to use explosives in their activities to hold an explosive
license. For the proposed 44.8MW project facilities applies to use of material from any quarries
and borrow pits where blasting is to be employed.
3.4
International Agreements and Conventions
Tanzania is a party to several international agreements and conventions relating to the
environment. The proposed power project is required to comply with these international
agreements for which Tanzania has ratified. Agreements of potential importance are briefly
described below.
64
3.4.1 World Heritage Convention 1972
Tanzania has ratified the UNESCO Convention concerning the Protection of the World Cultural
and Natural Heritage (World Heritage Convention 1972). Project proponent has the obligation as
well to preserve any cultural heritage found in the project site.
3.4.2 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) 1992
The objective of UNFCCC is to stabilize the concentration of Greenhouse Gases (GHG) in the
atmosphere at a level that allows ecosystems to adapt naturally and protects food production
and economic development. Article 4 commits parties to develop periodically updates, publish
and make available national inventories of anthropogenic emissions of all greenhouse gases not
controlled by the Montreal Protocol (by source) and inventories of their removal by sinks, using
agreed methodologies. It commits parties to mitigate GHG as far as practicable. Avoid
unnecessary vegetation clearance which may sink the GHG. The project proponent has the
obligation of reducing the level of greenhouse gas in his locality.
3.4.3 Kyoto Protocol on the reduction of Greenhouse Gas Emissions, 2003
The project proponent has the obligation of reducing the greenhouse gas emissions through the
application of all possible measures to reduce emissions.
3.4.4 Basel Convention on Trans‐boundary Movement of Hazardous Wastes, 1989
The Basel Convention on Trans‐boundary Movement of Hazardous Wastes and environmentally
sound management of hazardous wastes was acceded to Tanzania in 1993. The objective of the
convention is to control illegal disposal of wastes from one country to another. This implies that
contractor or project proponent is not allowed to dispose off in the country any hazardous waste
from outside the country or vice versa.
3.4.5 Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio de Janeiro, 1992
Tanzania signed the CBD in 1992 and ratified it in March 1996, thereby committing to the
conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity. The objective of the Convention on
Biological Diversity (CBD; 1992) is to conserve biological diversity, promote the sustainable use
of its components, and encourage equitable sharing of the benefits arising from the utilization of
genetic resources including by appropriate access to genetic resources and by the appropriate
transfer of relevant technologies, taking into account all rights over those resources and to
technologies, and by appropriate funding (see www.biodiv.org). Relevant to this project is Article
6 of the CBD, which provides general measures for conservation and sustainable use of
65
biodiversity. Furthermore, the provisions of two treaties resulted from this convention (Nagoya
and Katagena Treaties) are adhered to in Tanzania.
3.4.6 Convention on Wetlands, of 1971 in Ramsar, Iran
The United Nations established convention on wetlands in 1971 in Ramsar Iran, for the
sustainable utilization and control of all human activities which are likely to cause the
deterioration and filling of the wetlands. The conventions strictly control human activities such
as landfills allocation, over-cultivation, deforestations and any addition of pollutants within all
natural and manmade wetlands.
The Convention covers the following objectives:(1) Regulation of activities undertaken in areas designated as wetlands;
(2) Acquisition of wetlands through purchase or protective easements that prevent
certain activities, such as draining and filling;
(3) Restoration of damaged wetlands or the creation of new wetlands; and
(4) Disincentives to altering wetlands or incentives to protect them in their natural
states.
Wetland regulation and enforcement will continue to play an important role in the overall
wetland strategy of the United States as improvements in programme effectiveness continue to
reduce losses. Achieving a net increase in wetlands will require working cooperatively with
landowners and communities to encourage and support the restoration and enhancement of
wetlands, while at the same time ensuring that the regulatory programme results in no overall
net losses.
The Article 2 (1):- Each Contracting Party shall designate suitable wetlands within its territory for
inclusion in a List of Wetlands of International Importance, hereinafter referred to as "the List"
which is maintained by the bureau established under Article 8. The boundaries of each wetland
shall be precisely described and also delimited on a map and they may incorporate riparian and
coastal zones adjacent to the wetlands, and islands or bodies of marine water deeper than six
metres at low tide lying within the wetlands, especially where these have importance as
waterfowl habitat.
66
3.4.7 United Nations Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild
Fauna and Flora, 1974.
Tanzania ratified this Convention on 29th November 1979. The Convention provides a system of
import/export permits to control overexploitation of certain endangered species. Tanzania is also
a Party to the Lusaka Agreement, which came into force on 10th December 1996 as a Mechanism
for Enforcement of CITES 1995.
3.4.8 International Labour Conventions
The Government of Tanzania has ratified the U.N. Convention on the Rights of the Child.
Consequently, it has ratified the International Labour Organisation (ILO) Convention No. 59
(Fundamental Conventions, 2002) regarding the minimum age for the admission to employment.
The provisions of ILO fundamental rights of workers are;
•
•
•
•
•
Prohibition of child labour, whereby employers are prohibited to employ children below
the age of 14 years.
Children of 14 years but below 18 years may be employed to do light work which is not
harmful to their health and development. The work should not prejudice them from
attending school. They are also restricted from work in hazardous conditions.
Prohibits all forms of forced labour.
Prohibits discrimination at places of work.
Supports the right of workers to associate.
The Convention about the Prohibition and Immediate Action for the elimination of the Worst
Forms of Child Labour, which is known as the” Worst Forms of Child Labour Convention”, was
adopted by ILO in 1999 as ILO Convention No 182. The prohibitions include the following:


All forms of slavery or practices such as the trafficking of children and forced labour.
Commercial sexual exploitation of children such as use, pro-curing or offering of a child
for prostitution.
3.4.9 ILO Conventions on Occupational Safety and Health
The ILO Homework conventions Article 4 (1996) speaks about protection of workers in the field
of occupational, safety and health. Article 8 is about prohibition of certain substances at work
places for safety and health purposes. It asks for measures to protect workers from the risks
67
related to chemical, physical and biological agents at work (Convention, No. 155 of 1981). The
convention also speaks about the need to protect the working environment for example air
pollution, noise and vibration (Convention No. 148 of, 1977).
3.4.10 Convention on the conservation of migratory species of wild animals (CMS), 1979
The convention on migratory species is a multilateral environmental agreement (MEA), signed
30 years ago and has been in force since 1983.This treaty under the aegis of the United Nations
Environment Program (UNEP) aims to facilitate close cooperation on the conservation of
migratory species between the countries through which these animals travel on their annual
journey. Migratory species in the Malagarasi River system and avifauna that frequent the area
fall under this agreement.
3.5
International project Funders Policies, Procedures and Guidelines
Basing on the fact that the establishment of the proposed project is to be constructed by
TANESCO using funds from Agence Française de Dévelopmement (AFD) and African Development
Bank, the World Bank Operation Policies and African Development Bank Environmental and
Social Safeguard Polices shall be complied with. The following is the description of the reviewed
WB OP and African Development Bank Safeguard Policies in the course of reviewing ESIA study
for the proposed 44.8MW HEP project.
3.5.1 African Development Bank (AfDB) Environmental and Social Operational Safeguards
The implementation of the proposed project shall comply with requirements of the African
Development Bank Operational Safeguards. The Bank has adopted a series of five Operational
Safeguards: In compliance with these operational safeguards, the bank requires all borrowers to
identify, assess, and manage the potential environmental and social risks and impacts of a
project, including climate change issues. Also, it is stated that the borrower or lending institution
to set out specific requirements relating to different environmental and social issues, including
gender and vulnerability issues, that are triggered if the assessment process reveals that the
project may present certain risks. Refer table 7.
Table 7: Summary of AfDB Safeguard Policies pertaining to the proposed project
Environmental and Social
Operational Safeguard
Description of the Operational Safeguard
68
Operational safeguard 1: The objective of this overarching Operational Safeguard (OS), along
Environmental and social with the OSs that support it, is to mainstream environmental and
assessment
social considerations including those related to climate change
vulnerability into Bank’s operations and thereby contribute to
sustainable development in the region.
Operational safeguard 2:
Involuntary resettlement:
land acquisition,
Population displacement
and compensation
This Operational Safeguard (OS) aims to facilitate the
operationalization of the Bank’s 2003 Involuntary Resettlement
Policy in the context of the requirements of OS1 and thereby
mainstream resettlement considerations into Bank operations. It
seeks for good planning of resettlement issues in order to avoid long
term adverse impacts of the project community livelihoods and their
cultural values. This section also emphasizes on consideration of
feasible and cost-effective alternatives so as to avoid or minimize
adverse impacts of resettlements of project affected people. This
project shall comply with this OS because during route selection the
residential areas were avoided in order to minimise the effects of
resettlement.
The OS # 2 objectives are:
• Avoid involuntary resettlement where feasible, or minimise
resettlement impacts where involuntary resettlement is
deemed unavoidable after all alternative project designs have
been explored.
• Ensure that displaced people are meaningfully consulted and
given opportunities to participate in the planning and
implementation of resettlement programmes.
• Ensure that displaced people receive significant resettlement
assistance under the project, so that their standards of living,
income-earning capacity, production levels and overall means
of livelihood are improved beyond pre-project levels.
• Provide explicit guidance to borrowers on the conditions that
need to be met regarding involuntary resettlement issues in
Bank operations to mitigate the negative impacts of
displacement and resettlement, actively facilitate social
development and establish a sustainable economy and
society.
69
•
Guard against poorly prepared and implemented
resettlement plans by setting up a mechanism for monitoring
the performance of involuntary resettlement programmes in
Bank operations and remedying problems as they arise.
Also, the OS # 2 on Compensated clearly stipulated that displaced
people are provided with targeted resettlement assistance with the
aim of ensuring that their standards of living, income-earning
capacity, production levels and overall means of livelihood are
improved beyond pre-project levels. To this end, a comprehensive
livelihood improvement program is formulated and implemented as
part of the Resettlement Action Plan. Strategies to improve
livelihoods may involve providing access to training through
appropriate technologies.
The affected populations are offered a range of different
compensation package, resettlement assistance, and livelihood
improvement options, as well as options for administering these
measures at different levels (e.g., family, household and individual),
and the affected persons themselves are given the opportunity to
express their preferences. This option-based resettlement planning is
part of a development approach that aims to ensure that the affected
populations are able to reconstruct their production foundations and
become self-sustaining producers and wage earners.
In addition, this Operational Safeguard stated that land, housing,
infrastructure and other compensation should be provided to the
adversely affected population, indigenous groups, ethnic minorities,
and pastoral people who may have usufruct or customary rights to
the land and other resources taken for the project. The proposed
project shall ensure that requirements of this OS is complied with
during land acquisition and compensation of project affected
persons.
Operational safeguard 3:
Biodiversity, renewable
resources and ecosystem
services
This Operational Safeguard (OS) outlines the requirements for
borrowers or clients to:
identify and implement opportunities to conserve and sustainably
use biodiversity and natural habitats, and
70
Observe, implement, and respond to requirements for the
conservation and sustainable management of priority ecosystem
services.
The OS also seeks to conserve biological diversity
and ecosystem integrity by avoiding or, if avoidance is
not possible, reducing and minimising potentially harmful impacts on
biodiversity
Operational safeguard 4:
Pollution prevention and
control, hazardous
materials and resource
efficiency
This OS aims to manage and reduce pollutants resulting from the
project including hazardous and non-hazardous wastes so that they
do not pose harmful risks to human health and the environment. For
instance in ensuring pollution prevention, the client or borrower at
the early project stages shall determine the potential hazardous
materials to be used or generated throughout the lifecycle of the
project and considers alternatives that use or generate less hazardous
materials
Operational safeguard 5: This OS outlines the main requirements for borrowers or clients to
Labour conditions, health protect the rights of workers and provide for their basic needs. The
and safety
OS insists on rights of workers, their safety, good relationships and
importance of assessing health and safety situations at the working
environment
Source; AfDB Environmental Safeguard Policy, 2004
3.6
World Bank Safeguard Policies
The World Bank environmental and social conservation policies include both Operational Policies
(OP) and the Bank’s Procedures (BP). Conservation policies are designed to protect environment
and society against potential negative effects of projects, plans, programs and policies.
Environmental policies applicable to the project are the following:
•
•
•
•
•
OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment, including public participation;
OP 4.04 Natural Habitats;
OP 4.36 Forests;
OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement;
OP 4.10 Indigenous People;
71
•
•
OP 4.11 Physical Cultural Resources;
OP 17.50 Public Disclosures.
3.6.1 OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment
The purpose of OP 4.01 is to make sure that projects funded by the Bank are environmentally
feasible and viable, and that decision making are improved through appropriate analysis of
actions and their probable environmental impacts (OP 4.01, para 1). This policy is triggered if the
project is likely to cause potential (negative) environmental risks and impacts in its zone of
influence. OP 4.01 covers impacts on the physical environment (air, water and land); life
environment, health and safety of populations; cultural and physical resources; and
environmental concerns at the trans-boundary and world levels. Social aspects (involuntary
resettlement, indigenous populations) as well as natural habitats, pest control, forestry and
safety of dams are addressed by separate policies with their own requirements and procedures.
The Bank undertakes environmental screening to determine the appropriate extent and type of
environmental assessment to be conducted. The Bank classifies the proposed projects into
categories, depending on the type, location, sensitivity, and scale of the projects and the nature
and magnitude of their potential environmental impacts.
The categories are:•
Category A: Projects with potential significant adverse social or environmental impacts
that are diverse, irreversible or unprecedented;
• Category B: Projects with potential limited adverse social or environmental impacts that
are few in number, generally site-specific, largely reversible and readily addressed
through mitigation measures;
• Category C: Projects with minimal or no social or environmental impacts.
In the present case, the project should be classified in the category A. The environmental
assessment will thus have to examine the project's potential negative and positive environmental
impacts and recommend any measures needed to prevent, minimize, mitigate, or compensate
for adverse impacts and improve environmental performance.
For all Category A and B projects, during the environmental assessment process, project-affected
groups and local NGOs have to be consulted about the project's environmental aspects and their
views must be taken into account. The consultations must be initiated as early as possible. These
groups should be consulted shortly after environmental screening and before the terms of
reference for the EA are finalized; and once a draft EA report is prepared. Consultations can also
be conducted throughout project implementation to address related issues that affect them. For
meaningful consultations, all relevant materials have to be provided in a timely manner prior to
72
consultation and in a form and language that are understandable and accessible to the groups
being consulted.
3.6.2 OP 4.04 Natural Habitats
The conservation policy 4.04 aims at protecting natural habitats and their biodiversity and
ensuring sustainability of services and products that natural habitats supply to human societies.
In principle, the World Bank refuses to finance what may be perceived as causing significant
damages in whatever Critical Natural Habitat (CNH). It seeks as much as possible to avoid
financing, through projects, conversions or degradations of natural habitats (non-critical), or at
least without reconsidering the project even in its size or its extension, or without putting in place
acceptable mitigation measures, such as establishing a protected area or strengthening effective
protection of CNHs. Should the project involve the significant conversion or degradation of
natural habitats that are not considered as critical, and if there is no alternative solution for the
project and its location, and if the complete analysis clearly shows that the project’s overall
benefits are significantly higher than the environmental costs, then the WB can finance the
project on condition that it includes appropriate mitigation measures.
The World Bank defines natural habitats as land or water zones where biological communities
sheltered by ecosystems are in majority made of indigenous plant and animal species, and where
human activity did not fundamentally modify the zone’s main ecological functions.
CNHs are defined as:•
•
•
Existing protected areas and areas officially proposed by governments to be classified
among «protected areas», e.g. reserves that meet the criteria of the International Union
for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) classifications;
Areas traditionally recognized as protected by traditional local communities;
Sites maintaining vital conditions for the viability of such protected areas.
o The proposed project shall not traverse in the areas with natural habitats as most
of the route is cultivated areas and some areas are cleared due to charcoal burning
3.6.3 OP 4.36 Forests
The Operational Policy 4.36 is about forest protection. The major objectives of the policy are:



Sustainable management of forests;
Conservation of wet forest zones;
Respect for rights of communities in using their traditional forest zones in a
sustainable manner.
73
The Bank does not finance projects that, according to it, would involve significant conversion or
degradation of critical sections of forests or essential (critical) natural habitats attached to them.
Should the project involve the significant conversion or degradation of natural forests or
associated natural habitats that are not considered as critical, and if there is no alternative
solution for the project and its location, and if the complete analysis clearly shows that the
project’s overall benefits are significantly higher than the environmental costs, then the Bank can
finance the project on condition that it includes appropriate mitigation measures.
It is expected that the project will cross the scattered patches of wooden glass land and patches
of heavily disturbed miombo woodland. Most land to be affected is cultivated land. Thus the
project won’t affect significantly any forested areas.
3.6.4 OP. 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement
The World Bank Resettlement Policy (OP 4.12) main objectives are to:•
•
•
•
Avoid or minimize involuntary resettlement whenever feasible;
Develop resettlement activities as sustainable development programs, providing
sufficient investment resources to enable the displaced persons to share in project
benefits;
Meaningfully consult displaced persons and give them opportunities to participate in
planning and implementing resettlement programs;
Assist displaced persons in their efforts to improve their livelihoods and standards of living
or at least to restore them, in real terms, to pre-displacement levels or to levels prevailing
prior to the beginning of project implementation whichever is higher.
This policy is usually applied for projects that require international financing. The World Bank OP
4.12, Annex A (Paragraphs 17-31), describes the scope (level of detail) and the elements that a
resettlement plan should include. These include objectives, potential impacts, socioeconomic
studies, legal and institutional framework, eligibility, valuation and compensation of losses,
resettlement measures, relocation planning, community participation, grievance management
procedures, implementation schedule, costs and budgets, and monitoring and evaluation.
WB OP 4.12.(6a) requires that the resettlement plan includes measures to ensure that displaced
persons are (i) informed about their options and rights, (ii) consulted on, offered choices among
and provided with technically and economically feasible resettlement alternatives, and (iii)
provided prompt and effective compensation at full replacement costs.
74
WB OP 4.12 (8) requires that particular attention should be paid to the needs of vulnerable
groups among those displaced such as those below the poverty line, landless, elderly, women
and children, as well as indigenous populations and minorities.
WB.OP 4.12 (13 a) stipulates that any displaced persons and their communities and any host
communities receiving them should be provided with timely and relevant information, consulted
on resettlement options and offered opportunities to participate in planning, implementing and
monitoring the resettlement.
WB OP4.12 (12a) states that payment of cash compensation for lost assets may be appropriate
where livelihoods are land-based but the land taken for the project is a small fraction (less than
20%) of the affected asset and the residual is economically viable.
WB OP4.12 Para (6 b & c) state that in case of physical relocation, displaced persons should be (i)
provided assistance (such as moving allowances) during relocation; and (ii) provided with
residential housing, or housing sites, or, as required, agricultural sites for which a combination of
productive potential, location advantages, and other factors is at least equivalent to the
advantages of the old site.
In addition displaced persons should be offered support after displacement, for a transition
period, based on a reasonable estimate of the time likely to be needed to restore their livelihood
and standards of living; and provided with development assistance in addition to compensation
measures such as land preparation, credit facilities, training, or job opportunities.
WB OP4.12 Para 13 (a) requires that appropriate and accessible grievance mechanisms are
established to sort out any issues arising.
3.6.5 OP/BP 4.10 Indigenous Peoples
The objectives of this policy are to ensure that:



The development process fosters full respect for the dignity, human rights,
and cultural uniqueness of indigenous peoples;
Adverse effects during the development process are avoided, or if not
feasible, ensure that these are minimized, mitigated or compensated; and
Indigenous peoples receive culturally appropriate and gender and
intergenerational inclusive social and economic benefits.
3.6.6 OP/BP 4.11 Physical Cultural Resources
This policy assists in preserving PCRs and helps reduce chances of their destruction or damage.
The policy considers PCRs to be resources of archaeological, paleontological, historical,
architectural, and religious (including graveyards and burial sites), aesthetic or other cultural
75
significance. According to this policy, an investigation and inventory of PCRs likely to be affected
by the project, the documentation of the significance of such PCRs and assessment of the nature
and extent of potential impacts on these resources have to be conducted. Since many cultural
resources are generally not well documented, or protected by law, consultation is an important
means of identifying PCRs. Such consultations include meetings with project-affected groups,
concerned government authorities and relevant non-governmental organizations.
If PCRs are found during the inventory, a management plan must be prepared. This management
plan includes measures to avoid or mitigate any adverse impacts on PCR, provisions for managing
chance finds, any necessary measures for strengthening institutional capacity for the
management of PCR, monitoring system to track the progress of these activities. Finally, whether
or not a PCR is found, provisions for managing chance finds must be implemented to ensure that
PCR that may be discovered is properly handled.
3.6.7 BP 17.50 Public disclosures
According to the World Bank’s policy on disclosure of public information, whenever an
environmental assessment is required by the World Bank, an environmental assessment report
must be prepared as a separate, free-standing document. This report must then be available at
a public place accessible to project-affected groups and local NGOs in accordance with OP/BP
4.01, Environmental Assessment. In addition, whenever a Resettlement Instrument (RI) or
Indigenous Peoples’ Development Plan (IPDP) is required by the World Bank, an RI or IPDP must
be prepared as a separate, free-standing document. The document must then be available at a
place accessible to, and in a form, manner and language understandable to the displaced or
affected people and local NGOs.
3.7
Pollution prevention and Abatement Handbook Guidelines
The World Bank has also issued pollution prevention and abatement handbook guidelines that
deal with various aspects including hydropower plants, thermal power plants, polychlorinated
Biphenyls (PCBs) general environmental and environmental monitoring guidelines. The purpose
of these guidelines is to ensure that no activity is conducted to pollute the environment and when
avoidance is not possible then pollution should be within the tolerable limits. In these guidelines,
pollution limits for some aspects have been provided. Those limits will be referenced during the
implementation and operation of the proposed project as far as the pollution prevention is
concerned.
76
3.8
Climate Change
Tanzania has signed the Kyoto accord by which she accepts to participate in this international
effort to reduce Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions (United Republic of Tanzania, 2003).
The power from hydropower can increase power reliability and increased access to electricity
can reduce the use of fuel generators particularly private ones thus reduce the amount of air
emission. Also improved access to electricity will also reduce the use of kerosene for lighting.
Also considering the fact that hydropower is among the clean energies that are environment
friendly, the proposed project shall reduce emission of greenhouse gases resulting from diesel
power generation plants currently operation in Kigoma region and other north western regions.
3.9
Institutional Framework: Actors in Environment
The Environmental Management Act Cap 191 provides an institutional set-up for environmental
management with details of responsibilities at national, regional, district, and village levels
(including a street, which is the lowest administrative level). The institutional set up involves the
following main decision making points:
i) National Environment Advisory Committee;
ii) Minister Responsible for Environment in the Vice President’s Office;
iii) Director of Environment (DOE);
iv) National Environment Management Council (NEMC);
v) Sector Ministries;
vi) Regional Secretariats; and
vii) Local Government Authorities (City, Municipal, District, and Town Councils; Township;
Hamlet (Kitongoji); Ward; Street (Mtaa); and Village).
The Vice President’s Office (VPO) is the main regulatory organ and responsible for coordinating
environmental management in Tanzania. Within the VPO, Division of Environment and National
Environmental Management Council are responsible for policy development and enforcement
respectively. Similarly, other sector ministries and agencies are equally involved in implementing
environmental policy objectives. The Environmental Management Act Cap 191 outlines in detail
environmental management processes in Tanzania.
3.9.1 National Environmental Advisory Committee
The National Environmental Advisory Committee is formed following directives of the
Environmental Management Act (Cap 191). The Committee is responsible for among others:
77
i) Examining any matter which may be referred to by the Minister related to the protection
and management of the environment and recommend to the Minister of sector actions
necessary to be taken to achieve the objective of the Act;
ii) Advising the Minister on any matter in connection with restocking and limitation of stock;
iii) Making recommendations to the Minister where there is degradation of the environment.
3.9.2 The Minister of Environment
The Minister of Environment is the custodian and the main actor with respect to all
environmental matters according to the provisions of the Environmental Management Act. The
Minister oversees the implementation of the Act and reports to the Cabinet and the parliament
on the state of environment and sets out rules, regulations and guidelines for the implementation
of the Act.
3.9.3 Director of Environment (VPO)
According to the Act (Cap 191), the Director of Environment in the VPO is responsible for policy
development and advising the Minister for Environment on environmental issues that have policy
implications. The Director is responsible for:
i) Coordinating various environmental management activities being undertaken by other
agencies and promoting the integration of environment consideration into development
policies, plans, programmes, strategies, projects and undertakes strategic environmental
assessment in order to promote sustainable development;
ii) Advising the Government on legislative and other measures for the management of the
environment or the implementation of the relevant international agreements with
respect to the environment;
iii) Monitoring and assessing activities, being carried out by relevant agencies in order to
ensure that the environment is not degraded by such activities;
iv) Preparing and issuing a report on the state of the environment in Tanzania;
v) Coordinating issues relating to articulating and implementation of the National
Environmental Policy.
3.9.4 The National Environment Management Council (NEMC)
NEMC was formed by the Act of Parliament No. 19 of 1983 to perform an advisory role to the
government on matters related to the environment. This role was changed and the 1983 Act was
repealed by the Environmental Management Act Cap 191 (Act 20 of 2004), which drastically and
radically changed the role of NEMC.
78
According to the Act (No. 20 of 2004), the Council shall undertake the following activities:i) Enforcement, compliance, review and monitoring of environmental impact assessment,
and in that regard, NEMC is also required to facilitate public participation in
environmental decision making, exercise supervision and coordination over all matters
related to the environment;
ii) Prepare and submit to the Minister a bi-annual report concerning how it has implemented
the provisions of the act;
iii) Carry out environmental audits;
iv) Carry out surveys which will assist in the proper management and conservation of the
environment;
v) Undertake and coordinate research, investigation and surveys in the field of environment;
vi) Review and recommend for approval environmental impact statements;
vii) Enforce and ensure compliance by the national environmental quality standards;
viii) Undertake in collaboration with relevant sector environmental education programmes;
ix) Publish and disseminate manuals, codes or guidelines relating to environmental
management and prevention or abatement of environmental degradation.
x) NEMC is led by a Director General and governed by a Board of Directors, whose Chairman
is appointed by the President.
3.9.5 Sector Ministries
The Act directs that each Ministry must have Sector Environmental Section which shall have the
following functions:
i) Ensure compliance by the sector Ministry with the requirement of the Environmental
Management Act;
ii) Ensure all environmental matters, in other written laws falling under sector ministry, are
implemented and report of their implementation is submitted to the Director of
Environment;
iii) Liaise with Director of Environment and the Council on matters related to the
environment.
Each sector environmental section is required to:i) Advise on and in collaboration with other bodies, implement the policies on
environmental management;
ii) Coordinate activities related to the environment within the Ministry;
iii) Ensure environmental concerns are integrated into the Ministry or departmental
development plans and are implemented to protect the environment;
iv) Promote public awareness on environmental issues;
79
v) Refer to the Council any matter related to the enforcement for the purpose of this Act;
vi) Oversee the preparation and implementation of EIA required for investment in the sector;
vii) Ensure compliance with various regulations, guidelines and procedures;
viii) In collaboration with the Ministry responsible for local government, provide
environmental advice and technical support to district level staff working in the sector;
ix) Prepare and submit to Director of Environment bi-annual report concerning the state of
the segment of the environment and the measures taken by that sector to maintain or
improve the environment;
x) Review environmental laws falling under the sector.
xi) Each Sector environmental section is led by the Sector Environmental Coordinator who
will be responsible for coordinating sector based environmental issues and reporting to
the Director. Other institutions as per the Act include regional secretariat, local
government authorities that have responsibilities to manage the environment at local
level. The proposed development will touch several institutions and organizations.
3.9.6 Energy Sector
The mission of the Ministry of Energy and Minerals in the energy sector is to provide an input
into the development process of the country through establishment of a reliable and efficient
energy production, procurement, transportation, distribution and end use system in an
environmentally sound manner (The Tanzania National Website, 2010).
Tanzania’s power sector is dominated by a single vertically integrated national utility; Tanzania
Electricity Supply Company Ltd (TANESCO), a parastatal organization established in 1964 and is
wholly owned by the Government of Tanzania. The Ministry of Energy and Minerals regulates the
operations of TANESCO. The Company's core business is generation, transmission, distribution
and sale of electricity to the Tanzania mainland and bulk power supply to the island of Zanzibar.
However, the new Energy Policy of Tanzania allows IPPs to generate electricity from different
sources including new and renewable sources of energy, particularly for the rural population of
Tanzania.
80
CHAPTER FOUR: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE
This chapter provides physical, biological and socio-economic characteristics pertaining to the
core project area and area of influence for the construction of the proposed project. Information
provided in this chapter will be superimposed in the project concept and components for impact
identification, evaluation and development of mitigation measures during the impact
assessment.
4.1
Physical Environmental Characteristics
4.1.1 Geographical location
Uvinza district council lies between latitude 50 00’ and 60 55’S and longitude 290 35’ to 31030’ E.
The district borders with Kasulu district, kibondo in the North, Tabora/Katavi region (Kaliua
district and Katavi) in the East, Katavi region (Mpanda district) in the South, kigoma district and
the country of Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) in the West.
4.1.2 Administrative structure
The district is divided into three divisions, namely Ilagala, Buhingu and Nguruka. There are also
14 wards, 45 villages and 232 sub-villages (Hamlets). Climatically, the District is divided into three
zones – The high land, the low land zones and miombo woodlands. On the other hand, Lake
Tanganyika has positive influence on rainfall pattern and distribution.
4.1.3 Weather and climatic conditions.
Climatically the district is divided into three zones namely the highland, low land and the miombo
woodlands. The rainfall distribution ranges from 600 and 1600 mm seasonally; and the
temperatures range from 220 – 320 C. The zones are divided according to the types of soils, crops,
and amount of rainfall.
4.1.3.1 Malagarasi River and Catchment
The source of the Malagarasi River lies in the mountainous region, north of Kigoma and close to
the Burundi border, at an altitude of 1750 m. From its headwaters, it flows in a north-easterly
direction through hilly and mountainous landscape, before it turns southwards into the flatter
and undulating areas east of the Kasulu-Kibondo road. In this reach, the gradient is gentle and
the river flows in large meanders, before entering the Malagarasi swamps in the south-eastern
81
part of the region. The Malagarasi swamps, which lie upstream of Uvinza, are a distinct
hydrological feature of the basin, exerting a controlling influence on runoff. The wetlands can
swell during the rainy season to as much as 15 000 km 2, about 10 % of the catchment that drains
to them. A large portion of the entire catchment drains through the swamps. At this point, the
Moyowosi River, which drains the north-east and north regions of the catchment, joins the
Malagarasi in the seasonal lake of Nyamagoma. From here the river runs some 50 km south-east
to where the Ugalla River converges with the main river. The river then runs directly west, picking
up the Ruchugi, a small tributary that drains a minor catchment to the north; before breaking
through the Masito Escarpment, to form rapids and waterfalls (Igamba) on its final run to Lake
Tanganyika.
Much of the drainage basin is flat, and it is not until the river emerges from the floodplains
upstream of Uvinza, on its final descent to Lake Tanganyika, that rapids become a major
component of the system. This lower section of the river was a headwater tributary of the Congo
River, until tectonic movements in the Miocene opened the East African Rift. The main Igamba
Falls, the focus of the proposed hydroelectric scheme, is the only major falls along the length of
the river. The falls are an unusual habitat for the area and are of scientific interest.
82
Figure 15: Malagarasi catchment, to the proposed hydro-plant scheme, showing location of swamps
(Source ESBI Study report)
4.2
Agro-Ecological zones
The District can be divided into four Agro economic zones
4.2.1 Lake Shore Zone
It is an arrow strips between the mountains of the interior and the Lake Tanganyika. It lies within
the western rift valley with an elevation ranges from about 800 – 1,700 m above sea level. Annual
rainfall varies from 1000mm – 1,400 mm with dry period of four months (June – September).
Soils along the lake shore are shallow, well drained, dark reddish brown sandy loams. In-land the
soils vary from deep dark red sandy clay loams to dark grey clay loams and are moderate fertile.
Throughout the zone fishing used to be the most important economic activity, but now crop
83
production has taken the leading role. Major crop grown are cassava, oil palms, beans, maize
and paddy. Oil palms and paddy are mainly found in the valleys.
4.2.2 Miombo Woodland
The zone lies between 1,000mm – 1,200 m above sea level with annual rainfall range from
600mm – 1,000 mm. Soils on the upper slopes and crests are mainly deep, well drained dusky
red sand loams to sand clay loams lying over dark clay loams. The lower slope and depressions
have imperfectly drained dark grey to black clays. Major crops cultivated are paddy, tobacco,
beans, groundnuts, maize, cassava, sweet potatoes and oil palms. Oil palms and paddy are mainly
grown in foot valleys. Major livestock kept include goats, cattle and chicken.
4.2.3 Intermediate Zone
It lies between the densely populated north highland and the sparsely populated miombo
woodland. The elevation is 1200 – 1500 m above sea level with annual rainfall ranging between
850mm – 1500 mm. It has predominant annual streams and rivers. Soils are mainly dusky red to
darkish red sandy clay loams which are moderately fertile. Major crops grown are maize, beans,
oil palms, bananas, tobacco and fruits e.g. Pineapples.
4.2.4 Southern Highland
It is a hilly zone steeply dissected by streams that drains into Lake Tanganyika. Elevation rises
from 1500 – 2462 m above sea level. Farming in this zone is very minimal because there are few
human settlements i.e there is only one village with about 200 farm families. However this zone
has high potential for coffee production.
In general, rains start in late October and end in May with dry spell of almost two weeks in
January. Generally there is constant and enough rain in the district. Planting of cash and food
crops is done simultaneously in October and November. Also in February short term crops (such
as beans, sunflower, short varieties of maize and potatoes) can be planted.
84
4.3
Hydrology
4.3.1 Run – off
Runoff, and therefore river flow, is highly dependent on the amount of rainfall in the catchment.
The principle gauging station used to determine river flow is number 4A9, situated on the
Malagarasi at Mbelagule, some 10 km upstream from the dam site. The station has been gauged
with an automatic recorder from late 1975 until 2008, providing a more or less continuous
discharge series. Discharge measurements from this station can be used for the dam, without
transformation, as there is very little runoff between the gauging station and the dam site.
4.3.2 Annual Discharge
During Malagarasi Hydropower Project – Kigoma Region Feasibility Report, Norconsult August
1983 the annual discharge at 4A9 was estimated to be 160 m 3/s, and at that time the largest
observed flood was 1000 m3/s. In 1998 the river experienced an extreme flood of approximately
3000 m3/s and a correspondingly high annual discharge of almost 800m 3/s. A revision of the
hydrological basis was therefore performed as a part of Malagarasi Stage II. At that time,
however, the low flow part of the rating curve was considered unreliable, and an alternative
calculation of low flows was made. Therefore, as a part of Malagarasi Stage III, a revised rating
curve was calculated by use of surveyed river profiles (according to Stage III Feasibility Study).
The conclusion is that average flow at the Malagarasi Stage III is 144m 3/s. The design flood with
a return period of 1000 years is estimated to be around 11 000 m 3/s, but the uncertainty of the
estimate is large. As an indication of low flow, the 90 % firm flow has been calculated to 24.5
m3/s (it had been calculated at 16.4m3/s during the Stage II Feasibility Study).
4.4
Water quality
Two water Samples were taken to assess water chemistry along the length of the lowermost to
the uppermost sections of the Malagarasi River. The results indicated that pH was slightly acidic
at the uppermost sections of the river. The remainder of the river was more basic. This change in
pH was attributed to high respiration rates and leaching of organic acids in the Malagarasi
wetland upstream, while dissolution of carbonates and other buffering of minerals resulted in
somewhat alkaline water downstream.
Conductivity was moderate for most parts of the river sections, with increasing temperatures
towards the downstream direction.
Nitrate (NO3) concentrations were moderately low in all the samples. The highest NO 3 values
recorded were 0.0mg/L in the upstream sample and 0.05mg/L in the downstream sample. All
samples could be considered to have abundant dissolved nitrogen available to the biota. In the
85
mid-fall area, the RBA team suspected that low concentrations due to rapid uptake of nitrogen
to support plant growth is the result of abundant and rapidly growing algal mats on shallow rock
surfaces. More result are shown on figure 16
Figure 16: Water samples analysis result
4.5
Air Quality, Noise, Dust and Vibration at Proposed project areas.
4.5.1 Measurement of Baseline Sound and Vibration Data for Malagarasi stage III HPP
Baseline Sound and vibration data were measured at identified three locations which are the
powerhouse proposed location, switch yard proposed location and Residential area proposed
location
4.5.1.1 Noise level
Noise level measurement was done by using a digital sound level meter with measurement range
of 30dBA to 130dBA and an accuracy of ±1.5. Measurement points were chosen so that the
maximum levels of the noise source are obtained. The instrument was held between 1.2m and
1.5m above the ground and about 3.5m from acoustically reflecting surface whenever they were
present. Three (3) points were selected and a minimum of three (3) readings were recorded at
each location. A mean value was calculated for the three readings taken and the results were
86
then presented in tabular form. TBS limit and WHO/IFC guideline table was presented in
discussion of results.
•
Results and Discussion
The results are shown in Table 8. The maximum recorded noise level was 38.9dBA at proposed
power house site which is close to the Igamba III water falls, while the minimum recorded noise
levels was 31.2dBA at proposed location of residential houses (Accommodation). Currently the
main contributors of the recorded noise levels were the river flows. Noise levels recorded at
every location selected were below the limit of TBS as shown in Table 3. Location P04 had noise
level just above WHO/IFC limit (shown in Table 3) with a mean of 70.7dBA, but all the other points
were within allowable limits. However, all five points are with in allowable limits of TBS.
Table 8: Tabulated Noise Level Measurement Results
POINT/LOCATION
READING 1
READING2
READING 3
(dBA)
(dBA)
(dBA)
P01
38.1
39.5
39.2
Power
house
location.
P02
34.5
33.6
34.8
Switch
yard
proposed location
P03
30.6
31.4
31.8
Residential houses
Proposed location.
(Source: Field Visit, August 2017)
MEAN
(dBA)
38.9
34.3
31.2
Table 9: Tabulated Noise Level Standards
STANDARD
VALUE
DURATION
(dBA)
TBS:
85
8.00 hours
Maximum Permissible Noise level
WHO\IFC:
Noise level guideline
70
Daytime (07:00-22:00)
70
Nighttime (22:00-07:00)
(Source: TBS, 2007 and WHO/IFC, 2007)
87
4.5.1.2 Vibration Levels Measurements
Measurement for vibration levels were taken by using VM-6380 3-Axis 3D Digital Vibration Meter
Tester with serial number N725955 which provides readings for vibration acceleration (A),
vibration velocity (V) and vibration displacement (DISP) to ensure precision of the measured
values. It has the following Measurement Range:
•
•
•
•
•
Velocity:0.01-400.0 mm/s 0.000-16.00 inch/s true RMS
Acceleration:0.1-400.0 m/s² 0.3-1312 ft/s² 0.0-40g equivalent peak
Displacement:0.001-4.000mm 0.04-160.0 mil equivalent peak-peak
Frequency Range for Measuring:10Hz to 10kHz
Accuracy 5% of reading + 2 digits
Units set were in m/s2, mm/s and mm for acceleration, velocity and displacement respectively.
The instrument was set to measure directly in XYZ in order to get peak-to-peak values. An average
value is calculated from each of the three readings measured at each point/location selected.
The average value of the readings is then compared with TBS and WHO\IFC standards.
•
Results and Discussion
Five measuring points were selected for measuring vibration levels at the bottling plant. There
were no vibrations levels detected at all three measured points since the proposed site interior
with few human activities, all locations where measurements were done are within the standard
limits shown in Table 10.
Table 10: Tabulated Noise Level Measurement Results
POINT/LOCATION
Parameters READING 1 READING2
READING 3
(dBA)
(dBA)
(dBA)
2
P01
A (m/s )
0.00
0.00
0.00
Power
house V (mm/s)
0.00
0.00
0.00
location.
DISP (mm)
0.00
0.00
0.00
2
P02
A (m/s )
0.00
0.00
0.00
Switch
yard V (mm/s)
0.00
0.00
0.00
proposed location
DISP (mm)
0.00
0.00
0.00
2
P03
A (m/s )
0.00
0.00
0.00
Residential houses V (mm/s)
0.00
0.00
0.00
Proposed location. DISP (mm)
0.00
0.00
0.00
(Source: Field Visit, August 2017)
88
MEAN
(dBA)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
STANDARD
Table 11: Vibration Standards (Whole body vibration)
DAILY EXPOSURE
DAILY EXPOSURE
DAILY EXPOSURE
LIMIT VALUE
ACTION VALUE
LIMIT PERIOD
TBS
1.15m/s2
4.6
0.5m/s2
(Source: TBS, 2007)
8 hours
Geology and Soil
4.6.1 Geology
The rocks in the Kigoma Region are Bukoban series, consisting of sandstones, mudstone and
volcanic rocks.
The bedrock in the proposed Malagarasi hydroelectric power project area is part of the
Precambrian Bukoban System that comprises the sedimentary groups deposited over a wide area
in western Tanzania. The bedrock is made up of a various types of sedimentary rocks, including
conglomerates, sandstone, shale, limestone and greywacke. Basalts and Andesites are also found
to the west and north of the project area. The Bukoban sedimentary rocks have been subdivided
into groups according to type and appearance. One of these groups is the Malagarasi Sandstone
Series. This group is considered to be one stratigraphical unit with general similarities between
formations. It has been divided in the following formations: the Upper Malagarasi Sandstone,
Nyanza Shale, Middle Malagarasi Sandstone, Kosio Shale, Lower Malagarasi Sandstone and
Kondwe Shale. The sandstones are mainly coarse to medium grained orthoquartzites and
occasional arkose and feltspatic sandstone are also present. The sandstones are thick bedded
and cross-bedding is mainly found in the Middle and the Upper Malagarasi Sandstone layers.
The project area is located on the Upper Malagarasi Sandstone formation. The southern
boundary of the formation is observed to lie between the Masangwe Hills and the Magunga area.
The formation then stretches northwards to beyond the Igamba Falls on the Malagarasi River.
The Upper Malagarasi Sandstone is generally medium to coarse grained friable sandstone,
occasionally with pebble bands of quartz and/or quartzite pebbles. Bedding and jointing is
prominent in the formation and because of weathering, rectangular blocks are often found in the
uppermost section close to the surface. Potholes, circular erosion formations mainly formed in
floods and high water flows, are found on the surface of the riverbed (Figure 17) Porous and
fractured river bed at the Main Igamba Falls). Potholes, in geology, are cylindrical pit formed in
the rocky channel of a turbulent stream. It is formed and enlarged by the abrading action of
pebbles and cobbles that are carried by eddies, or circular water currents that move against the
89
main current of a stream. Potholes are most commonly found at the bottoms of eddies in rivers
and in plunge pools below cataracts; sometimes potholes in a rock outcrop indicate the former
site of a rapid or cataract. Due to potholes and permeable vertical and horizontal cracks the rock
mass is expected to be highly permeable close to the surface. The sandstones observed at the
project site can basically be divided into two types with respect to colour and grain size. Red,
pinkish sandstone interlaced with white sandstone and more coarse grained white sandstone
and red/pinkish sandstone (arkose/feltspatic sandstone). The most prominent type is red/pinkish
sandstone, probably arkose and/or feltspatic sandstone.
The degree of fracturing and rock porosity may vary between different sections of the cascade.
This can be seen when comparing the main Igamba Falls with the Lower Igamba Falls. During the
low flow period the river that flows down the lower rapids and Lower Igamba Falls appears as a
normal river and flows over the river bed. In contrast, at the Main falls the river literally
disappears into the river bed and is discharged 200 m later back into the river (See Figure 18
which illustrates this phenomenon). The differences in river bed/rock porosity may explain
differences in mollusc distribution and densities.
Figure 17: Porous and fractured river bed at the Main Igamba Falls
90
Figure 18: Characteristic potholes found in sandstones within the project area (source: site
visit, august 2017)
4.6.2 Soil
Soil is divided into four types namely sandy, clay, sandy loam, and clay loam. Due to frequent
cultivation of land to some areas, there is soil infertility. In order to overcome the problem of
soil infertility, farmers are using composite manure as well as industrial fertilizers.
The topsoil comprises neogen and quaternary soils. The soils in the river basin of the project area
are dominated by deep, well drained soils with dark reddish brown fine sandy loams, especially
close to the shore of Lake Tanganyika. In waterlogged areas, the soils are black and clayey, with
a high proportion of sand in the swampy fringes. The soils in this area are fertile due to the high
proportion of sand and silt. At higher altitudes, the soils are dark reddish clay loams with fairly
good internal drainage.
Most of the major villages are located in the area covered with good fertile soils. These soils
(haplic nitisols, dystric calcisol, and ferralic cambisols) are perhaps the most inherently fertile of
the tropical soils because of their high nutrient content. They are exploited widely for plantation
agriculture. The ferralic cambisols have favourable aggregate structure and high content of
91
weatherable minerals therefore they are usually exploited for agriculture subject to the
limitations of terrain and climate. The most perceived environmental problems in the Malagarasi
Catchment include the loss of soil fertility, soil erosion and reduced crop yield. The hillsides on
both sides of Malagarasi River cause weatherable minerals in the ferralic cambisols to be
susceptible to soil erosion thus causing deposition downstream. Nitisols are found mainly in
eastern Africa at higher altitudes and are technically defined by a significant accumulation of clay.
The Malagarasi River catchment altitude ranges between 800 and 1600 m above mean sea level
with an average of 1200 m.a.s.l. The fine sediments of clay sandy particles of nitisols can be
eroded from these high altitudes of the hills and deposited downstream. Agriculture and
deforestation in the catchment area results in an increase in sediment loads in the river because
of soil erosion
Figure 19: Malagarasi Basin soil map (Source: FAO)
92
4.7
Land Cover and Use
The catchment is dominated by woodland (48.8 %). During the last decade and a half, there has
been considerable settlement into the basin and expansion of arable agriculture and natural
resource harvesting such as charcoal production (based on Google imagery). This indicates a high
degree of pressure on the basin resources and the likelihood of high erosion rates in the upper
basin, the protection of the mid basin wetlands as a silt/sediment/nutrient trap is essential.
Arable land area is estimated to be more than 10,150 km2 of which only 18 percent is developed.
Total area under agricultural farming is estimated to 1,900 Km 2, national parks of Mahale are
5,113.354 Km2 and natural forest reserves occupy 494,835.4 ha.
4.7.1 Land Cover and Use at Igamba Falls Stage III and the Direct Impact Zone
The woodland is sparse along the river banks, at Stage III and downstream. All vegetation types,
particularly on the right bank, are relatively disturbed due to recent past arable agriculture
4.8
Biological baseline
Preliminary findings of the biodiversity survey of the project area and surroundings indicate that
the area potentially very rich in biodiversity. This is not surprising finding since the area is located
in the Albertine Rift System which a centre of endemism. However, the area is highly disturbed
by human settlements and activities such as farming, livestock herding, tree cutting for timber
and poaching. Initial data suggest that there are many species of conservation concern though
most will probably not be directly affected by the project activities.
Species of special concern including the Igamba goby Cichlid, Orthochromis sp. and Igamba
Suckermouth, Chiloglanis sp. were consistently observed in site while the Igamba snail
(Gastropod mollusc) was not observed in site.
4.8.1 Flora
The vegetation of the project area is strongly influenced by the river and alluvial soils. The
proposed project area is mainly covered by Riparian woodland, Mixed Miombo woodland and
Miombo Woodland on flat terrains
•
Riparian Woodland
93
Riparian woodland habitat (riverine forest) is relatively small in coverage of the project area when
compared to other habitats. ). Riparian woodland is dominated (in descending order of relative
dominance) by Diplorrhynchus condylocarpon, Cyanometra cf. alexandri, Combretum molle,
Brachystegia spiciformis, Annona senegalensis, Combretum adenogonium, Baphia panctulata,
and Pterocarpus tinctorius. Given its location on very steep and rocky slopes and/or cliffs
overhanging the main river, this habitat is the least disturbed
Figure 20: Riverine forest along River Malagarasi (Source: Site visit, August 2017)
•
Mixed Miombo woodland
The proposed project area is covered mainly by the wet Miombo woodland except along the
Malagarasi River and its permanent tributaries where Riverine forest dominates. These
woodlands are dominated by trees of the subfamily Caesalpinioideae, particularly species
belonging to the Brachystegia, Julbernardia and Isoberlinia genera, which seldom occur outside
miombo.
94
Figure 21: Miombo woodlands most without leaves (Source: Site visit, August 2017)
•
Miombo woodland on flat terrain
In the project area, this habitat is mainly confined to the left bank of the Malagarasi River.
Miombo flat habitat is dominated by the following species (in descending order of relative
frequency) Brachystegia spiciformis, Diplorrhynchus condylocarpon, Pterocarpus angolensis,
Pseudolachnostylis maprouneifolia and Strychnos sp. Of less importance are: Bussea massaiensis,
Pterocarpus tinctorius, Albizia sp. and Hexalobus monopetalus. Generally, field observations
revealed that this habitat has not been disturbed in the recent past and the present average basal
area per hectare is 1780.7 m3. Brachystegia spiciformis with an average basal area of 636.5 m3 is
the most dominant species followed (in descending order) by Pterocarpus angolensis,
Diplorrhynchus condylocarpon and Pseudolachnostylis maprouneifolia. In terms of diversity this
habitat is ranked third after the riparian woodland and miombo mixed. Miombo flat habitat is
among the widespread habitats in miombo woodland. Perhaps of great concern are the highly
demanded timber species especially Pterocarpus angolensis and P. tinctorius that are highly
extracted for their valuable timber, the former being the third most frequent trees species in this
habitat.
95
Figure 22: Miombo woodland on flat terrain (left bank of river malagarasi)
(Source: Site visit, August 2017)
4.8.2.1 Vegetation and Habitats along the Access Road
The area between Kazuramimba and Igamba Falls is surveyed and designated for agricultural
development. The dominant species observed along the access road is miombo woodland.
Dominant species in the miombo woodland include; Pterocarpus angolensis (Mninga), P.
tinctorius (Mkulungu), Brachystegia spiciformis (Mtundu), B. boehmii, Julbenardia jubiflora,
Milicia excelsa, Afzelia quanzensis (Mkora), Diplorrhynchus condylocarpon, Khaya anthoceca and
Makhamis sp. Others are Bridelia sp., Vitex fischeri (Mpapa), V. doniana (Mitunda Ugoro)
Isoberlinia scheffleri and grass species.
96
Figure 23: Mixed Miombo woodland along the access road to Igamba water falls (Source: Site
visit, August 2017)
4.8.2 Fauna
4.8.2.1 Aquatic Macro invertebrates and Fish
The present work on selected attributes of aquatic biology around the Project area contributes
to the effort of collecting relevant environmental baseline data that can be used to assess the
biophysical and ecological conditions of the proposed project area, predict significant impacts
that could be caused by the Project, and develop mitigation measures for the Project.
•
Selection of study sites
For the aquatic ecology study, sampling sites and points were established, upstream above
damsite, proposed damsite inundation area, downstream damsite and below tailing which were
representative of the range of water which may be potentially affected by the Project (i.e.
downstream impact sites) the upstream represent reference/control site. The sampling sites
were designated as follows with their coordinates given in Table below
97
Table 12: Sampling sites
Sampling site
Description
Site 01
upstream outside inundation area
(Indirect impact site)
Site 02
Damsite within inundation area (impact site)
Site 03
Downstream damsite (Jiwe la ndege)
- (impact site)
Site 04
Power plant area (impact site)
Site 05
Site coordinates
0175903,
9426598
0175039
9427380
0173738
9424174
0172783
9426970
Downstream tailing (indirect impact 0171914
site)
9427826
Elevation
854.7m
824.7m
819.8
817 m
800m
During the course of sampling, fish species like Igamba goby Cichlid, Orthochromis sp and Igamba
Suckermouth, Chiloglanis sp consistently observed in three sites, Site 01, Site 02 as well as Site
03. However, Igamba snail (Gastropod mollusc) was not observed in all five sampling sites.
4.8.2.2 Terrestrial invertebrates
A total of 26 butterfly samples were collected. These were identified into seven butterfly families
and two moth families (Sphingidae and Arctiidae) as shown on table below. All but seven were
identified to species level.
Table 13: Butterflies and moths collected from the Malagarasi III Hydro-Power Project area.
Families
Species
No. of Individuals
PIERIDAE
13
109
NYMPHALIDAE
19
77
PAPILIONIDAE
6
20
LYCAENIDAE
5
10
HESPERIIDAE
4
6
ARCTIIDAE
1
4
SATYRIDAE
2
4
ACRAEIDAE
4
6
SPHINGIDAE
1
1
Total
54
237
(Source: Site visit, August 2017)
The species varied from widespread savanna/woodland species (most of the members of Family
Pieridae) to forest-dependent species (some of the Nymphalidae and the Papilionidae). Insects
in the latter group were collected in riverine forests along streams that enter the Malagarasi River
and at seepage points along the banks of the river. Most of the taxa have not yet been assessed
for the IUCN Red List, and two species are listed as species of “least concern
98
Figure 24: Some of the fores-dependent species of butterflies (top left: Papilio dardanus male,
bottom left: P. dardanus female; top right: Papilio nireus; bottom right: G. antheus). (Source:
Rapid biodiversity report, 2017)
4.8.8.3 Amphibians, Reptiles and Small mammals
Seven amphibian species, fourteen reptiles and eight rodents were recorded during the present
study. All the amphibian species recorded are widely distributed and they are associated with
water bodies for their reproduction (Channing and Howell, 2006). None of the amphibian species
recorded is of a conservation concern because they are listed as Least Concern (LC) based on the
World Conservation Union (IUCN) criteria for assessing the threat status of animals (IUCN, 2017).
The reptiles that occur in the proposed project area include lizards, snakes and crocodiles. All
species recorded are widely distributed (Spawls et al., 2004). One of snake species recorded was
Banded water cobra Naja annulata (formely Boulengerula annulata). In East Africa, this species
had been previously recorded in Lake Tanganyika only (Spawls et al., 2004); by recording it in
Malagarasi river means its range has been extended in East Africa.
99
All the rodents recorded are also widely distributed and are listed as Least Concern (LC) species
by IUCN (IUCN, 2017). Small vertebrates in the proposed project area have been historically
impacted by several factors including human settlement, cultivation, grazing and wild fires.
Potential negative impacts of the proposed project to animals may include habitat loss from
vegetation clearance and dam construction which may displace some species as well as
mortalities which may be related to construction work; poaching and increased pressure on
natural resources due to improved access to the site. Positive impacts may include increased
density of some animals such as Nile crocodiles that may associate themselves with the
constructed dam. Mitigation measures suggested include restricted access to the area, avoidance
of unnecessary clearance of vegetation and allowing environmental flows to maintain the
ecosystem between the tailrace and the diversion site. (rapid biodiversity report, 2017)
4.8.8.4 Birds
At least 111 species of birds were observed. No bird species found in the study area is endemic.
Three species: the Bateleur Terrathopius ecaudatus is Near Threatened, Martial Eagle
Polemaetus bellicosus and Southern Ground Hornbill Bucorvus leadbeateri are Vulnerable
according to IUCN Red List of Threatened Species (www.iucnredlist.org). However, all these are
terrestrial species.
4.8.8.5 Large Mammals
Large mammals were surveyed using direct observation by running some foot transects but were
also studied using interviews and literature review. Areas covered included the landscape where
Igamba sub village is located and across river Malagarasi where human habitation and activities
are mostly prohibited.
Initial observations show that the area is very rich in wildlife with many species seen during the
survey either directly or through signs and many others reported to occur by the local residents.
However, the area is heavily disturbed by activities such as livestock herding, tree cutting for
timber, cultivation and poaching. These activities have driven animals away from the area. Most
of the large mammals occurring in the project area are common though some may be of
conservation concern. Of particular importance is the Chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes) which is
occurring upstream of the project area in Ntanda and Kanjenje areas, places which will not be
affected by the project activities.
100
4.9
Social economic status
4.9.1 Social Services
Uvinza District Council offers a number of social services to its stakeholders including General
community, Business community, Financial Institutions, Development Partners, NGOs, Faith
Based Organization, Cooperative societies, Farmers, Agents, Service providers, Central
Government and others. A review of these services and their current status is presented per each
service as follows:
•
Education

Primary education
In Uvinza District Council, each Village has a Primary School, though some Villages have already
built more than one Primary School. There is a total number of 128 Primary Schools (one is
privately owned) in the District in year 2013. However, the district has a total number of 68,557
pupils 34,390 are boys and 34,167are girls) and a total of 772 classrooms. The ratio of pupils per
room is 1:89 compared to the required ratio of 1:40 at the national level. From the above fact,
there is shortage of 942 classrooms in the District. Moreover, there are 13,543 desks which make
a ratio of one desk to pupils to be 1:5 instead of recommended national ratio of 1:2.
The pupils pit latrines are 839 which make the ratio to be 1:82. School dropout is still a major
problem in the District, where by 1,848 pupils (949 boys and 899 girls) dropped in 2012 which is
1.7%. The major reasons are absenteeism, early pregnancy and negative attitude towards
education.
There are 42,160 people (Female 23,583 Male 18,577) who cannot read and write. The district
has a total of 198,255 people (70,112 Male and 128,143 Female) who are attending Adult classes
(2013). However, the District expects to enrol 567,429 by 2018.
There are 1,128 teachers in the sense that, grade IIIA are 1,046, Diploma/Degree are 47 and IIIB/C
are 35. The ratio for one teacher to pupils currently is 1:60.
There is very remarkable change in provision of teaching materials like text books, where the
ratio of book to pupil is still low for learning environment, the pupil to text book ratio in the
district is 1:4 as for the year 2013. The target of the Council is to increase number of books at
least to reach a ratio of 1:3 by year 2018.

Secondary Education
Uvinza District Council has a total number of 19 secondary schools of which government schools
are 17 and 2 privately owned school. There is a total of 110 classrooms (Government schools)
101
and total of 6500 students (3472 are male and 3028 are female). The ratio of students per
classroom is 1:59 compared to the ratio 1:40 at national level. There are 5812 students table and
6580 chairs which make a ratio of one table to student to be 1:1 which is equal to the national
level.
There is 107 students’ pit latrine, which makes a ratio to be 1:60; total pit latrine requirement is
302 pits, thus there is a deficit of 195 pit latrines in the schools. There are 2862 students enrolled
2013 to join form one of whom 1647, are boys and 1215 are girls.
There are teachers (95 male and 15 female), total requirement is 221 thus there is a deficit of
111. The ratio of one teacher to students is 1:59. The ratio for one book to student is 1:4. The
school dropout is still problem, the major reasons are absenteeism, pregnancies, early marriage,
fishing activities and low altitude towards education. (uvinza district profile, 2017)
•
Health
Uvinza District Council does not have a District Hospital, There are 3 Health Centers and 39
Dispensaries (34 Owned by the Government and 5 is private dispensaries). All villages except 4
have a Dispensary as required by the Health Policy, but 14 Wards are lacking health centers as
required. However, one New Health Center is under construction in Ilagala ward.
The total requirement of health staffs is 353; currently there are only 163 staffs available (46%)
and therefore a shortage of 190 health workers. The Council has 2 Medical Doctor as required
and 7 members of the CHMT. A Dental Officer is lacking among members of CHMT. Major
shortage of staff lies on the following carders; 97 Clinical Officers out of 126, 74 Nurses, 4 Dental
therapists, 14 Lab assistant and 3 pharmaceutical Assistant.
The common top ten diseases in the Council are; ARI, Malaria, Pneumonia, Diarrhea, skin
conditions, eye conditions, oral conditions, cardiovascular disorders, PID and cervical disorders.
The children are the most vulnerable group affected by these diseases. Shortage of staff,
medicines, medical equipments and better condition of the health facilities are among the major
shortfalls of the Health Sector in the council. The improvement of health services and consistent
supply of medicine in the Heath Facilities is the Council priority in the period of this strategic plan.
(uvinza district profile, 2017)
•
Water
In Uvinza District Council, currently 34..9% of the people have access to safe and clean drinking
water from various improved sources of water such as; springs, bore holes, streams, rivers,
shallow wells and Lake. District collaborates with other development partners in its effort of
102
providing safe and clean drinking water. There is 7 qualified staff instead of 28 required. (uvinza
district profile, 2017)
4.9.2 Economic activities
The economy of the Uvinza District Council is mainly depends on agriculture, whereby the land
under agricultural farming is estimated to be 1,900 Km 2 (18.72%) of the total arable land. More
than 90% of District population largely depends on agriculture activities. However, contribution
of the agriculture sector to the District Economy have been affected by unpredictable weather
condition, taking into consideration that agriculture sector depends on rainfall. Other economic
activities such as livestock production, fisheries and natural resource utilization i.e. forest and
Beekeeping also complements agricultural activities of Uvinza district residents
103
CHAPTER FIVE: STAKEHOLDERS IDENTIFICATION AND CONSULTATION
As per the EIA and audit regulations of 2005 the stakeholder’s consultation is a very important
component of the EIA process. It is one of the key factors that enhance environmental
governance. By definition stakeholders are individuals, groups of individuals or institutions that
have interest in the proposed project. This includes those positively and negatively affected by
the project. Stakeholders’ participation involves processes whereby all those with an interest in
the outcome of a project are actively participating in decision making and management of the
proposed development. The Guideline on Public Participation further notes that: “The public
participation process:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Provides an opportunity for Interested and Affected Parties (I&APs) to obtain clear,
accurate and comprehensive information about the proposed activity, its alternatives or
the decision and the environmental impacts thereof;
Provides I&APs with an opportunity to indicate their viewpoints, issues and concerns
regarding the activity, alternatives and /or the decision;
Provides I&APs with the opportunity of suggesting ways of avoiding, reducing or
mitigating negative impacts of an activity and for enhancing positive impacts;
Enables the applicant to incorporate the needs, preferences and values of affected parties
into the activity;
Provides opportunities to avoid and resolve disputes and reconcile conflicting interests;
and
Enhances transparency and accountability in decision making.
Input from public consultation provides the authorities, Interested and Affected Parties (I&APs)
and proponent (TANESCO) an opportunity to ensure that decisions made in the course of the
project give consideration to concerns and comments raised as part of the consultation. This set
a ground for sustainable working relationship between proponent (TANESCO) and I&APs. It also
provides an overview of the effectiveness and interagency cooperation that TANESCO can build
upon or rely on for mitigation of project impacts.
The study involved a participatory approach that entailed seeking information/experience from
stakeholders such as ward and village leaderships, local representatives and other institutions
who have been involved in one way or another in the implementation of the project.
Consultation with PAPs was initiated during scoping exercise and continued through the detailed
ESIA process to ensure regular communication between the project proponent and PAPs. This
allows for the provision of updates, changes, alteration, and new concerns where necessary from
both the project proponent and PAPs such that both parties have a common perception as to
what the project entails.
104
To facilitate an open and transparent process, interested and likely to be affected were identified,
invited and later informed of the proposed project development and subsequent phases of
project operations. Presentation of what is intended by the project; importance of the project to
the nation, region and to project area as well as benefit to individuals was presented during the
meetings, focus group discussion, Positive and negative impacts of the project and their
mitigation measures were also described in details. The participants were then given opportunity
to ask questions, give comments, observations and opinions. This allowed the study team to
obtain in-depth information on concepts, perceptions and ideas of the community members.
5.2. Consultation Meetings with Regional and District Authorities
Consultation meetings with district authorities pointed out specific issues that need to be taken
into consideration by the project proponent and contactor. The consulted Region and District
council officials of Uvinza highlighted the importance of the proposed development project to
the nation, districts and local communities. Officials at Uvinza District supported the project with
an expectation that the increase of electricity supply will enable their district to be connected to
the national grid. Currently Kigoma region is off grid depending on diesel generators to supply
electricity to the population making Kigoma region with least industries.
5.3
Methodologies applied during public and stakeholders consultations
The main methodologies applied during public and stakeholders’ consultations were:
•
•
•
•
Focus group discussion,
Interviews formal and informal
Administering open ended questionnaires
Public meeting
Public meeting was conducted in the villages that the proposed Malagarasi Hydroelectric Power
Plant (MHEPP) will be located. In this regards, the main village that the proposed project will be
located is Mazungwe and Igamba sub-village in Kazuramimba ward. Various methods were used
in ensuring that all relevant stakeholders are consulted and their views incorporated in the
updated ESIA report. Participatory methods such as focus group discussion, household
questionnaires and public meetings were used. The team also visited all critical sites with district
experts, conducting discussions with stakeholders on site to show the site and identify their views
and concerns.
5.3.1 Notification to Stakeholders
It is important to ensure that stakeholders are well informed prior to undertaking any
consultation. Introduction letters were written by TANESCO to relevant Region Administrative
105
Secretaries to first inform them about the project as well as seek permission to work in the
respective district. These letters were then channelled to District Commissioner and District
Executive Director (DED) for the same purpose and to seek appointments to consult the district
officials and to undertake the ESIA in the respective villages. Letters from the DED office were
then distributed to all relevant ward and villages to arrange appointments with village
government officials as well as the local communities. For each consultation meeting, the
consultant and TANESCO presented the technical facilities of the proposed MHEPP. Maps and
other visual aids were used in the session. The main agenda for the Community consultations
included:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Presentation the Project including purpose of the project, what people should expect
from the project, the switchyard area and the impacts to be expected
Presentation of the proposed MHEPP project area using maps
Presentation of Switchyard dimensions and upcoming activities including rights of
property owners and compensation process for the project affected persons (PAPs) for
the lost land, houses, crops, and other properties ;
Identification and defining the local institutional framework and other potential
stakeholders;
Listening to the questions, views, concerns, opinion and answers from the proponent:
so as to obtaining from the local population their environmental and socio-economic
concerns and perceptions regarding the proposed MHEPP and TANESCO to respond to
those questions and concerns;
Identification by the communities of the main land uses and land tenure issues within
the project area; and
Lessons learned from previous projects in the area and proposing best mitigation
measures acceptable by the community
5.3.2 Household Questionnaire
Household questionnaires were also administered in the villages; the questionnaire intended to
obtain baseline information of the affected population. The information was basically on socioeconomic issues, land related issues as well as to obtain their views regarding the project. The
socioeconomic data will be used in future for monitoring purpose. In general the household
questionnaire was administered to 34 PAPS at Igamba sub village as the areas shall be occupied
by switchyard and MHEPP.
5.3.3 Village Public Meetings
To ensure that all villagers are informed of the project, the team conducted public meetings in
all affected villages. The team also ensured that women attended and participated in the
meetings. The meeting aimed at informing the villagers regarding the project and the impacts
106
that are associated with the project. Villagers were informed of the positive and negative impacts
of the project which include loss of land, possibilities of increase new cases of HIV/AIDS especially
during the construction phase as well as other environmental and social impacts associated with
the project. Villagers were also sensitized on their right to be compensated and what is to be
compensated if they will either loose land, crops and houses. Villagers were also given an
opportunity to ask questions, raise their concerns and provide information to the team on issues
such as availability of land in the village for resettlement purposes. The villagers formed a
committee which will help on fall up when it comes to compensation issues and deal with a
conflict resolutions with the help of VEO and VC at the village level.
Figure 25: Showing EIA expert addressing issues during public meetings at Igamba sub-village
(Source field data, August, 2017)
107
Figure 26: public meetings at Mazungwe village. (Source field data, August, 2017)
5.3.4 Official Meetings with Village Leaders
Similarly village meetings were conducted in all affected ward/villages; these meetings aimed at
collecting specific data at the village, discussing alternative project areas that can minimize
impact as well as identifying sensitive sites/areas such as cultural sites that are within the village
or its neighborhood. A checklist was also administered during these meetings. This meeting also
aimed at sensitizing the village leaders regarding how they can handle compensation matters and
also to ensure that they will continue to sensitize and inform other villagers who were unable to
attend the village public meetings.
5.3.5 Meetings with District Officials
Meetings were held in Uvinza district leaders including DED, DC, Land Officer, Forest Officer,
Valuer, Community Development Officer, Legal Officer and Land Surveyor.The aim of the
meetings was to discuss the project with the district officials and to obtain relevant data and
information from the respective districts. Most of the consulted district council’s officials agreed
to the importance of the proposed development project to the national, districts and local
communities’ development.
•
•
•
Their main concern was on land acquisition, need project owner to educate PAPS on
their rights when it comes to compensation,
Compensation to be fair and help PAPS to improve their lives rather than deteriorating
their lives
Project developer (TANESCO) should involve district authorities in every stage of the
project to minimize unnecessary conflict and help PAPS to improve their lives.
5.4
Consultations with Other Relevant Stakeholders
The team conducted various stakeholders consultations at ministerial and Government Agencies
and NGOs to obtain views at policy level. These included the Ministry of Natural Resources and
Tourism - the Division of Antiquities, TANROADS Kigoma office, TANESCO Kigoma Office,
Janegoodal Institute (JGI), Lake Tanganyika Water Basin, Gombe-Mahale National Park
Information Centre and RAHCO Kigoma Office as the project might use railway to transport
project consignment to Kigoma. NGO consulted includes Belgium Tecchnical Coperation (BTC),
Kigoma AIDS Control Network (KACON) Mandela Paralegal Organisation (MAPAO), Hopes of the
Community Foundation (HCF) and Vijana Pamoja Twaweza (2014).
108
5.4.1 Focus Group Discussion
The team conducted Focus Group Discussion (FGD) along the wards and villages which will be
affected by the project. The meetings aimed at informing the villages about the project and the
associated impacts. FGD members were informed of the positive and adverse impacts of the
project include loss of land, possibilities of increased spread of HIV/AIDS especially during
construction phase, as well as other environmental and social impacts associated with the
project. FGD members were also sensitized on their right to be compensated and applicable
compensation norms if they will lose land, crops and houses, also introduced the existence of
grievances committee for them to channel their claims if encountered problems related to the
project. Further they were given an opportunity to ask questions, raise their concerns and
provide information to the team on issues such as availability of land in the village for
resettlement purposes, cultural ties like ritual areas which they would like to be protected and
identification of sensitive sites/areas such as cultural sites like grave yard, water sources natural
forest and like that lie within the ward and they also offered information on how to go about
protecting this areas.
5.6
Summary of Identified Issues of Concerns
Stakeholders consulted for this specific development project had various views and concerns. In
brief, most of the views gathered from the stakeholders are positive about the proposed project
and expect that the project will have positive impacts to the economy of the nation and shall
improve livelihoods of local communities surrounding the project. However, during public
meetings and focus group discussions held as part of this ESIA update process, the stakeholders
had cautioned on land acquisition and compensation processes. They want transparent, fair and
prompt compensation unlike the former. The table 14 summarizes the issues and concerns raised
by different stakeholders.
109
Table 14: Stakeholders’ views, concerns, perception on the project and responses
Name of Stakeholder
Comments/ concerns raised
RC – Kigoma
 We need this project this we don’t like to take any
excuse like the previous one. Kigoma is lagging
behind in industrial sector due to lack of reliable
power.
 Land acquisition should be done according to the
relevant national legislations
 Avoid delaying of compensations
 Make sure sensitization meetings are done to the
project affected people before land acquisition
processes
 During land acquisition process make sure village
leaders are involved effectively in order to solve
some disputes at village level
DED Uvinza District  We are aware of the project as we have been
Council
receiving some of TANESCO staff for the same
project and we are grateful for this project as Kigoma
will be connected to the national grid
 Land acquisition process should consider national
laws
 Pay compensation to affected institutions, PAPS and
individuals
 Compensation should be fair and done timely
 All grievance to raise after compensation should be
addressed accordingly
 Collaborate with ward and village officials to solve all
disputes that might raise after land acquisition
processes
110









Remarks/ Responses
Land acquisition shall be done as per
national legislations
Compensation shall be effected after
being approved by the Chief Government
Valuer
Meetings
are
conducted
during
Resettlement Action Plan and ESIA update
study
Local leaders shall be involved
Noted
All relevant laws shall be considered
during land acquisition processes
TANESCO pays compensation according to
approved values by Chief Government
Valuer
Grievance Resettlement Committee are
formed at village level and TANESCO shall
have special Unit to address all disputes
Consultation is done to public and local
organizations

District Commissioner 
Uvinza



Jane Goodall Institute 
(JGI)




Consult some NGO’s like Jane Goodall which are
working on forest conservation and protection of
wildlife particularly Chimpanzees
The project is of national importance we accept and
need it but make sure all project affected people are
compensated as per national laws
Community is aware of the TANESCO projects. They
don’t have problem so long you compensate the
PAPs on time.
We have made some sensitization meetings on the
same project so whenever you are facing any
challenge lets be in touch
All project affected people should be educated
about their rights before land acquisition process is
done
TANESCO need to protect water catchment areas if
you need water to sustain this project for long. There
is huge deforestation going on in the catchment.
Work hand in hand with Malagarasi River Water
Basin to protect the river flow by making sure
community does not cultivate and graze in water
catchment areas
Government should intervene to control water and
catchment as people have big paddy farms near to
water catchments and river banks
We used to have gorillas and other wild animals in
your area of interest, but due to human activities the
animals are no longer there.
Masito Forest Reserve has Chimpanzee totaling
about 700 to 900. However, due to human activities
in the areas of interest (on your project proposed
111









TANESCO pays compensation according to
approved values by Chief Government
Valuer
Noted
Further sensitization meetings shall be
done during detailed EIA study and during
the project implementation
Noted and all affected households are
interviewed,
administered
with
questionnaire in order to collect their
socio-economic status and sensitized on
the project
TANESCO will work with Lake Tanganyika
Basin Water Office to protect the
catchment.
The project will collaborate with other
stakeholders to reduce deforestation and
conservation of Malagarasi catchment.
Water conservation program shall be
planned and implemented
The project will concentrate on side of the
river and prevent people to cross to the
other side of the river to protect Masito
Forest Reserve.
TANESCO and the Contractor shall prevent
bush fires during the implementation of
the proposed project.


Lake
Tanganyika 
Water Basin Office







area) there are no such animals as they have
migrated to other areas. Therefore, assist to protect
the habitats for these animals.
The project area is covered by miombo woodlands
which is abundantly found in many parts of the
country.
Fire is an environmental problem in the project area;
however, for miombo woodland yearly fires are
better than when there is no fire for many years.
Conduct a detailed study on the impacts of the
project to downstream water users
Compensation of properties should be fair and
transparent to minimize conflicts
Make sure households found within the project
areas are compensated as per relevant national
legislations
TANESCO have helped us on construction of Water
flow station and build us a workers house, we thanks
for that.
We ask this project to help us to get the curve liner
for measurement of river wideness, the river span is
150 Meter wider, the curve liner we have is shorter.
TANESCO needs to harmonize with other water
users i.e. Nguruka rural water supply scheme in
order to ensure sustainability of the project
Pastoralists have invaded Uvinza with a good
number of cattle, thus destroy river source and
consume a lot of water.
Population increase along the river and human
activities increased if measures will not be taken
Malagarasi river performance will fail.
112

The project team will regularly consult
with JGI for advice so as to assist the effort
of conservation whenever possible.

Your concern shall be taken into
considerations particularly at project
operation phase
Compensation shall be effected after the
same has been approved by the Chief
Government Valuer
Compensation of properties shall be
effected accordingly
TANESCO will work on this issue to make
sure water catchment area is safe and
river flow is at its best.
Integrated Water Resources Management
shall be enforced
TANESCO shall liaise with other water
users within the basin
Sensitization meetings shall be done to
create awareness on conservation
Increase of socio-economic activities
within the catchment shall be controlled
IRA is undertaking bio diversity study
which will update current rivers status for








Kigoma
Natural
Officer
Regional 
Resources 




Gombe
–Mahale 
Information Centre



TANROADS–
Office
Kigoma 


Maintain the natural environmental water flow
TANESCO should conduct detailed study on
biodiversity
Take care of conservation aspect
Camp site should minimize interaction with
communities to maintain norms and values of the
people
Make sure your project does not interfere river flow
to minimize conflict with other users at down stream
Land acquisition should be confined within the
project area and TL RoW
Gombe and Mahale National park is too far from
your project area. So there is no wildlife animals that
will be moving from the protected areas to the
project area
Mahale is more than 100km southern side from the
project area. Therefore, there shall be no wildlife
animals travelling from the project area
There’s wildlife corridor between Mahale and Katavi
National park. But there’s no corridor between
project area and the two national parks
Take care of monkey and other animals to be found
within the project area from electrocutions
Valuation of properties at the project area should be
done
Consider road regulations on transportation of
heavy and wide equipment and construction
materials
The road is permissible throughout the year
113






smooth/sustainable development of the
project
Noted, we will work our best to maintain
river flow
Rapid Biodiversity study is conducted
Regular studies shall be done
All values and norms of the local
communities shall be protected
TANESCO shall liaise with other water
users
Land will be acquired within the project
area and stretch of buffer zone

Noted

Noted

Noted

Compensation of properties shall be
effected accordingly
Road regulations shall be adhered to
Noted
Noted




Tanzania
Railway 
Authority – RAHCO




Belgium
Technical 
Cooperation (BTC)




TANESCO
Kigoma 
Regional Office
Respect road reserve of 30 metres from the centre
of road
The project designing and construction phases
should consider railway line especially at crossing
points
Observe the corridor of the railway line during
construction of access road from Mazungwe to
Igamba
We appreciate the project and we are ready to offer
transportation services for hauling construction
materials
Cargo transportation has equal value except for
animals like cattle they get first priority because they
have life.
Maximum weight is 42 tons, the width of luggage
matter but height does not matter much.
We praise the project although it does not interfere
with our project
We are a bit worried about ways that TANESCO shall
use to acquire land
Questioned on strategies to be used by TANESCO to
compensate all properties to be affected by the
proposed project
Ensure the biodiversity is conserved
We are planning to establish rural water supply
project so TANESCO should integrate with us in order
to improve sensitization and awareness programs to
control encroachment of the river particularly at
upstream areas
The proposed project will influence huge investment
in the region
114


Detailed design shall be done prior to
construction activities
Noted
Logistics shall be made in case the project
may require to haul construction materials
via railway
Noted

All logistics shall be arranged accordingly


Noted
Land shall be acquired following the
national land laws and regulations
Compensation of properties shall be
effected accordingly
Noted
Sensitization programs shall be conducted
in collaboration with other stakeholders






The situation strengthen the reasons to
implement the proposed project.








Mazungwe village in 
Kazuramimba Ward

Some huge investment in salt and limestone
industries have been halted by shortage of reliable
electricity in the region. Therefore the construction
of this project will supply the needed power and
reliable electricity in the region.
The project will stabilize the national grid
The project will improve socio-economic services
such as health, education, infrastructural and
industrial services in the region
Currently, the region is generating about 10MW
from diesel plants of which 6.25MW are located in
Kigoma and 2.5MW are in Kasulu and 2.5MW are
located in Kibondo.
Diesel thermal power
generation is not environmental friendly and is
expensive. Thus, the completion of Malagarasi
Hydropower project will reduce the environmental
impacts and improve environmental conservation.
The Kigoma town peak demand is about 5.5MW.
When one machine is out of service due of delay of
spare parts of fuel the load shedding is inevitable
The project will increase taxes and council levy
collection as the project will pump money in the
region.
Water supply projects in the region will benefit from
the project.
The construction of 33kV distribution line from
Kidahwe substation to Kigoma will at the moment is
sufficient to bring power to Kigoma town
Compensation should be fair and done timely
Educate/create people awareness on the project
impacts
115




The project offers many advantages to the
Kigoma Region than having not the
project.
The project benefits exceed the
environmental and social costs of the
project.
Noted
Compensation process shall be done
transparently following the laid down





Igamba Sub-village








procedures as per Land Act and Land
Regulations
The contractor will be advised to hire local
people for specific tasks e.g. labours need
to be hired from the village
Compensation will be paid following the
approval by Chief Government Valuer. All
grievances will be addressed including
those people who were not paid.
The project will prepare a livelihood
restoration programme on which agreed
projects will be implemented (dispensary,
school classrooms, water, etc.) depending
on the availability of funds.
Noted


Compensation shall be effected fairly
Compensation shall be effected fairly

During valuation process all PAPs shall be
involved in the whole process

It shall be relocated according to the
relevant national legislations

There shall be livelihood restoration
programmed to be implemented by
TANESCO

The contractor shall liaise with village
leaders to recruit labours required
The issue of providing employment to local labours
is of paramount importance

The project should electrify the villages
There are several PAPs who were not paid
compensation by the previous project. Please

consider them to avoid conflict with land owners
The valuer for the previous project used abusive/
inappropriate language so we caution the district
council to use another one.
We ask the project to help on construction of 
secondary school, dispensary, village office and
water project as agreed by TANESCO and project
financiers
We need the project to take on so let the
government implement it
The valuation process should be fair and transparent
The compensation payment should be effected as
soon as the valuation process is done
Most of us did not satisfied with previous payment
during MCC project. So we insist TANESCO to
consider our livelihoods this time around
There is a grave in the project area so compensation
should be made on the same
We are asking TANESCO to construct primary school
in the village and other social services
Contractor should recruit most of labours from this
area
116
Local NGO’s and CBO’s 
1.Mandela Paralegal
Organisation
(MAPAO)








2.
Kigoma
AIDS 
Control
Network
(KACON)

It is local NGO working on human rights, legal
services, HIV/AIDS and environmental conservation.
The Director stated that he is very impressed by the
establishment of the project.
Most of their concerns were based on transparent
valuation and compensation processes
Sensitization and awareness meetings should be
given to all communities along the project route
TANESCO should collaborate with local leaders to
address all issues pertaining the project
Contractor should be briefed on the culture and
tradition of the local communities
We are ready to assist where the contractor or
TANESCO would need our service
As of recent the land conflicts along the project is
less so the project should not bring this problem
Provide employment to local people
PAPs should open Bank Accounts and all payments
should be effected through their accounts not cash
in hands

Noted

This will be done

Noted

Noted

This is NGO working on community awareness on 
ways to prevent and control HIV/ AIDS
The NGO has wide range of experience in working
with local and international contractors to provide
seminars and workshops to local communities on
ways to prevent and control HIV transmission
117
It is how it is done nowadays
Noted




3.Hopes
of
the 
Community
Foundation (HCF)




4. Vijana Pamoja 
Twaweza (2014)
We are ready to work with TANESCO during project
implementation
Contractor should train his working crew on ways to
control HIV/ AIDS transmission
TANESCO should conduct valuation exercise in a
transparent way
We praise government to implement this project
and thus we are here to work hand in hand with
TANESCO to ensure the project will generate as
minimum social impacts as possible
This is NGO working on the improvement of the lives
of local communities through training them with
entrepreneurial skills, providing Loans, HIV
awareness, water wells drilling and supply of solar
panels to the communities that in off grid areas.
We appreciate this power project and we promise
that HCF is ready to work with TANESCO
We advise TANESCO implement the compensation
payment in a smart way to avoid many complains
that would halt implementation of the project
We advise the contractor should hire youths from
the respective villages
Also local leaders and the general public should be
integrated in every stage of the project
implementation

Noted


Noted
Noted

Noted

TANESCO shall liaise with village leaders to
address all issues
Noted
This is CBO that is training youths in the villages on 
strategies to improve their living standards through
poultry keeping, business trainings, entrepreneurial
activities.
118

We are ready to organise youths to work with

contractor during project construction
 We advise TANESCO to liaise all relevant
stakeholders and communities to solve issues that
might raise in the course of implementation this
project
 Compensation of should be made/ paid

transparently
 Land issues should be addressed accordingly
 The villages affected by the project should be given
high priority during recruitment of un-skilled labours

Source: Malagarasi Stage III HPP, August 2017
119
Noted
Compensation will be paid after it has
been approved by the Chief Government
Valuer
Noted
5.7
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
General Response to the Raised Concerns
Compensation; Valuation process will be transparent and compensation will be
fair and prompt but following government regulations and financiers safeguard
requirements. Government valuers of the respective district or region will execute
valuation task. However, TANESCO will supervise the work to ensure the exercise
is transparent, inclusive and past mistakes from previous project are addressed
properly.
Village Electrification: Rural electrification program for the project will focus on
electricity densification for the villages that have already been reached by
electricity and for those not connected electrification will be extended to the
villages
Awareness/education; Sensitization programs will be prepared and implemented
in collaboration with district experts, wards and local NGOs on the issues of
HIV/AIDS, health and safety, utilization of economic opportunities, etc.
throughout the project implementation.
Special help to vulnerable groups; TANESCO and Valuer with the help of local
leaders will identify PAPs who fall under this group and arrange for special
assistance where needed. However, this group will be precisely identified during
social economic survey in detailed EIA.
Graves/Grave yards; In case graves are found in the project area, TANESCO will
pay compensation for each grave and relocate those graves as per Grave
Relocation Act of 1969.
Employment opportunity; TANESCO shall advise contractor to use local people of
the respective area for skilled and unskilled works where available.
Loss of trees, TANESCO will compensate tree and the respective village/owner
should use that cash for planting/ establishing new reserve for the loss
Water sources; TANESCO will avoid impacting water sources
Compensation payments modalities; TANESCO will pay compensation through
cheques and through PAP’s bank account. Those with small amount of
compensation, special arrangement will be done. TANESCO will work closely with
banks to assist PAPs in opening the bank accounts.
Accident prevention to workers and villagers: Apart from awareness campaign
on safety issues, TANESCO in collaboration with contractors will erect warning
signs in dangerous areas, provide personal protective equipment, instructing
drivers to slow down on pedestrian crossings, enclosing working sites, fencing the
substation area and placing security guards in all sensitive installations.
Project benefits to the villages: The project will prepare a livelihood restoration
programme on which every affected village will advise on the type of project to
be implemented (dispensary, school classrooms, water, etc.) depending on the
availability of funds.
120
CHAPTER SIX: ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS AND IDENTIFICATION OF
ALTERNATIVES
The project will comprise of the following phases: pre-mobilization, mobilization, construction,
operation and decommissioning. These phases will have some impacts on certain aspects of the
biophysical and social-economic environment either positively or negatively and sometimes
neutral.
The assessment is based on the effects of the project on the topics grouped into landform, water
resources, ecological resources, aesthetic values, cultural environment, public health and safety
and socio-economic factors. These impacts are substantiated during consultations. The impacts
can be local, regional or international nature, thus boundaries need to be defined.
6.1
Project Boundaries
Determining the boundaries within which the EIA to be undertaken is an important step in the
identification of impacts since this will also determine the extent in which the impacts will be
experienced. Three types of boundaries that are considered in this ESIA are: institutional, spatial
and temporal boundaries.
6.1.1 Institutional boundaries
These are institutions sectoral boundaries in which the project lies or interacts. These can be
determined from political boundaries, acts, regulations and institutional mandates. The
proposed development is about construction of Malagarasi stage III hydropower plant and will
be implemented in rural areas. The development is expected to touch the interest of several
institutions and organizations and is in relation to several policies, laws and regulations in
Tanzania.
6.1.2 Impacts Spatial boundary
The spatial dimension encompasses the geographical spread of the impacts i.e. local, regional,
national or international regardless of whether they are short term or long term. The spatial scale
considers the receptor environmental components. Spatial boundaries are crucial to decide on
whether impacts are likely to occur at local, regional, national or international level. The
proposed of Malagarasi stage III hydropower plant in Kigoma Region will have wide ranging
implications that could be felt locally, regionally, and probably nationally thus, causing impacts
as far as to those areas. In the case of this project, the core impact area consists of communities
and institutions around Igamba sub village. This core impact area is surrounded by an immediate
121
impact area, an area that is outside but plays important role or bears relatively some of the
impacts (positively or negatively).
7.1.3 Impacts temporal boundaries
Temporal boundaries refer to the lifespan and reversibility of impacts. The temporal impacts can
be either short term or long term. The short-term impacts are considered to be those which will
be apparent only for a short period and as such will include mainly construction activities related
impacts. The long-term impacts are considered to be those which will be apparent after
construction has been completed (but may include also impacts which may become apparent
during the construction phase). Consideration will also be given to what happens when the
project ends, where there is a need for site restoration and decommissioning.
Short-term impacts include noise, dust and vehicle movements, spillage of hazardous materials
and pollution of water bodies that will disappear as soon as construction is finished but existence
of the power plant will last for many years to come. Long-term impacts include reduced biotic
viability and existence of sensitive plants and impact on public health and spread of HIV, AIDS
and other STDs, impact on vegetation, boost to the local economy through employment and
other benefits to the local communities in relation to accessibility to the electricity.
7.2
Possible Impacts Identification
Power generating project usually involves pre-mobilization, mobilization, construction, operation
and decommissioning. These phases are likely to have some impacts on certain aspects of the
bio-physical and social economic environment either positively or negatively and sometime
neutral. Therefore, it is anticipated that there will be environmental and social impacts affecting
various groups socially and economically. It is further anticipated that the communities will have
to be protected from any negative impacts, while opportunities to be offered by the project need
to be made visible to the communities. Those various groups likely to be affected by the project
were closely involved in raising their concerns of the project which are addressed in the
stakeholder’s consultation chapters of this EIA report.
7.2.1 Methodology Used to Assess the Significance of Impacts
The approach used to assess the significance of the potential impacts is to apply significant ratings
to each impact based on objective criteria, such as magnitude, extent and duration of that
impact. The final evaluation of the significance of impacts is a combination of those parameters
and the probability of occurrence of that impact. For the significant impacts mitigation measures
are proposed. Based on the experience, available data, measurements and other qualitative
122
attributes the assessor predicts the extent of impact, magnitude, duration and probability of
occurrence to determine significance. The determination of those parameters follows the
definitions in the table below.
Table 15: Assessment criteria for evaluation of impacts
First Step Criterion
Categories
Extent or Spatial influence of Spatial distribution – extent of an area/volume covered or to be
Impact
affected.
Site specific; Local; Regional; National; International
High: natural and/or social functions and/or processes are
Magnitude of Impact at that severely altered
spatial scale or intensity
Medium: natural and /or social functions and /or processes are
notably altered
Low: natural and /or social functions and/or processes are
negligibly or minimally altered
Intensity – This parameter also assesses the magnitude of the
impact or violation of a certain standards
Duration of Impact
This is whether it is short term/ temporary, medium term or long
term/ permanent. This will refer to the life of the impact.
For this project The terms to be used include:
 Short Term (ST): 0-1 years;
 Medium Term (MT) 1-5 years;
 Long Term (LT): 5+ years
Likelihood
Terms in use include likely, unlikely, or certain
This will refer to the level of possibility that the impact will occur.
Unlikely will mean that the possibility of occurrence is limited or
none because of the inherent nature of the project and design to
be used;
Likely will refer to the possibility that the impact may occur; and
Certain will mean that the impact will surely occur irrespective of
the preventive measures adopted
Nature of the impact
This is for both positive and negative impacts;
It may mean direct, indirect, cumulative or synergistic.
Reversibility
This is whether the impact can be reversed or not. Irreversible
means the impact is permanent even if mitigation measures are
implemented the destruction cannot be reversed
123
Degree of Significance
This will incorporate the above mentioned parameters (extent,
intensity, magnitude, likelihood, duration and reversibility) to
determine how severe the impact will be. The categories of these
parameters will be:
 Low significance
 Medium significance; and
 High significance
Source: Modified Brownlie and Willemse (1996)
Other criteria considered to evaluate whether or not adverse impacts are significant include:
•
•
•
environmental loss and deterioration;
rate of environmental and social change occurring directly or indirectly;
non-conformity with or deviation from required environmental standards, regulations and
guidelines;
o prescribed limits on waste/emission discharges and/or concentrations;
o ambient air and water quality standards established by law or regulations;
o prescribed noise levels;
o Breach of legal, approved or statutory requirements;
Acceptability of risk.
•
On ecological side other criteria to evaluate adverse impacts on natural resources, ecological
functions or designated areas include:
•
•
•
•
reductions in species diversity;
depletion or fragmentation on flora and fauna habitat;
loss of threatened, rare or endangered species;
Impairment of ecological integrity, resilience or health e.g.
o disruption of food chains;
o decline in species population;
o Alterations in predator-prey relationships.
Other criteria used to evaluate the significance of adverse social impacts that result from
biophysical or biochemical changes include:
•
•
•
•
threats to human health and safety e.g. from release of persistent and/or toxic chemicals;
decline in commercially valuable or locally important species or resources e.g. fish, forests
and farmland;
loss of areas or environmental components that have cultural, recreational or aesthetic
value;
displacement of people caused by e.g. construction of substations, transmission lines and
distribution lines;
124
Therefore, depending on the issue the evaluation of the impacts will differ according to
evaluation criteria outlined above.
7.3
Positive Impact during Construction and Operation phase
7.3.1 Employment Opportunities
Employment opportunities are not usually offered to local communities by construction
contractors. However there will be low-skilled employment related to roads, land clearing and
site-specific clearing. In addition through some training (Livelihoods Restoration Program/SubPlan) skills can be acquired which can be use in the region also. Any employment opportunities
offered will be more than welcome due to the high unemployment status and can directly affect
livelihoods.
Significance: Unmanaged impact - significance Low positive, managed impact - significance
Medium positive
7.3.2 Positive Social impacts
The major significant positive benefit of the project will be the provision of clean and sustainable
hydropower. This will provide to the region with the needed energy requirements for
development. Such development will lead to the spin-off benefits of jobs, improved income and
improved educational levels and health services. In other words it is likely that the socialeconomic conditions will be improved and poverty levels will be reduced.
Another major benefit is the replacement of energy production sourced from fossil fuels with
that produced from a sustainable source. In turn, this will eliminate the CO 2 emissions that would
result from the use of fossil fuels.
During the construction phase there will be both short-term and long-term employment
opportunities as well as training opportunities for local hired workers. Skills development: local
labourers - gain skills, knowledge and experience in construction works - masonry, carpentry etc.
7.3.3 Positive Economic Impact
Raw materials such cement, gravel, steel etc. to be purchased and used during construction of
the proposed power project will all be subjected to the value added tax (VAT) and other
applicable taxes. This evenly goes into adding income to the government coffers and local
producers of raw materials such as Cement etc.
125
Enterprise development and induced development: from informal to formal business. Service
providers gain income, and knowledge of better service provision – changing from vender to
erection of permanent structures /shopping centre, e.g. canteens, shops. This will also motivate
women and create opportunities for them to start involving themselves in Income Generation
Activities (IGAs).
Overall, this is a positive impact from the proposed project however the impact is low positive
with low significance.
7.4
Negative Impacts during Construction, Operation and Decommission Phase
7.4.1 Impact on Climate
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction
Operational
Decommissioning/Rehabilitation
All construction
related activities
Flooding of the
reservoir
Removal of wall and release of
sediments
During the construction phase of all components of the project, CO 2 and SO2 emissions associated
with transport, excavation, including quarrying, and cement production will be produced. Such
emissions contribute to climate change, however, since the construction phase is conducted for
a relatively short period the impacts will be of low significance and will be offset by the fact that
the project replaces energy that would normally be produced through the burning of fossil fuels.
Therefore, overall the impact on the climate will be very small in terms of local or national
emissions and temporary in nature during the day, and during construction period only.
Operational Phase: The construction of the access road will require the permanent removal of
vegetation (approximately 1 km2). Some of this vegetation will be replaced through natural
regeneration by grasses and shrubs but will not possess the sequestration capacity that higher
vegetation (trees) can provide. The loss of this capacity will be offset by the project’s ability to
produce energy without greenhouse gas emissions. The total area of dry land vegetation in eth
HPP DIZ is 138 ha of which 11.85 ha is cleared for arable agriculture.
Of greater concern in the tropics are the potential greenhouse gas emissions of reservoirs. In this
case the largely run-of-river scheme and absence of a storage reservoir together with 67 % of the
reservoir area falling into the existing river channel negates concerns about greenhouse gas
emissions. The reservoir is limited to 13.5 ha at the 842 masl contour. Approximately 1.1 ha of
riparian woodland and an additional 1 ha of miombo (disturbed) woodland will be flooded.
Hence the impact is regarded as negative, short term, and low in significance.
126
7.4.2 Soil Erosion and pollution
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction
Operational
Decommissioning/Rehabilitation
Road
construction, Access road
Road maintenance
clearing
of
sites, maintenance
opening of borrows,
construction of canal
and coffer dams
The construction works associated with the dam and its facilities involve major works to construct
the diversion channel, coffer dams, access roads to plant buildings, administration and living
quarters. Erosion of exposed red soils is likely to occur during rainy periods, increasing sediment
load and siltation of the river. Permanent physical modification along the natural terrain will also
occur particularly along contours as a result of cut and fill operations. The potential for erosion
of exposed soils during the construction operations exists until such time as permanent cover is
established either through hardcore covering, concrete covering or re-vegetation. Site drainage
works could also give rise to erosion and landslides if not properly designed, implemented and
maintained. This would also increase silt load to watercourses. Implementation of the relevant
guidelines during construction will ensure minimal exposure of potentially erodible soils.
Geotechnical assessment of works areas will be undertaken prior to any works commencing to
ensure minimum landslide risk. This will also be important as it relates to blasting for quarries.
The proposed access road will require significant works along the route corridor. Road works may
require significant cut and fill activity particularly along the steep banks of Malagarasi River and
the escarpment down towards the Malagarasi River Valley. Erosion along the road side, if not
adequately controlled, could result in gully formation, particularly during the wet season. If any
blasting is required for the road works this action could trigger further erosion and landslides.
Activities during decommissioning of worker camps, workshops, dumps and the likely are not
seen as erosion threats.
Operational Phase continual erosion could occur if effective erosion control (e.g. slope
stabilization) and landscaping has not been implemented. Without mitigation the impact could
be high. The impact is regarded as negative, short term, and medium significance.
127
7.4.3 Loss of biodiversity
7.4.3.1 Reduction in the population of limited range endemic species
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction
Operational
Establishment of coffer Flooding up to base of
dam stopping flow
Igamba Falls
Removal of coffer dam, Minimum
flow
increased
sediment reduced from a dry
load.
season average of
3035 to 10 cumecs
Decommissioning/Rehabilitation
Removal of dam wall will require use of
the diversion canal, establishment of a
coffer dam, drying out of the lower rapids
for 16 months.
About 2.5 ha of riparian will be submerged by the reservoir. Upstream and downstream riparian
is expected to recover from past clearing for lands areas while under the management of
TANESCO.
The maximum proposed reservoir (841.5 m) will submerge approximately 0.5 ha of moderately
important snail habitat and a further 2 ha of marginal habitat. A maximum of 24.2% of Igamba
Snail habitat lies downstream of the Stage III dam. Loss of important habit downstream is
expected to occur when flow is limited to an environmental flow release of 10 cumecs. This is
expected to reduce the snail habitat below the reservoir from 4.5 ha moderate habitat and 9 ha
prime habitat to 1.3 and 3.1 ha respectively with an EFR of 10 cumecs, the overall prime snail
habitat will be reduced by 13.3 % and secondary habitat by 29 %;. This is a maximum overall loss
of Igamba Snail habitat of 16.5%.
The Igamba Gobe Cichlid would also be reduced by the Stage III scheme. If operated at an EFR of
10 cumecs, primary habitat will be reduced by 17.4 %, secondary habitat by 20.9 % and the total
Igamba Gobe Cichlid habitat area will be reduced from approximately 96 ha to 78 ha, a reduction
in habitat of 18.8 %.
Specialist studies of the biodiversity and presence of fish and other aquatic species have been
conducted in the stretch of the Malagarasi River that would be affected by the project. These
studies have resulted in the discovery of the presence of a new cichlid species which was
recorded only at Igamba Falls. This unusual new species of Orthochromis resembles the genus
Gobiocichla. This species was found to be very common throughout the project area but was not
found further up river, either in the gorge immediately above the project area or at Uvinza. The
distribution of this species is limited and most of its natural range falls within the river reaches
affected by the three phases of the project.
128
Three new species of Chiloglanis catfish occur in the project area. All three species are widely
distributed in the river and occur upstream at least as far as Uvinza. As suitable habitat exists for
many kilometers above the area impacted by the project, it is probable that, while the project
will have an impact on the populations, the species will continue to exist outside the project zone.
The impact is regarded as negative, long term, and high significance.
7.4.3.2 Reduction of fish population
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction
Operational
Decommissioning/Rehabilitation
Establishment of coffer Physical barrier Removal of wall and reestablishing
dam Stopping/reducing of the dam wall.
movements
term
flow. Removal of coffer Short
in
dam, increased sediment fluctuations
river levels.
load.
The Stage III dam will have negative impacts on the river ecosystem. The construction of this dam
will cut off access by migratory Lake Tanganyika fishes to the long deep run below the main
Igamba Falls. Not all Tanganyika riverine fishes negotiate the rapids and falls below the deep run,
for instance endemic Tanganyika cichlids and Tanganyika Lates spp do not appear to ascend
further than the bottom waterfall.
Labeo cf. coubie appears to be the major species that could possibly be eliminated from this short
stretch of river. Sampling during the low water period in 2009 and observations using mask and
snorkel in 2010, however, revealed that it is resident and is not purely a migratory species during
the rains from the lower reaches of the river. Other species that are also present above Igamba
Falls, e.g. the two species of Labeobarbus, are also important in the gillnet catches below the
falls. Thus the loss of the Lake Tanganyika species from this stretch will not have a major negative
ecological or economic impact.
The daily fluctuations in water levels may impact on breeding success of fish migrating from the
lake up to the pool below the bottom waterfall. Species that breed in shallow water face having
their eggs exposed by drops in a level when the dam is being used to build up a head during
offpeak periods. African riverine fish species, particularly those that breed during floods are,
however, adapted to strongly fluctuating environments, and thus impacts on breeding success of
added man-induced level changes may not be severe. The run-of –river design of the project will
limit river fluctuations to the dry season when most fish are not breeding. (Most of the fish breed
129
during the rains, and the larger valuable species such as the Labeo and Labeobarbus certainly do.
Some may breed throughout the year with the possible exception of the coldest months, e.g.
Opsaridium species, but these still have most activity in the rains).
Further downstream, the damping effect of the long deep pools and shallow stretches will mean
that there is less impact on breeding. Thus, although there is likely to be an impact on breeding
success of the hydroelectric scheme, it is very difficult to quantify and is most likely to be low.
At the Malagarasi delta in Lake Tanganyika and at the present lake level, the entire ~13 km stretch
of river below the lowermost rapids is at lake level with little observable flow. This stretch will
therefore not be impacted by fluctuations in level caused by the daily manipulation of flow rates
for hydroelectricity generation.
In consequence, while every effort should be made to minimize fluctuations and ensure there is
no extremely sudden change in flow rate, the effect on the downstream fishery will be very low.
The impact is regarded as negative, long term of medium significance.
7.4.3.3 Loss of Terrestrial Wildlife
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction
Operational
Decommissioning/Rehabilitation
All construction
Presence of permanent
activities and housing
staff
of temporary workers
in the area
There is evidence of a small hippo population in the gorge above the dam site and this population
likely represents the lower most distribution point above the Igamba Falls, and possibly
connecting populations in the Malagarasi-Moyowosi wetland with those in the delta region of
Lake Tanganyika. It is probable that hippos will become resident in the Stage III reservoir.
All mammals species recorded have a wide geographic distribution in eastern and southern Africa
and are neither rare nor threatened with extinction. Hunting of animals in the area has been high
with the past presence of refugee camps and establishment of settlements on the left bank of
the river. It is important to ensure that construction crews do not participate in illegal hunting
nor purchase bush meat.
Some amphibian species observed at the site e.g. the groove-crowned bullfrog and the African
clawed frog are dependent on stagnant pools of permanent water for their breeding and survival
while some species like the guttural toad and the red toad depend on seasonal water pools for
130
breeding. The diversion of water to produce hydroelectric power may affect the amphibian
population that is found between the proposed dam site and tailrace area.
Habitat requirements for reptiles appear to be less specific than for amphibians, but it is expected
that they too would be impacted from project development activities including habitat loss.
The left bank falls under the proposed Masito-Ugalla Conservation area. This area represents one
of the more important areas for conservation of globally important species including
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Other species of interest in the Masito-Ugalla Conservation area
which are listed on CITES appendices include leopards, lions, pangolins, red colobus monkey,
bushbaby and African elephant. The evidence that the ecosystem is a home of chimpanzees and
several other species of conservation importance makes the area a high priority for conservation.
A study by the Jane Goodall Institute, 2008 indicated that chimpanzee nests in MUE were located
in riverine vegetation, on rugged hill slopes and woodland habitats. It is possible that with
protection, chimpanzees will move back into the riverine woodlands in the Igamba area.
Only two species of birds observed during the faunal survey are regarded as threatened. These
are the pallid harrier and southern ground-hornbill and neither of these will lose habitat to the
project. The impact is considered short term of low significance
7.4.3.4 Vegetation and Habitat Degradation
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction
Operational
Decommissioning/Rehabilitation
Clearing of sites and lay Flooding of reservoir.
down
areas, Improved access road.
establishment of rock
dumps, construction of
access road, borrows and
quarries.
Vegetation of the project area is not particularly unique or pristine. Most of the riverine
woodland has been cleared or disturbed for subsistence agriculture and timber trees and the
surrounding miombo woodlands have been logged for timber products.
The study area is generally interesting in that it contains species with high affinity to
Guinea-Congolian phytochorion that extends to Western Africa as exemplified by
presence of such species as Monathotaxis poggei, Oldfieldia sp, etc. However, most of
such species locally are wide spread and therefore they might not be of conservation
concern.
131
Clearing of vegetation for buildings, roads, parking areas and other uses are likely to have
the biggest impact on butterflies and moths, as their larva depends on plants for food.
However, since most of the species have a wide distribution the impact will be local in
nature. The riverine forest patches need to be considered for conservation, as they
harbor several forest-dependent species. Most of the species has not been assessed yet
for the status on IUCN Red list, (RBA – 2017). The impact is considered short term of
medium significance.
7.4.3.5 Impact on Protected Areas and Tourism
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction
Operational
Construction of the
Improved road access
dam.
to the Igamba area
Decommissioning/Rehabilitation
Removal of wall and reestablishing fiver
flow
Upstream are the protected wetlands of the Malagarasi-Moyowosi Ramsar Site. The site is a vast
and complex riverine floodplain wetland in the basin of the Malagarasi River in North West
Tanzania. Ramsar considers it to be one of the largest and most important wetlands in East Africa.
The Site covers an estimated area of 3.25 million ha. The core area comprises lakes and open
water in the dry season covering about 250,000 ha, together with a permanent papyrus swamp
of about 200,000 ha with large peripheral flood plains that fluctuate widely on a yearly basis
depending on the amount of rainfall but cover up to 1.5 million ha. The wetland habitats are
surrounded by extensive miombo woodlands and wooded grasslands. These wetlands lie
between the upper catchment, which has been developed for agriculture and the lower
catchment which tends to remain as forest, grassland or wetland systems. It is thus, a vital
wetland system to the preservation of dry season water flow and maintenance of water quality.
Approximately 20 km upstream of the HPP there is the Ugalla Forestry Area and not directly
affected by the project. The left bank of the Malagarasi River, adjacent to the project area falls
into the Masito-Ugalla Conservation area (MUE). Since 2009 the district officials have been
moving people out of the area, burning huts and confiscating fishing equipment.
The Masito-Ugalla Ecosystem (MUE) is of significant importance with regards Biological Diversity
particularly due to its’ resident chimpanzee populations and associated flora and fauna.
The Jane Goodall Institute-Tanzania has embarked on a Community Centred Conservation
Program for the MUE with the objective to establish mechanisms for the long-term conservation
of biodiversity and their habitat, and to increase community’s engagement in sustainable natural
132
resource management. In developing conservation strategies a biodiversity assessment was
conducted in 2007 which identified several threats to the biodiversity of the area that would pose
challenges for conservation.
The threats to Biodiversity in the MUE include:
1. Uncontrolled fire - uncontrolled fire is the highest threat indicator. Causes of fire
are reported to include fire set for poaching purposes, honey collection, scaring
animals and escaping fire from adjacent villages during farm preparation.
2. Illegal lumbering – this is the second most important threat after fire. Most of
the harvested trees include Pterocarpus angolensis (Mninga), Milicia excelsa
(Mvule), Pterocarpus tinctorius (Mkulungu) and Brachystegia spp (Miombo). The
harvested timber is used for beehives and construction.
3. Illegal hunting – Hunting using different techniques such as snares and organised
groups with dogs is evident in the MUE.
4. Honey hunting – beehives, honey camps and debarking for making traditional
beehives is generally indicative of honey collecting activities.
Human settlements and population increase –The greatest threat to biodiversity in western
Tanzania is the loss of habitat which has been propelled mainly by the increasing human
population and their needs for farmland, settlements
5. Fishing – The availability of streams in MUE allows fishing activities in the
surrounding villages, although some people come from different villages and
districts. Fishing is generally illegal.
During construction river flow in the lower rapids will be minimal (0.2 cumecs). During the stage
1 diversion and dam wall construction (about 9 months) the lower rapids will be easily crossed
and MUE could be exposed to increased illegal use.
Tourism is important within the Tanzanian economy and is one of the major drivers of growth.
Between 2005 and 2008 tourism increased on an average of 18 % per annum. It was then affected
by the global financial crisis as most of the country’s visitors are from developed countries which
were hardest hit by the crisis (USA, Europe) (2009 Tourism Sector Survey). There is little doubt
that tourism, particularly wildlife and wilderness based tourism, will continue to grow and that
in the long term the MUE will become an integral part of the Lake Tanganyika tourism circuit.
From a tourism perspective the area has a number of attractions,
•
the MUE;
133
•
the Igamba Falls;
•
Igamba Rock (Heritage site);
•
The unique geology of the area creating the potholes;
•
The uniqueness of the overall Igamba area in evolutionary terms and the
endemic species of the area.
None of these attributes are presently used for tourism due to the isolated nature of the area,
high levels of habitat disturbance and low wildlife densities.
The hydropower scheme will be influenced by the implementation of the Malagarasi-Moyowosi
Ramsar site particularly its water quality and dry season water flows. The presence of the MUE
to on the left bank has important implications for the scheme as the left bank must be respected
and disturbance kept to the minimum. There are potential benefits arising from the construction
of an access road to the Igamba Falls area to increase tourist access and use of the MUE. In the
following assessment the impact of upstream changes are not assessed, rather the impact of the
hydropower scheme on the MUE in terms of disturbance is considered. , there will be earthworks
and construction occurring and increased access to the left bank both during construction and
operation. The impact is considered short term of low significance
7.4.4 Decline in Surface Water Quality
7.4.4.1 Water Quality and Sedimentation of the Ponding Dam
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction
Operational
Decommissioning/Rehabilitation
Establishment
of Operation of scouring
camps,
construction mechanisms,
vehicle maintenance,
construction activities,
coffer dams, waste
management
The Malagarasi River and several tributaries provide the source of domestic water
(drinking/cooking, washing, bathing, cleaning) for households situated along the river banks and
for migrant fishers and timber harvesters. Currently river water quality is good and dry season
silt levels low.
Most impacts to water quality will come from the construction phase. During construction a
number of activities have the potential for affecting the water quality of the river. These activities
134
can include improper handling of fuel, oil, lubricants and other toxic chemicals, improper
machinery maintenance resulting in spillage and leakage, and haphazard disposal of construction
and operations waste. Improper sanitary facilities for the workforce can contribute to water
quality degradation. These contamination sources can affect local users of river water including
the introduction of water borne diseases and the ingestion of toxic substances. As well,
contaminated water could affect the river’s fishery upon which fishers depend.
During construction of the coffer dams there is a high likelihood that soils used in the dam
construction will be washed into the lower rapids area. Large volumes under low flow conditions
will have a significant effect on the biota and habitats of the lower rapids.
Under operation the dam will release a compensation flow into the river. As the system is a runof-river scheme, this water should be of a high quality. Generally residence time of river water in
the live storage will be less than one hour for 4 months of the year, two hours for the next 3.5
months and less than three hours 20 minutes for the rest on run-of-river operation. During
peaking residence time could be between 10 and 18 hours (Figure 6-1 for residence time of water
in live storage).
If and when sediments are to be scoured from the diversion canal, this will occur during the low
flow period when the water is clear and sediment loads low. Fortunately the scouring will bypass
most of the downstream highly sensitive areas where the Igamba snail and Igamba Goby cichlid
habitat occurs, but will have an effect of increasing turbidity downstream of the lower falls.
Although the quality of the water (particularly turbidity) may change during the HPP construction
phase, the increase in turbidity should cause little or no permanent alteration to the
physiochemical parameters, and hence, to water quality. The impact is considered short term of
low significance
7.4.4.2 Fluctuations in river flows immediately downstream of the dam wall
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction
Operational
Establishment of coffer
Diversion of low
dam Stopping/reducing
flow water to the
flow during construction hydropower station
of the main wall
during normal
operation
135
Decommissioning/Rehabilitation
Diversion of the full river flow will be required to facilitate construction of the permanent
concrete diversion dam. The river will be diverted, using coffer dams, through a temporary
culvert around the construction area location. The new dam will be constructed between
upstream and downstream coffer dams. The diversion water will be discharge to the Kabuchweri
tributary and then flow via the northern Kabuchweri/Malagarasi channel to the lower falls just
above the deep pool. Flow in the river will be disrupted at the location of the dam only and the
overall flow of the Malagarasi will not be affected. After construction the diversion culvert will
only be used for scouring of sediments when necessary.
During this period (Diversion Stage 1) the lower rapids will dry out unless an EFR is pumped
around the diversion. The Feasibility Study identifies 0.2 cumecs as the maximum volume that
can be effectively pumped. This will keep biota in the main channel alive but the rest of the
system will dry out.
Following construction of the permanent dam and to facilitate construction of the concrete
culvert power canal the diversion channel itself will be dammed. During this phase of the
construction operation the dam spillway will come into operation following filling of the dam
inundation area of about 13.5 ha thereby allowing normal river flow levels. There may be reduced
flow in the river for a brief period during reservoir filling.
The main impact area which will experience reduced or no flow will be the area between the two
coffer dams where the permanent dam will be constructed and the downstream rapids where a
reduced EFR will occur. Flow will continue over the spillway of the dam when it is complete and
before it becomes operational.
Operational Phase: During the operational phase a maximum of 171 m3/s of river flow will be
diverted to enable full power generation. Remaining river flow will be spilled over the dam into
the main river channel. Once river flow falls below 171 (for power) +10 (EFR) m3/s then all water
will be directed through the turbines and only the EFR of 10m 3/s will be released into the lower
rapids. Below 33m3/s the reservoir will operate as storage for daily. The impact is considered of
short term with medium significance
7.4.4.3 Fluctuations in river flow downstream of the DIZ
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction
Operational
Decommissioning/Rehabilitation
Filling of ponding dam Storage for peaking
power and release of
stored water
136
The proposed optimization of the hydropower potential at the Stage III site will result in the need
to temporarily pond water for periods up to 10 hours a day over the three month dry season.
During ponding, only the EFR is released (10m3/s). This situation would continue for up to 10
hours or until the reservoir is full, whichever occurs soonest. Then the water will be released
through the turbines at approximately 23m3/s, thus together with the EFR, the flow rate will jump
from 10 to 33 m3/s. This change in flows will be felt downstream reducing as one move
downstream due to the attenuation effect of the river pools until the river drops into the low
gradient channel section influenced by the Lake waters just upstream of the Ilanga Ferry. The
variation in water level is roughly estimated to be in the order of 2-12 cm (ESBI Study Hydrologist
pers. Com). Such variations on a daily basis were observed by the hydrologist during project field
work. This impact is considered short term of low significance
137
7.4.5 Noise and Vibration
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction
Operational
All
construction
activities, quarrying
and
excavations
Construction traffic
Decommissioning/Rehabilitation
Turbine operation
and traffic
Noise and vibration are nuisances but could be considered health issues. Most noise will emanate
from working construction equipment, road building equipment and from quarry blasting. Noise
and vibration is usually a product of blasting and vehicular traffic although the batching plant will
also produce a significant amount of dust. The levels of noise to be expected are unknown and it
is not known whether vibration and noise will affect wildlife, particularly the chimpanzees of the
Masito Conservation Area. Dust and noise are short-term due to it being mainly from the
construction plant operation and therefore limited to the construction phase. Noise is most likely
to affect on-site workers if they are not wearing hearing protection. Mostly a nuisance to the
local population but could be a serious health issue to workers who do not wear appropriate
safety equipment. Because the impact on workers could be quite significant, the impact is rated
as moderate.
The operation of the hydropower plant may result in a variety of low level noises (turbines) and
infrequent noises (vehicles). With the exception of workers in close proximity to the turbines
noise will not be a serious impact in this phase. The impact is considere short term of medium
significance
7.4.6 Deterioration of Landscape Aesthetic Value
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction
Operational
Decommissioning/Rehabilitation
Construction
All physical
Removal of all physical structures
activities, clearing of
developments
vegetation, exposure
and rock dumps
of soil surfaces
Landscape is important to consider as it relates to land cover and aesthetics.
Construction phase: The landscape at the civil works site will be greatly altered and during the
actual construction the altered landscape will be extensive to accommodate the various activities
138
and structures associated with the development of the project. Site rehabilitation following
construction will considerably reduce this extensive changed landscape. Coffer dams, the
temporary diversion channel, the concrete power canal and the concrete dam will greatly alter
the river morphology and the southern bank of the river will be physically modified to
accommodate the ancillary buildings, power plant and road infrastructure.
Approximately 430,000 m3 of spoil from the construction of the diversion channel will be
deposited in an area close to the southern bank of the river.
The new access road will alter the landscape, requiring clearance of a corridor 27 km in length
and 37 m in width. The route will traverse woodland and farmland. Cut and fill operations will
alter the local topography and expose the underlying red soil of the road ROW. The ROW will be
void of woodland cover. Road drainage will require modifications to natural drainage systems.
The new bridge will change a natural river and shoreline landscape. Since the altered landscape
does not involve the significant loss of important resources or the loss of species at risk, the
trade-off of the lightly modified landscape for the social and economic gains from the project is
acceptable. The impact of the above landscape changes is of low significance.
Operational Phase: During the operational phase residual landscape changes will include the
concrete dam (300 m wide and up to 8 m high) visible across the Malagarasi some 200 m
upstream of the Igamba Falls. A concrete power canal 600 m in length will be located on the
southern bank from the dam intake to the power generation building and roads and buildings
will occupy the landscape.
The river flow system will be changed at the location of the project and the river area upstream
of the dam will be impounded creating a small reservoir 13.5 ha extending about 1.5 km upstream
of the dam, presenting a large footprint on an undisturbed landscape. River flow over the lower
falls will be reduced for about 9.25 months per year. The impact is considered long term of high
significance
7.4.7 Social and culture impact of the proposed project
7.4.7.1 Potential loss of Archaeological and Cultural Heritage Sites
No places of archaeological importance have been identified in the access road impact area (DIZ)
and SIZ. It is possible that during excavations in the DIZ, objects of archaeological values may be
located. In such cases the construction work has to be stopped immediately and the
archaeological authorities notified. The final access road alignments may affect graves in the DIZ
which were said to belong to one family, although the age of these is not known.
139
The construction phase of the project can have an effect on archaeological sites if not kept
checked. The operation phase will have minimum effect on such sites. The degree of impact, if
sites are present, cannot be determined at present.
The Igamba Rock at Igamba Falls is said to be the source for the "Igamba" name. Originally the
Tongwe ethnic group which inhabited the area in the long past met at the rock for rituals and
ceremonies. There is no recent practice at the rock although the rock has a historical significance
related to its past use. Local communities say that little is known today of Tongwe visits to the
area for worshipping purposes.
The construction and operation phase of the project will have an effect on Igamba Rock site and
may hinder worshipping, if it occurs, although there has been no notice of this in the recent years
by local communities. The impact is considered short term of low significance
7.4.7.2 Increased threat to Safety, Health and Mobility due to road traffic
Some improvements of sections of roads may need to be done for transporting equipment. This
will not change access for commercial, health and education services and would have an overall
positive impact due some road improvements increase mobility and access. Although the latter
will also open up forested areas increasing their vulnerability to exploitation. The proposed 27
km access road to the dam site will improve tremendously the accessibility of villages in the
project impact zone.
Construction Phase: Road safety is a concern to the communities, due to the possible busier,
faster roads going through these villages that can cause accidents. Children are often seen on the
roads playing or going to school. Women and youth are responsible for many common property
and natural resource gathering activities such as tending farms, medicinal herb collection, fire
and construction wood collection, all of which are reliant on paths and roads. Similarly domestic
animals and livestock herders are common along roads.
The HPP site will have a large number of heavy transport movements for transporting building
and excavation materials, and vehicle movements will be required to haul road construction
materials (estimated seven ton truck movements per week during peak construction activity).
There will also be localized heavy vehicle movements, excavators, and diggers during cut, fill and
grading operations along the road. With this number of vehicle movements a local population
that is not accustomed to road traffic, particularly children, will be vulnerable to road accidents.
Construction vehicles usually travel at a speed suited to road conditions and are not always on
the watch for pedestrians. With the amount of traffic anticipated the potential for collision
between construction vehicles and with private vehicles is high as with pedestrians, potential for
injury and death through road accidents is high.
140
Operational Phase: A small amount of traffic will be experienced during the operational phase
and most of this will be associated with the fewer permanent workers living on site and deliveries
of supplies and materials. There will be a small volume of traffic associated with the HPP plant. A
general increase in traffic can be expected as a result of the new access road. The impact can be
considered of long time of medium significance
7.4.7.3 Affected People, and Loss of Assets and Natural Resources
Field work revealed that there were several farms with vegetations and also there is one grave
found along the planned reservoir area in the Igamba stage III water falls close to the low flow
stretch, (more elaboration concern the affected persons will be included on the RAP report).
Reducing agricultural land has a big impact to livelihood as was reported during public
consultations. The crops detailed in the baseline provide an indication of types of crops and trees
that will need to be compensated.
The construction of the dam will definitely hinder or reduce the fish catch in this section of river.
It was also observed that in this stretch some women fetch water for domestic use; therefore the
presence of the project will limit the use of water by women and create inconvenience to water
users particularly during the construction phase. There is also a ‘hiding rock’ where women hide
when taking a bath. The accessibility to this rock will be limited during construction. This impact
is considered long term of high significance
7.4.8 Impacts related to the downstream users due to operation of HPP
The World Bank, in their discussion on environmental flows (Environmental flows in water
resources, policies, plans and projects: Findings and recommendations – R. Hirji and R. Davis
2009) outline issues relating to water requirements downstream of the reservoir and
downstream of the project area (below the tailrace). Most of the emphasis is on the impact of
changes in water flow on downstream users, while there is little discussion on the environmental
impacts in the zone between the reservoir and the tailrace. This section is therefore separated
into two sections, one on the environment and users downstream of the project area and the
other on the project area between the reservoir and the powerhouse tailrace.
7.4.8.1 The impact of HPP on river flow
The engineering design for the hydropower plant is for full optimization and the building of a 44.8
MW plant that will operate as run-of-river together with dry season daily peaking. The
consequence of this is that for flows in excess of 171m 3/s (maximum power production) + 10
m3/s (EFR) water will spill over the dam wall. This will occur on average for 2 months and 3 weeks
per year. Below this flow level all water apart from the EFR will be directed through the HPP.
Once river flows are less than 33m3/s, then the HPP will act as a peaking plant with the upper
three meters of the reservoir being used as live storage. During peaking (and storage) an EFR of
10m3/s will continue to be released and 0 or 23 m3/s directed through the turbines (Refer to
141
Figure 6-2). During peaking the HPP will produce 5 MW power when operating. Power production
could be reduced to 8 hours a day. Once river flow is less than 10m 3/s, the entire flow will be
released as environmental flow.
During flushing of sediments (if they accumulate) the operation will require full release of river
flow down the diversion during inflows of between 133 – 215 m3/s and throttled release of flows
below this volume (down to a minimum of 80m3/s) . This may result in the environmental flow
organ being unable to operate effectively during flushing (up to three hour’s duration). The
frequency of flushing of the diversion is not certain. It could occur annually but is likely to be far
less frequent.
7.4.8.2 Impacts Downstream of the DIZ
EFR requirements will relate to potential impacts on communities using the river system and
impacts on the natural environment.
The proposed design of the river pond and diversion to be a run-of-river with dry season peaking
capacity will result in no change to downstream flows in the wet season, but variations in flows
(between 10 – 33 m3/s) below the project area will occur.
There are no hard and fast calculations for downstream EFR but there are a number of
approaches such as expert panel or the system used in Lesotho Highlands DRIFT (Downstream
Response to Imposed Flow Transformations). These approaches are appropriate when there are
significant changes to downstream river flows. In the case of the Malagarasi which does not have
a storage reservoir (only a daily peaking pond will exist) there are no changes to total volumes
and very little fluctuation in flow except for the 2.4 month period when daily peaking will occur
7.5
Cumulative impact
The combined, incremental effects of human activity pose a threat to the environment. Although
these effects may be insignificant by themselves, they may accumulate over time, from one or
more sources, and can result in significant impacts.
Thus the cumulative impacts of an action can be viewed as the total effects on a resource,
ecosystem, or human community of that action and all other activities affecting that resource.
In this assessment the cumulative impacts are identified and assessed using a expert observation
and knowledge together with a description of the probable future developments/environment
7.5.1 Likely Socio-Economic Developments within the River basin
The future situation will be changed, regardless if the project goes ahead, by the following future
developments/events:
142
1. Increased land pressure adjacent to the project area, along the access route
with expansion of arable agriculture throughout the right bank. Water
quality will decrease steadily.
2. Increasing land pressure may increase political pressure for the de-zoning of
the Protected Area (Masito-Ugalla Ecosystem) on the left bank particularly if
tourism and tourism related revenues do not increase.
3. Demand for electricity will increase exponentially as power supply becomes
available and the residents of the area become more sophisticated in their
needs.
4. TANESCO will connect the west of Tanzania to the East through a
transmission line linking the regions.
5. Power from hydro will be a limiting factor during the dry season and there
will be pressure to improve reliability of supply.
6. Land pressure for arable agriculture will continue to increase in the upper
catchment of the Malagarasi. Irrigated agriculture particularly dry season
irrigation will increase as will cultivation of wetlands for rice production.
7. The Malagarasi-Moyowosi Ramsar Site will come under increasing pressure
for its resources (grazing, arable land and water).
8. Global warming is predicted to affect Tanzania by reducing dry season flows
in the central areas of Tanzania and increasing silt loads in river water.
The above will result in reduced dry season water flow, increased wet season flooding,
degradation of the basin catchment and put pressure on protected areas to be made available
for arable agriculture and livestock production.
7.5.2
Predicted Cumulative Impacts
Based on the above predicted (no project) situation, the cumulative impacts for the various
geographic scales and time periods are outlined in (Table 16).
143
Table 16: Cumulative Impacts Assessment
Scale
Time
Pressure
Short term
(5 year)
Short to
Medium (10
years)
Impacts
Long term
(50 years)
Mitigation
Pressure
Impacts
Mitigation
Pressure
Increase the
presence of
resource
management
authorities
Increased
resource
use due to
improved
road
access
Non
sustainable
timber
abstraction
and
overfishing.
EFR
Reduced
leading to
loss of
biodiversity
habitat
TANESCO to
As for 10 years
work with
district
authorities/Jane
Goodall
Institute within
the Igamba Falls
area. No fishing
in the
downstream
rapids
Increased
settlement
and
resource use
due to
improved
road access.
Pressure to
extend
hydropower
to stage II
site.
Increase in
tourism and
Stage II
developed.
land
degradation,
increased
timber
harvesting,
increase
fishing,
excursions
into MUE.
Loss of most
of the
critical
Wider
distribution of
species of
biodiversity
concern must
be proven.
Increase
support for
policing and
tourism
development in
the
MUE
Impacts
Long term (100 years)
Mitigation
Pressure
Direct Hydropower Impact Zone
Increased
resource
use due to
creation of
jobs
and
improved
road access
Non
sustainable
timber
abstraction
and
overfishing
As for 10
years
Igamba Rapids and Surroundings
Increased
settlement
and
resource use
due to
creation of
jobs and
improved
road access.
Steady
increase in
tourism
land
degradation,
nonsustainable
timber
abstraction
and
overfishing,
excursions
into MUE,
social
disruption
Increase
presence
of
resource
management
authorities in
the
Igamba area
Pressure to extend
hydropower to
stage I site to
provide reliable dry
season power
generation. Pressure
to rezone the MUE
for agriculture
144
Stage I
developed.
Additional
biodiversity
impacts.
Loss of the
MUE
conservation
area, loss of
chimpanzee
habitat
Support for
tourism
development
and policing of
the MUE
As for 50
years
Impacts
Mitigation
Scale
Time
Short term
(5 year)
Short to
Medium (10
years)
Long term
(50 years)
Long term (100 years)
return of
aquatic
chimpanzees habitat
River Basin and District
Power
optimisation
will result in
up to 41.5
kW power
generation
New
transmission
line
corridor,
probably
greater land
take and
different
social
impacts
Full power
transmission
study required
together with
ESIA on route
alignment and
impacts. RAP
probably
required.
Rapid
demand for
electricity in
western
Tanzania.
Increase in
irrigated
arable
agriculture,
Reduced dry
season
flows, dry
season
power
supply
erratic,
increased
livestock
and arable
farming into
the
Ramsar Site
New power
generation
facility
required.
EFR reduced
to increase
dry season
power, loss
of
biodiversity
habitat
below Stage
III and in the
Stage II area
Development of
alternative
sources of
power such as
renewable
energy.
Research into
the EFR to
ascertain if it
can be reduced.
Biodiversity
surveys to see if
species of
concern have a
wider
distribution.
TANESCO to
have
institutional
representation
at the National
Ramsar
secretariat
Increase in irrigated
arable agriculture,
drying out of
wetlands, significant
reduced dry season
flows due to
irrigation and
climate change,
increased levels of
silt in river, dry
season power
supply very erratic,
settlement into the
MalagarasiMuyovozi
Ramsar Site.
145
New power
generation
facility
required. No
EFR , loss of
biodiversity
habitat
below Stage
II area. Loss
of habitat in
the Stage I
area.
Downstream
impacts due
to
construction
of a storage
reservoir,
increased
rate
of
flushing out
of
sediments
required in
Stage III and
II reservoirs.
Development of
alternative
sources of
power such as
renewable
energy.
Establish
effective
regional
transmission
line
interconnectors.
TANESCO to
maintain
institutional
representation
at the National
Ramsar
secretariat
As for 50
years but
problems of
dry season
water supply
for
hydropower
compounded
by global
warming.
Scale
Time
Short term
(5 year)
Short to
Medium (10
years)
Long term
(50 years)
Long term (100 years)
National/Regional
Excess
power
production
during the
wet season
and just
sufficient for
the dry
season
Loss
of Establish
a
revenue
suitable
due
to transmission
wastage of line
excess
interconnector
power
linking
capacity
western
Tanzania
to
the east
Rapid
increase in
demand for
electricity
throughout
Tanzania
makes dry
season
water
supply
erratic
Pressure at
the district
level
to
expand the
Malagarasi
cascade to
Stage II and
reduce
EFR
Alternative dry
season power
sources
established
Increase
in
population, power
demand
and
irrigated
agriculture.
National
power
shortages
particularly
in the dry
season. Dry
season river
flows
reduced.
Diversification
of the national
power sector to
other power
sources for base
load electricity.
National
programs on
river
basin and
catchment
management
Sig. Red. Dry
season
flows, water
for irrigation
and reduced
crop output
Global
warming
impact on
biodiversity,
Social
conflict
over water,
reduced
economic
returns
from
hydropower
and
irrigated
agriculture
Long term
power supply
policy in
place,
diversification
of the
economy,
effective
river
catchment
management
However the impact synergy or cumulative impacts are still within acceptable limits and the available mitigation measures will reduce
the significance of impacts. However, regular monitoring of the impacts will ensure the impacts are within the acceptable levels.
146
7.6
Mitigation measures
The mitigations outlined in this section should be considered within the context of the proposed
three stage cascade hydropower scheme.
Stage I was to be a storage reservoir which would store sufficient water during the wet season
for a steady release of dry season water to power the hydropower stations. The impact of the
large reservoir and the flooding of the gorge upstream of the Igamba area were considered to be
of high biodiversity concern and were rejected after the initial Norplan assessment (2009).
As mitigation to the entire cascade scheme, Stage II was assessed as a run-of-river scheme which
would produce up to 8 MW power. During the environmental evaluation and subsequent Rapid
Biodiversity Assessment (RBA 2009) it was found that the reservoir would flood most of the prime
habitat for endemic rage limited species of fish (Igamba goby cichlid- Orthochromis sp) and a snail
(Igamba Snail - Pila ovate). The potential of endangering these species and the enormous EFR led
to the need to protect their downstream habitat, and therefore made the scheme non-viable and
resulted in a rejection of the Stage II Reservoir.
The earlier studies highlighted that the Stage III hydropower scheme would flood very little
critical habitat and leave the habitat of the main snail and cichlid populations undisturbed. These
mitigations therefore relate to the development of the Stage III scheme only and do not consider
either Stage I or Stage II.
7.6.1 Mitigations for Biophysical Impacts
7.6.1.1 Climate and Greenhouse Gas Emissions
Construction: Ensure full rehabilitation of vegetation in all disturbed areas. Limit ROW clearing
to width required. Decommission and rehabilitate works areas and camps at the end of
construction. Innovative ways to reduce fuel consumption e.g. use of rail to transport equipment
and resources to site. Carry out efficient storage of fuel and prevention of leakage. Maintain
record of fuel use and all fuel savings.
7.6.1.2 Soils Erosion
Construction: Contractor to provide detailed plans for cut and fill areas, establishment of
embankments and management of cut material. Plan to include landscaping and rehabilitation
of all the embankments. Closure and rehabilitation of all cleared working areas and temporary
tracks. During construction ensure that vehicles use approved roads and tracks only. Ensure that
the road access is the most suitable in terms of using the natural contours. Drainage
management and bank side stabilization during the construction phase will be critical to the
prevention of erosion and landslides.
147
Operation: Regular maintenance of the access road, ensure drainages are clear and all erosion
gullies immediately rehabilitated. Monitor stability of all embankments annually. Rehabilitate
where necessary
7.6.2 Biodiversity
7.6.2.1 Loss of habitat of limited range endemic species
Pre-construction: Although there has been scientific focus on the Igamba Falls area, further work
would greatly improve the approach to species reintroduction activities, reduce threats to the
existing populations and add to our understanding on the range limited endemic species biology
and distribution. At a minimum the following research is required during the pre-construction
period:
•
A 6-8 week field research program at low water each year, which allows good
access to the river, with an invertebrate specialist, a fish specialist, an aquatic
plant specialist and a hydrologist/ hydro chemist to look at flows and water
quality in more detail. Some funding to be put aside for taxonomic work (genetic
study as well as morphometrics). There is no real need for more general
collecting.
•
Further investigation to verify that the “new mollusc” snail is the same as the
Uvinza specimens. In addition, a new species of Potadomoides with a sculptured
shell was found living sympatrically with the smaller, smooth-shelled P.
pelseneeri at the same site in the lower rapids as the Igamba snail. This is
probably the same species as that reported by RBA (2009) from upstream near
Uvinza.
•
The following recommendations from the Independent Panel Report should be
covered during research: Dry season mapping of the flows, including the
mapping of permeability of the rock strata at the project site.
•
The field program needs to be specific about its objectives. It must focuses on
specific biodiversity issues and the ecology and distribution of the key species of
concern. The results should be used to guide the restocking activities, protection
of the aquatic environment and outline the long-term and robust biodiversity
monitoring program.
Construction: Cessation of flow for more than a few days even during the dry season will
probably result in loss of the Igamba snail population in the river section between the proposed
dam wall and the deep pool where the tailrace will be discharged. Increased fine sediment loads
during the low flow period will also impact on the snail population’s food resources. There should
therefore, be no reduction of flow below the prescribed EFR for more than three hours in
duration within a 24 hour period. In the case of longer periods of water flow stoppages, reduced
EFRs or moderate to high dry season silt levels, there will be need to monitor survival of the snail
population (6-10 months later) and reintroduce snails into the downstream rapids from the
148
upstream areas. These should be released in groups of five onto vertical or overhanging surfaces
in shaded underwater areas on the lee side of rocks in the main channel. Preferred release sites
are indicated (Fig 27). If excursions occur, a minimum of 50 snails should be reintroduced at the
end of the construction period. Reintroduction of Igamba Snails to the EFR section of the river
•
Snail: Specimens will be collected by hand using mask and snorkel from the
population in the unaffected reaches above the main Igamba waterfall. They will
be introduced in suitable habitats at, and very close to, the site where the species
was observed in the sampling in 2010 (Fig 27).
Unless further aquatic research indicates otherwise, it is suggested that 50
specimens are translocated in the first instance. The reintroduction cost would
simply be the time for George Kazumbe (a diver with experience in locating
Igamba Snails) to go and collect the snails and carry them downstream and
release them. The site to translocate to is the rapids below the long deep stretch
below the main falls. The location where snails were found in the lower rapids is
5°10’42”S, 30°03’33”E.
Monitoring of the success of reintroductions would be best done by snorkeling
at low water over the following three years, mainly in the area of release but
also ranging more widely over that rapids section. Follow-up supplementation
from upstream should also be done over three years post construction. It may
be feasible to mark trans located ones with painted numbers on the shell and
therefore use standard fish-style mark-recapture experiments. This may draw
attention to them and put them at greater risk of predation and this approach
could be tested during the field program that will be carried out prior to and
during construction.
•
The cichlid should be able to recolonise naturally from both up and downstream.
Success should be monitored by snorkelling at low water each year and
documenting densities.
•
All monitoring results to be reported to TANESCO, a copy kept at the HPP office
and copies sent to NEMC and the LTBWO.
The pumped EFR of 0.2 cumecs proposed for the duration of the stage 1 diversion (main dam
wall construction) in the feasibility study is well below the prescribed EFR and will require
monitoring and species reintroductions after the specified EFR is restored. The pumping
operation must be installed prior to river closure so that there is no total drying out of the lower
rapids.
Options to reach the desired target EFR of 10 cumecs during the stage 1 diversion should be
explored. Pumping of 0.2m3/s must be considered the minimum requirement.
149
The Mott MacDonald (2009) report concentrates specifically on one of the three Chiloglanis
species, the one referred to as the Igamba suckermouth catfish (referred to in Tables in this
report as Chiloglanis sp. 2), but the recommendations made therein are applicable to all three
species. These recommendations are specific to the potential impact of the Stage II scheme, are
endorsed in this report: “In order to minimize loss of habitat for the Igamba suckermouth catfish,
[it is recommended] that a sufficient minimum flow be agreed upon and maintained during the
dry season to flood a reasonable portion of the rocky scour pool habitat at (main) Igamba Falls.
For this species and the other rapid specialists, maintaining a relatively constant high velocity of
flow even in a relatively smaller portion of the river is likely to be more important than having a
larger water volume that flows more slowly and is not constant throughout the dry season
period. However, insufficient information is available at present to determine the amount of
environmental flow required to mitigate impacts on the Igamba suckermouth catfish population
within the Igamba Falls area. Furthermore in the years subsequent to the dam becoming
operational, follow-up assessments of populations both upstream and downstream of the
reservoir are strongly recommended.”
150
Figure 27: Approximate distribution of the Igamba Snail showing the area of habitat downstream
of the dam that will be preserved under a 10m3/s EF release
Operation and Closure: As stated above additional information and analysis is required to
amount of environmental flow required to mitigate impacts on the Igamba sucker mouth catfish
and other sensitive species within the Igamba Falls area. Initial studies indicate that the EFR
should be, at a minimum, 10 cumec. No future development of stages II and I that fall within the
Igamba area is recommended unless the range limited species are located in other areas and or
other river systems and development would not harm the species. The ERF should be
concentrated towards the main channel and not spread. This is to ensure “normal” flow velocity
and deeper water in the main snail habitat areas.
The desire to protect endangered and range restricted species, as described in this document, is
an expression of international good practice. The Performance Standards of the International
Finance Corporation (IFC) provide a useful reference point, codifying many of these good
practices.
Evidence presented in this document indicated that the Malagarasi River is important for
endangered endemic or range-restricted species as well as highly threatened or unique
ecosystems. Using the IFC Performance Standards, as a reference, these areas would be
considered “critical habitats.” Development is only recommended when: (a) no viable
alternatives exist in the region to develop the project on areas that are not critical habitat; (b)
the project does not lead to measurable adverse impacts on those biodiversity values for which
the critical habitat was designated or on the ecological processes supporting those values; (c) the
project does not lead to a net reduction in the population of any Critically Endangered or
Endangered species over a reasonable period of time; and (d) a robust appropriate long-term
biodiversity monitoring program is integrated into the Environmental Management System.
Where these conditions are met, the project’s mitigation strategy should be designed to achieve
net gains of the biodiversity values associated with the critical habitat.
It is recommended that Stages I and II are to remain as environmental offsets to protect the
upstream biodiversity. To meet international good practice additional analysis and measures
would need to be taken. To ensure that the offsets are kept in place unless research indicates
that the range limited endemic populations will not be threatened by further hydropower
developments, the following is required:
•
Establishment of an oversight committee by the LTBWO to provide independent
opinion. The sub-committee should include key stakeholders such as the University
of Dar es Salaam and the Jane Goodall Institute (JGI), together with district and NEMC.
151
•
The oversight committee should also ensure that and integrated land use plan for the
upper Igamba area is prepared and conservation measures implemented.
Strict enforcement of “no go” areas upstream of the dam wall and in the MUE Protected area
adjacent to the DIZ, Entry into such areas must be approved by the ESO.
7.6.2.2 Loss of fish migration
During Construction and later during Operation and Closure, follow-up assessments of
populations both upstream and downstream of the reservoir will be required.
During periods when there is no flow between the dam and the tail race (e.g. during sediment
scouring) or when there is only EFR in this section of the river, fishing, clothes washing and natural
resource abstraction should be prohibited. Operational procedures in place to phase river flow
changes during peaking.
7.6.2.3 Loss of Terrestrial Wildlife
Construction: Limit clearing of areas to the minimum and ensure that limits of areas to be cleared
are effectively marked. Importance of the left bank for chimpanzees should be emphasized
during induction training. Severe penalties established for illegal hunting, trapping or purchase
of bush meat. Establish links with MUE authorities and Jane Goodall Institute to increase their
presence in the area.
Operation and Closure: Severe penalties established for illegal hunting, trapping or purchase of
bush meat. Support for district conservation activities should be provided. The riverine forest
patches need to be considered for conservation, as they harbor several forest-dependent
species.
7.6.2.4 Loss of Vegetation and Habitat
Construction: Construction teams to be induced on issues of habitat protection, minimum
clearing of areas, fire control and to be made aware of the orchid species of concern.
A wet season survey of vegetation will be required to locate rare plant species within the
proposed reservoir. All orchids identified within the 843 m.a.s.l flood line of the reservoir should
be moved onto similar habitats on the left bank in the MUE.
Operation and Closure: During operation: No cultivation around the reservoir, total ban on
timber abstraction within the project area under TANESCO control and no movement of timber
out of the Masito Conservation Area via the access road.
152
7.6.2.5 Disturbance of Protected Areas and Tourism
Construction: During construction all measures to minimize permanent or long term damage to
habitats on the left bank to be undertaken. Construction staff to be fully inducted on the
importance of the MUE and penalties for unnecessary damage imposed.
TANESCO to work with the local authorities and the Jane Goodall Institute to prevent the
exploitation of natural resources within the ecosystem during construction, the funding and
housing of MUE rangers during the construction phase will be necessary. The project must
manage all major threats to the MUE i.e. control, within its mandate, fire, lumber abstraction,
hunting, debarking of trees, and settlement. Access across the lower rapids should be restricted
and the local community involved in enforcing the protection of the MUE.
Aesthetics and the value of the landscape must be taken into consideration when designing all
structures associated with the hydropower facility. Every effort should be made to limit visual
impact on the main Igamba Falls, the Igamba Rock and the MUE.
The Malagarasi River, from the base of the Main Igamba Falls upstream is to be out of bounds for
any form of construction activity. Access roads are not to be established into the upper Igamba
area.
Operation and Closure: Permanent staff based at the hydropower plant to be fully aware of the
conservation importance of the MUE and to operate the TANESCO managed area as if part of the
MUE. Tourism into the Igamba Rock and waterfalls areas should not be hindered and formal
inclusion of the main Igamba Falls into the MUE should be actively considered.
TANESCO has direct interest in the successful implementation of the Malagarasi-Moyowosi
Ramsar Site and should have some form of active involvement by, at a minimum sitting on the
committee of the Ramsar site and registering their interests with the appropriate authority.
Involvement in river basin catchment programs – managing land use upstream of hydropower
dams would be a cost-effective measure. This would include TANESCO becoming a prominent
institutional member of Ramsar wetland management initiatives and other basin catchment
programs. Activities would include river basin management planning, improvements in
agricultural extension activities to increase water management efficiency in irrigated agriculture,
improved land management and sustainable livestock densities in important river basin areas.
153
7.6.3 Surface Water
7.6.3.1 Water Quality and Sedimentation of the Ponding Dam
Pollutants reducing water quality: Procedures must be in place prior to establishment of the site
for the handling of fuel, oil, lubricants and other toxic chemicals, machinery maintenance and
emergency procedures. Materials and spillages from the diversion working areas are to be
actively prevented from washing into the downstream rapids.
At a minimum the following fuel/oil transport, handling and management are required:
All transport of fuels and oils should only be conducted by transporters who are licensed to
handle hazardous substances;
Storage containers to be locate at least 100m from surface water;
Fuel tanks and drums should be stored above ground and fuels tanks should be located within a
secondary containment. The concrete bunded area or impermeable liner should be able to hold
110% of the total tank capacity;
Workshops and vehicle service areas and fuelling points should have a concrete floor that
reticulates water run-off into a soak away with in-line oil trap;
Fuel transfer from storage to equipment to be supervised; Use a drip tray in fuel transfer areas.
Emergency Response
An emergency response plan must be provided for the storage of 1000 litres of fuel or more.
Disposal
Contaminated soils should be treated or rehabilitated on a geo-membrane lining (preferably
Polyvinylchloride).
Hydrocarbons are not to be discarded on the ground nor placed with nor disposed of with other
refuse in solid waste containers;
All oil filters to be completely drained to ensure that they do not contain hazardous substances;
Old and used oil should be safely stored on-site in sealed containers at a central point and should
be collectively taken to a recycling area.
Disposal procedures for solid waste to be established and proper sanitary facilities provided.
Due to the importance of water quality to biota, a water monitoring program to be implemented
which collects and analysis water samples upstream at the Stage II dam site and downstream at
154
the pool where the tailrace will discharge. Apart from the standard parameters of temperature,
total dissolved solids (TDS), suspended load, conductivity and total, pH, Total suspended solids
(TSS), Turbidity, additional parameters to include are dissolved oxygen (DO), Nitrate (N), Iron (Fe)
and Manganese (Mn).
Sediments washing into the downstream rapids: Detailed procedure for the establishment of
the coffer dam showing how sediments will be prevented from entering the river will be required.
In the case of an excursion (accidental release of sediments), restocking of the lower rapids will
have to occur after the next high flow period has cleared out the sediments from the downstream
habitat.
Sedimentation of the reservoir and inlet canal is not considered to be a problem.
7.6.3.2 Fluctuations in river flows immediately downstream of the dam wall
Construction: The environmental flow organ will be operating immediately after completion of
the main dam construction. This will mean a no flow period of at least 12 months.
A mechanism to allow EFR during construction of the dam must be identified. If not, then
restocking of species of concern to the lower rapids will be required. These species will be
sourced from the upper rapids. The Feasibility Study has identified that an EFR of 0.2 cumecs will
be pumped over the stage 1 diversion weir during construction of the dam wall. This water is to
be released back into the main channel.
No fishing or other aquatic resource collecting to occur in the lower rapids during construction.
At the end of construction of the main dam wall, the health of the aquatic biota in the lower
rapids to be assessed and reintroductions of key species to be undertaken if necessary.
Operation: An EFR of 10m3/s will be required as a permanent minimum flow in the downstream
rapids area. Cessation of EFR limited to a maximum of three hours continuous within a 24 hour
period.
No fishing or other aquatic resource collecting to occur in the lower rapids when river flows are
limited to the EFR or less.
7.6.3.3 Fluctuations in river flow downstream of the DIZ
Close off water flows over an extended period of ca half an hour and similarly commence with
high flows slowly to reduce surge effect and impact on river banks.
Monitor downstream fish populations for signs of impact on breeding. Monitor river bank
stability within five kilometres of the tailrace for change in rates of erosion. Based on the findings
modify the peaking operations
155
7.6.3.4 Generating Noise and Vibration
Construction: Although the impact is low, it must be mitigated through:
•
Dampening down of tracks through settlements when heavy traffic volumes
expected. Preparation of air quality management plan. Haulage trucking may
only operate during daylight hours. No haulage traffic on Sundays.
•
Establish complaints procedures with local authorities.
•
Use of safety equipment by employees when exposed to high dust or noise
levels.
7.6.3.5 Disturbing Visual and Landscape
Construction: The short term impacts during construction can be limited through re-vegetation
and rehabilitation of all laydown and construction areas particularly camps borrows and quarry.
It is important that the presence of the MUE area is considered during detailed design and the
long term potential of tourism is not lost through high visibility structures and excessive night
time lighting. It is common around hydropower plants to flood the working areas in light. This
practice should be avoided and lighting limited to essential areas only with all lighting to be
directed downwards. An audit of visual impacts should be undertaken of the design prior to
approval and again at the end of construction.
All potential tourism sites are to be preserved.
Operation: The hydropower station and related facilities to be managed with the understanding
of its impact on the MUE.
Regular liaison with the MUE district authorities and the Jane Goodall Institute should be
maintained to limit power station impacts on tourism and maximize opportunities. This
institutional arrangement should be established during the detailed design phase.
7.7
Mitigation of Socio-Economic and Cultural Impacts
7.7.1 Destruction of Archaeological Sites and Cultural Heritage
Construction: During excavation special attention should be paid to the chance occurrence of
archaeological artefacts and sites. Drivers of excavating machinery should be made aware of such
chance finds and what procedure is to be followed upon the sighting or location. Under Tanzanian
law and best practices, construction has to cease in the vicinity of any chance find of an artefact
and an archaeologist is required to clear the find site before any further excavation or
construction can commence. The Contractor must have a registered archaeologist available
should artefacts be located.
156
A Cultural Heritage Plan should be developed to allow for the actions that would need to be taken
in case of a chance find. In addition the use of the Igamba Rock for rituals should be monitored,
in case there are renewed occurrences of rituals by the Tongwe ethnic group. Stakeholders
should be kept informed of chance finds and the Cultural Heritage Plan should it need
implementation. See also Physical Cultural Resources (PCR) Safeguard Policy (World Bank:
Operation Policy OP 4.11 and Bank Procedures BP 4.11, IFS PS (Cultural Heritage).
Operation: There should be minimum impacts during the operation period. Any observations or
finds made during the construction period should be followed up during this period.
7.7.2 Public Health and Sanitation
Construction: A Public Health and Sanitation Support Plan should be developed which addresses
the following issues: local community health status and needs, upgrade the local medical facilities
(clinics) to accommodate the increase in the local populations due to project related influx, setup health clinics for workers in the camp sites, run regular health and sanitation awareness
campaigns in the local settlements, schools and for project workers. The proponent may benefit
by establishing regular health check clinics in the DIZ and SIZ. Partnership establishment with
NGOs and Government line agencies will help keep impacts under control. The emergency health
needs in the DIZ and SIZ should be improved as at present the options available to the public are
almost non-existent. Details of the plan are included in the EMP.
Ensure that the requirements of the plan are included in staff induction and training.
Operation: The Public Health and Sanitation Plan should be continued into the operation phase
but at a lower scale.
7.7.3 Road Safety, Health and Mobility
Although traffic volumes during the construction phase will be relatively high these volumes will
diminish significantly once construction has been completed. Traffic volumes during the
operational phase will be minimal. A Traffic, Road and Construction Plan should be developed
and can include:
•
Heavy traffic and the movement of equipement will occur through hamlets and villages.
This can potentially impact local people, domestic animals, and children etc. Drivers and
local communities have to be made aware of road safety, warning and emergency
systems. Increasing awareness among drivers, workers and communities about road
safety and periods of heavy traffic. Night time traffic should be regulated and avoided.
Any road upgrading should consider including asphalt surfaces (or other similar
techniques) to optimise benefit in improving access, reducing dust and facilitating use all
the year round compensation procedures should accidents occur.
157
•
Employing (and training, where necessary) affected people in road upgrading. This should
be a tendering condition for the Road Construction Contractors. Prepare Health and
Safety materials such as ‘Dos and Don’ts’ posters, small books and leaflets with cartoons,
many pictures and maps that children can understand. Road signs in key areas warning
drivers of potential dangers with children and animals etc.
•
Train teachers on how to teach children the above safety issues using the materials as
part of school program on ‘Malagarasi HPP health and safety for children issues’; Instruct
children to share their training materials with other children who don’t go to school in
their households and with their parents (children should be allowed a take home
Malagarasi Safety Awareness ‘Do’s and Don’ts’ Poster). Child targeted traffic safety
campaigns to raise awareness.
Consider introducing school buses for children who have to walk long distances on a daily basis.
Traffic management plans that are cognizant of times of school
•
Bus movements and to include appropriate driver training and vehicle maintenance.
•
Make a Health, Safety and Security Sub-Plan as part of the Traffic and Road Plan and the
Construction Management Plan (including precautions for construction related waste,
combustibles, explosives, etc.).
•
Include in the Construction Management Plan a “Good Neighbour” policy.
Include in the Public Communication and Disclosure Plan the time-line for the above suggestions.
7.7.4 Affected People, and Loss of Assets and Natural Resources
Construction Phase: once the final project design is in place, a detailed land and asset loss
mapping and assessment should be carried out as the first step to update the RAP (to World Bank
OP 4.12 standards) process for the Stage III scheme
•
A full RAP should be carried out to cover the new Stage III Hydropower DIZ and any
changes to the access road alignment and transmission line corridor.
•
Communicate process and implementation of a Fair Compensation Strategy.
•
Effective public communication and disclosure plan should be prepared and executed.
•
Alignment may be changed to avoid houses, where possible.
•
An overarching Social Development Plan should include a livelihoods restoration
program.
An overarching Social Development Plan should be developed to include sub-plans for (i)
increasing awareness among communities and project employees of local cultural and
livelihoods, and use of natural resources, (ii) general and, in particular, youth and women tailored
programs for awareness in relation to health (STDs for example), gambling and alcohol, (iii)
158
livelihoods restoration (agricultural and husbandry sectors in particular) and SME training, where
requested (see also affected people impact assessment) (Livelihood Restoration Program/subplan), and (iv) provision of meals and recreation possibilities within camp sites, where possible.
The respective sub-plan should include the establishment of clarity in terms of rights over natural
resources, to avoid conflicts and help with influx management. A time-line for public
engagement, monitoring and evaluation should be established in a Public Communication and
Disclosure Plan (PCDP). Note that separate public meetings for men and women will be required.
Operation and Closure: Aspects of the Social Development Plan should continue as seen
necessary based on the monitoring and evaluation. The SDP will continue through the life of the
project.
7.7.5 Employment (Benefit Enhancement)
• Make an Employment Policy that prioritizes affected and local people.
•
Produce labour/skills needs specifications.
•
Make training programs to include development of longer-term skills for
sustainability, to increase employment in the region.
•
Include the above in a Social Development Plan (e.g., Livelihoods Restoration
Program)
7.8
Details of the Social Mitigation Plans Recommended
A summary of the plans is presented in Table 17 and detailed in this section
159
Table 17: Social Mitigation Plans
Social-Economic and Cultural Plans
Programs/Sub-Plans
Comments
I
Cultural Heritage Plan
II
Public Health and Sanitation Support Plan
III
Traffic, Road and Construction Plan
and
To be implemented if there are chance finds
IIIa. Health, Safety and Security Sub-Plan
IIIb. Construction Management Plan
IV
Social Development Plan (SDP)
V
Resettlement Action Plan (RAP)
VI
Public Communication and Disclosure
(PCDP)
7.8.1 Cultural Heritage Plan
Rationale: It is possible that during excavations in the DIZ, objects of archaeological value may be
located, although no places of archaeological importance have been identified in the access road
impact area (DIZ) and SIZ. In case of chance finds the construction work has to be halted and the
archaeological authorities notified and due action taken and a contingency Cultural Heritage Plan
would be necessary. In addition the use of the Igamba Rock as a ritual site appears to have ceased
although when this last occurred is unclear and if it continues to be a cultural site has to be
monitored.
Content of the proposed Cultural Heritage Plan:
A detailed Cultural Heritage Plan covering the construction and operation phases should be
developed to allow for the actions that would need to be taken in case of a chance find. See the
Physical Cultural Resources (PCR) Safeguard Policy (World Bank: Operation Policy OP 4.11 and
Bank Procedures BP 4.11, IFC (PS8-Cultural Heritage) for aid in developing such a Plan. The
following aspects must be included in the plan:
•
Awareness building among workers involved in project area on what may make up a
culturally significant site or artefact. Particularly important is that drivers of
excavating machinery should be made aware of such chance finds and what
procedure is to be followed upon the sighting or location.
160
•
Monitoring of the Igamba Rock area to keep an account of the potential use of the
rock for ritual and ceremonies. The ‘Tongwe’ ethnic group was once known to use the
area.
•
Stakeholders should be kept informed of chance finds and the Cultural Heritage Plan
should it need implementation.
•
Any observations or finds made during the construction period should be followed up
during the operation period.
The ESMU team of the developer is responsible for this plan. Its implementation may be done
with the appropriate line agency where protocols for cultural sites exist. Both international and
national consultants will be necessary for planning and monitoring.
7.8.2 Public Health and Sanitation Support Plan
Rationale: There is a general shortage of medical facilities and medication in the DIZ and SIZ
villages. At Kazuramimba there is a limited supply of medication. The general health and level of
communicable disease in the population and project workers will be within the sphere of
influence of the project particularly in the DIZ and SIZ. Malaria constitutes one of the leading
causes of deaths in the region. The presence of a large workforce and camp followers can
significantly impact the status of general hygiene and STDs.
Content of the Public Health and Sanitation Support Plan
A Public Health and Sanitation Support Plan should be developed to address the following issues:
•
Verify local community health status and needs, and upgrade the local medical
facilities (clinics) to accommodate the increase in the local populations due to project
related influx.
•
Run regular health and sanitation awareness campaigns in the local settlements,
schools and for project workers. Awareness campaigns must include themes such as:
(i) stagnant fresh water bodies and rubbish dumps as congenial habitats for
mosquitoes and snails, the main vectors of malaria, and bilharzias; (ii) diseases of
public concern and cause of higher morbidity and mortality rates that depend on the
availability of clean water; (iii) Lack of adequate and safe water supply (exacerbated
by inadequate toilets) cause water-borne diseases including typhoid, cholera,
diarrhoea, amoeba, blood diarrhoea, intestinal worms, scabies (skin disease), and
fungal diseases; (iv) sexually transmitted diseases, and (v) tsetse flies and simulium
flies which are the cause of sleeping sickness and river blindness (onchocerciasis)
disease, respectively.
•
Target HIV as part of the awareness campaign as Kazuramimba is already regarded as
a HIV transmission area - prevalence of clinical AIDS is now 2 %. There are a number
of NGOs working covering the impact zones of the project dealing with HIV/AIDS
which may be open for partnerships.
161
•
Target awareness campaigns for migrant workers and sex workers from other urban
centres, and the local population. Interactions among these groups may give rise to
an increase in levels of HIV/AIDS and other STDs amongst both the local population
and the worker group/s. This is particular to workers who have a cash income versus
the local population that does not.
•
The proponent may benefit by establishing regular health check clinics in the DIZ and
SIZ. Among addressing various health issues mentioned above the health check clinics
can also help tackle the substantial migrant work force and camp followers who may
act as vectors to carry blood transmitted diseases, including malaria, hepatitis and
yellow fever to or from the area. Unsanitary work camps and crowded conditions
could provide the basis for plague.
•
Set-up health clinics for workers in the camp sites
•
Partnership establishment with NGOs and the Government of Tanzania line agencies
will help implementation as well make awareness building streamlined with those
already present.
•
The emergency health needs in the DIZ and SIZ should be improved as at present the
options available to the public are almost non-existent.
•
The Public Health and Sanitation Plan should be continued into the operation phase
but at a lower scale.
7.8.3 Traffic, Road and Construction Plan
Rationale: Some improvements of sections of roads may be needed to be done for transporting
heavy equipment. This will not change access for commercial, health and education services and
would have an overall positive impact due some road improvements increase mobility and
access; although the latter also opens up forested areas vulnerable to exploitation.
The HPP site will have a large number of heavy transport movements for transporting building
and excavation materials, and vehicle movements will be required to haul road construction
materials. There will also be localized heavy vehicle movements, excavators, diggers etc., during
cut, fill and grading operations along the road. With this number of vehicle movements a local
population that is not accustomed to road traffic, particularly children, will be vulnerable to road
accidents. Road safety is a concern to the communities, due to the possible busier, faster roads
going through these villages that can cause accidents. Children are often seen on the roads
playing or going to school. Women and youth are responsible for many common property and
natural resource gathering activities such as tending farms, medicinal herb collection, fire and
construction wood collection, all of which are reliant on paths and roads. Similarly domestic
animals and shepherds are common along roads.
Dust and noise are nuisances but could be considered health issues. Most noise will emanate
from working construction equipment, road building equipment and from quarry blasting. Dust
162
is usually a product of blasting and vehicular traffic. Dust and noise are of a short term nature.
Similarly toxic waste material, explosives and combustibles from the construction activities can
cause harm. Special precautions must be included in the contractor’s requirements.
Content of the Traffic, Road and Construction Plan
•
Although traffic volumes during the construction phase will be relatively high these
volumes will diminish significantly once construction has been completed. Traffic volumes
during the operational phase will be minimal. Increasing awareness among drivers,
workers and communities about road safety and periods of heavy traffic. Night time
traffic should be regulated and avoided. Any road upgrading should consider including
asphalt surfaces (or other similar techniques) to optimise benefit in improving access,
reducing dust and facilitating use all the year round. Heavy traffic and the movement of
equipment will occur through hamlets and villages. This can potentially impact local
people, domestic animals, children, and shepherds etc. Drivers and local communities
have to be made aware of road safety, warning and emergency systems.
•
Set-up speed limits. Construction vehicles usually travel at a speed suited to road
conditions and are not always on the watch for pedestrians. With the amount of traffic
anticipated the potential for collision between construction vehicles and with private
vehicles is high as with pedestrians, potential for injury and death through road accidents
is high.
•
Employing (and training, where necessary) affected people in road upgrading. This should
be a tendering condition for the Road Construction Contractors.
•
Prepare Health and Safety materials such as ‘Dos and Don’ts’ posters, small books and
leaflets with cartoons, many pictures and maps that children can understand. Road signs
in key areas warning drivers of potential dangers with children and animals etc.
•
Train teachers on how to teach children the above safety issues using the materials as
part of school program on ‘Malagarasi HPP health and safety for children issues’; Instruct
children to share their training materials with other children who don’t go to school in
their households and with their parents (children should be allowed a take home
Malagarasi Safety Awareness ‘Do’s and Don’ts’ Poster). Child targeted Traffic Safety
campaigns to raise awareness.
•
Consider Introducing school buses for children who have to walk long distances on a daily
basis. Traffic management plans that are cognisant of times of school bus movements
and to include appropriate driver training and vehicle maintenance.
•
Make a Health, Safety and Security Sub-Plan as part of the Traffic and Road Plan and the
Construction Management Plan (including precautions for construction related waste,
combustibles, explosives, etc.).
•
Include in the Construction Management Plan a “Good Neighbour” policy.
•
Include in the Public Communication and Disclosure Plan the time-line for the above
suggestions.
163
7.8.4 Social Development Plan (SDP)
Rationale: The incoming workforce, particularly from urban/semi-urban areas, from other
regions may bring with them different socio-cultural practices that do not match the local norms,
and may induce (negative and positive) impacts on the local traditional methods of social control
and interaction. Social conflict could arise between the local inhabitants and the migrant workers
over such issues as employment opportunities, cultural misunderstandings, sharing of use of local
resources, and the desire of migrant workers to mingle with local women/girls.
Since there is a relatively high degree of unemployment in the project influence area, the local
workforce will be very interested in being engaged in the construction of the Project. However,
due to the different skill levels required for the construction of the HPP not all the workforce can
be composed of local people. This likelihood, if not managed appropriately, may lead to conflicts
between local and external workforce.
The arrival of workers and camp followers from other regions may have a number of effects on
the local environment, that may include: (i) greater demand for, and pressure on, social services
and other facilities (health, education and water supply, sanitation, etc,) (ii) pressure of natural
resources and land (fuel-wood, grazing, non-timber and timber products, water, etc.), (iii)
increase in incidence of diseases (e.g. alcoholism, sexually transmitted diseases (STD), HIV-AID,
and tuberculosis, etc,) (iv) conflicts between the incoming workforce and the local community,
civil disturbances, and (v) disturbances to social practices and fabric of the local community.
These impacts will depend on the size, timing and composition of the population influx, including
the permanent and temporary workforce.
The construction of the HPP will cause the disruption of some small settlements in the project
impact zone: (i) in the DIZ and SIZ the local population has relatively good access to natural
resources (agricultural land and forest), (ii) has built up an important social cultural network.
Content of the Social Development Plan
An overarching Social Development Plan should be developed prior to the construction period
to:
•
Increase awareness among communities and project employees of local cultural and
livelihoods, and use of natural resources, both in general and, in particular, youth and
women tailored programs for awareness in relation to health (STDs for example),
gambling and alcohol.
•
Ensure livelihoods restoration (agricultural and husbandry sectors in particular) and
SME training, where requested. Include a Livelihood Restoration Sub-Plan. Such a plan
should include Vocational Training and gender: This should include the identification
of vocational training institutions / methods, and opportunities and funds needed to
164
support development of vocational opportunities for local people, including
employment by contract providing services.
•
Ensure management of natural resources used and maintained by the community or
local government agencies, with particular attention to wood-fuel, water and waste
management, access to commons (grazing area, for example).
Include an Employment Policy that prioritizes local people and where possible provide vocational
training to local people
Include the establishment of clarity in terms of rights over natural resources, to avoid conflicts
and help with influx management (Influx Management Sub-plan). An Influx Management subplan should aim at covering health, vocational training and increasing employment opportunity,
community rights, and resource management and ensure that: (a) the local health infrastructure
and services will not be burdened by the influx or workers and camp followers. (b) Preventive
and information provision concerning STDs etc. done including communities, schools and
workers. (c) Increase vocational training and increasing employment opportunities - through
accredited training programs linked to job opportunities for local people; vocational training for
women in particular; timely information provision about recruitment procedures and job
availability through contractually binding procedures; and the promotion of local services
particularly food supplies (where local sourcing may be contractually binding.
•
Ensure provision of meals and recreation possibilities within camp sites, where
possible.
•
Raise awareness on community rights and the proponent’s relations with local
people.
•
Include contract specifications and guidelines. Develop contract specifications
concerning recruitment priorities (local people), procedures, and sourcing services /
suppliers of local produce to catering firms for example. Incorporation of
requirements for local recruitment in tender design is recommended.
•
Include a time-line for information disclosure, public engagement, monitoring and
evaluation should be established in a Public Communication and Disclosure Plan
(PCDP).
The development of the full-fledged Social Development Plan must be linked to the other plans
of the ESMP and must be implemented during the construction period. Aspects of the Social
Development Plan will likely be continued during the operation period as seen necessary based
on the monitoring and evaluation.
7.8.5 Resettlement Action Plan
The Proponent will prepare a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP). A Resettlement Policy Framework
(RPF) will be required that establishes the goals, principles, and fundamental structures and
165
procedures that will be employed for all physical and economic displacement required for the
Malagarasi Hydropower Project. The framework outlines the goal, principles, the legal
framework and Performance Standards, planning and implementation, compensation and all
other likely entitlements, livelihood restoration and consultation strategy, organization,
monitoring and evaluation, grievance mechanism and time-line (schedule) for the RAP. The RAP
is to be prepared consistent with the goals, objectives, principles, and processes of the RPF for
all unavoidable displacement and as a critical element in ensuring that displacement measures
for all resettlements consistently work toward a fundamental goal and consistently apply the
same principles and best practices. The RPF is consistent with IFC Performance Standard 5 (PS 5)
and with the IFC Handbook for Preparing a Resettlement Action Plan.
The Proponent’s overall resettlement goal is to design and implement resettlement in a manner
that gives physically and economically displaced persons the opportunity to at least restore their
livelihoods and standards of living.
A number of fundamental principles that can facilitate achievement good practices for
unavoidable resettlement are:
•
Avoid and minimize the need for physical/economic displacement through alternative
analysis and locating, alignment, and other design modifications;
•
Conduct consultation processes that achieve free, prior, and informed participation
of affected people and communities (including hosts) in decision making related to
resettlement and continuing participation during implementation and
monitoring/evaluation;
•
Provide measures to support physical relocation and re-establishment;
•
Identify and provide special assistance to people who are especially vulnerable to
displacement impacts;
•
Improve or at least maintain the living conditions of physically displaced households,
and compensate people affected by land acquisition for loss of assets at full
replacement value;
•
Design and implement in a timely manner culturally sensitive and economically
sustainable income restoration measures (or livelihood alternatives);
•
Carefully monitor and evaluate to ensure that resettlement measures are meeting the
needs of affected people and to identify the need for and implement corrective
measures.
7.8.6 Public Communication and Disclosure Plan
The aim of the communication and disclosure plan (PCDP) is to:
166
•
Develop a structured and systematic communication plan that covers disclosure of
key information and receipt of feedback and questions about the Proponent’s plans
and actions.
•
Ensure that the PCDP functions as a means of managing the relationship between the
project and primary stakeholders with direct interests or impacted directly by the
Project.
•
The PCDP should cover the project’s core activities as well as the main positive and
negative impacts underlining the Project’s fundamental aims of keeping people
informed and maintaining good relations with its neighbours.
•
Establish an operational grievance mechanism. Identify with the Developer’s roles
and responsibilities, responses and administrative procedures for the grievance
procedures to be set up.
•
Community relations and communication code of conduct should be developed with
the
•
Developer’s ESMU by an advisory team (international consultant) where the overall
approach for the development of the PCDP should be collaborative.
Based on best practice a PCDP ideally should include the following components:
•
Identify key stakeholders and ensure there are adequate mechanisms for stakeholder
feedback and information sharing;
•
Carry out meaningful consultation;
•
Provide brief accounts and reviews of all consultation and engagement activities that
have been carried out during the Environmental Study preparation period, and if
relevant, including those conducted in previous studies (thus a full account of the
history of communication (community/stakeholder contact/communication));
•
Provide a framework for consultation of identified stakeholders (local, regional and
possibly national levels, where necessary);
Provide a program for consultation and disclosure linked to the needs of the ESMP and all
safeguard measures (including, social and environmental);
167
7.9
PROJECT ALTERNATIVES
The EIA procedure stipulates that an environmental investigation needs to identify main project
alternatives for the proposed development. Therefore, it is required under this section that a
number of possible proposals and alternatives for accomplishing the same objectives be
considered. In principle, these should include an analysis of the location, timing, cost, input and
design alternatives as well as the “do nothing” or “without the project” option. The following
section describes the alternatives of the proposed project that were considered in obtaining the
current proposal.
7.9.1 No (Without) Project Alternative
The reference scenario or no project alternative to the project is the situation in which the
Malagarasi HPP is not developed and demand for reliable electricity follows the actual
demographic and economic development of villages and townships in the Kigoma Region.
Currently, a power plant operates in Kigoma and Kasulu Districts. This is a 6.5 MW diesel-fired
Thermal Power Plant (TPP) located in Kigoma Town. The existing 11 kV network consists of three
feeders originating at the powerhouse. The Town feeder, which is 5.76 km, generally supplies the
water supply and other selected in-town loads. The other two feeders are each approximately 30
km long. The Maji feeder supplies the local radio station and transmitting tower located near the
village of Mehembe and also provides service to the airport, while the Ujiji feeder provides
service to the municipal office and predominately residential area south of the town.
With the present power production, power demand in Kigoma-Ujiji Municipality, and Kasulu and
Uvinza townships will most likely never be met. Equally, demand for rural electrification in village
centres and the need to improve power supply in the national grid will be affected.
The consequences of this will be to limit the potential development of the region, impacting on
small and large scale businesses, health care, education and social development.
This will limit employment opportunities that would be generated from the regions
development.
The continued use of thermal power production using diesel generators would continue to give
rise to air emissions and contribute overall to greenhouse gases. Failure to supply alternative
renewable energy would also result in local energy needs continuing to be met from wood
products leading to environmental degradation of the area.
It is expected that the national grid to be connected to Kigoma once the project is completed.
Geita-Nyakanazi-Kigoma-Tunduma-Mbeya will be a 220 kVA line. This may relieve the need for
the diesel generators although TANESCO warns that TL load profile weakens with distance, and
thus it is important to have generation at end-point that serves to stabilize the grid.
168
The economic consequences for the area include high production of power by use of fossil fuel
and poor processing of agriculture and natural resources around Kigoma.
Consequently, the no project alternative will hinder the achievement of AFD and AfDB towards
economic growth and poverty alleviation.
7.9.2 Alternative Energy Supply from Thermal Power Plant (TPP)
The possibility exists to use new diesel generating for energy production. The initial investment
costs for a diesel-fired TPP are lower than for the HPP, but it is important to take into account
the high annual fuel costs for electricity generation from this technology. Diesel fuel would have
to be transported to Kigoma from Dar es Salaam adding a premium to the cost of fuel and
resulting in more expensive electricity costs.
The reliability of electricity would be dependent on availability of diesel at Kigoma which could
lead to periodic outages.
There would be resultant environmental pollution from the combustion of fossil fuels and noise.
The existing generator is located on the shore of Lake Tanganyika and has been blamed for being
a source of hydrocarbon pollution. Normally it generates 1,000 litres of oil waste per month
which is disposed of by selling it to people coming from the distant regions of Mwanza and
Shinyanga.
The running cost is also high in terms of fuel purchases. Kigoma Region is located far from Dar es
Salaam making fuel prices excessively high. This was confirmed by the DECON/SWECO Report
which showed energy from the HPP plant would be cheaper compared to thermal diesel plant. It
is estimated (by TANESCO) that diesel power generation costs are between 500-600TShs per unit
whilst sale prices are 110 TShs per unit so it is not cost effective.
By contrast the HPP would produce clean reliable electricity supply although it should be noted
that TANESCO will maintain the diesel generators so that it can be used as stand-by during the
dry season. This is because the MHPP is a run of the river with an install capacity of 44.8 MW but
can only provide firm power of 5 MW during the dry season.
7.9.3 Alternative Energy Supply from Wind Energy
Renewable wind energy has been studied in Tanzania to determine the feasibility of wind energy.
Studies have been sponsored by the Ministry of Energy, TANESCO, TaTEDO (Tanzania Traditional
Energy Development and Environment Organization) with technical and financial support from
169
RISO (Denmark National Laboratory), and DANIDA. The DANIDA study involved installation of
metering masts and evaluation of potential wind energy and costs at four locations:
•
Gomvu near Kimbiji, south-west of Dar es Salaam;
•
Litembe, southwest of Mtwara;
•
Mkumbura near Mkomazi in the Pare/Usambara mountains; and
•
Near Karatu.
The study concluded that the best wind energy potential was at Mkumbura where it was
potentially viable; however it recommended further studies to confirm the location and optimise
the equipment selection to match the relatively low wind velocities at the site.
A DANIDA funded feasibility study on wind energy has identified that it may be potentially viable
in Singida. At present the wind power farm is under consideration via private sector funding. If
successful this energy will be sold to TANESCO to feed into the backbone via the Iringa TL
network.
Wind energy, although environmentally sustainable, is however, not firm and is dependent on
wind duration at suitable wind speeds to produce economic energy outputs. It cannot be used to
replace conventional forms of energy and is seen as a secondary replacement to be utilized when
wind conditions allow.
In the context of an alternative to the HPP it would not be a reliable enough source to displace
the HPP plant, but could be used in conjunction with the HPP as a supplement.
7.9.4 Alternative Energy Supply from the National Grid
The Tanzanian western and north-western regional transmission network plan proposes grid
connected 220 kV facilities from the north, through Kigoma and on to Meyer. This is a large scale
long-term project requiring significant capital investment for the required grid extension, for
which commitment has recently been made.
When the 220 kV facilities are introduced into the area, Malagarasi HPP generation can
immediately and cost effectively be connected to the grid via a substation at a convenient point
along the transmission line from the project. This would allow renewable energy from the
Malagarasi to be supplied to a wider region.
It is expected that power supply to Kigoma would be stabilised once the National Grid started
functioning to its fully installed capacity because the rest of Kigoma would get electricity from
the central source through a 220 kV plant at Nyakazi. The link to the national grid will allow for
170
all surplus power to be exported to other areas of Tanzania and allow import when river flows
are low.
It is therefore expected that the national grid to be connected to Kigoma. TANESCO, though, feels
that the power supply at the end of a long transmission line will be limited and possibly erratic.
TANESCOs opinion is that the Malagarasi Hydropower scheme is important as it will serve to
stabilize power in the interconnector and feed surplus power back into the national grid.
7.9.5 Alternative Hydropower Plant Locations
Many studies have been undertaken in Tanzania to identify potential sources of hydropower
energy production. These have been summarized in the World Bank /Canadian International
Development Agency funded Nile Basin Initiative Report of 1999: “Nile Basin Initiative, Nile
Equatorial Lakes, Subsidiary Action Program, Strategic/Sectoral, Social and Environmental
Assessment of Power Development Options in The Nile Equatorial Lakes Region, Final Report,
Volume 1, and Main Report February 2007”.
The report is a Strategic/Sectoral Social and Environmental Assessment (SSEA) intended to
produce strategic/sectoral level guidance for decision making in the power sector at the regional
and national levels. It included a preliminary assessment of cumulative environmental and social
impacts of different regional power development portfolios including those for Tanzania. The
report looked at all potential sources of energy production, including hydropower, coal, gas and
geothermal. It provided an indicative power development strategy to meet the growing energy
demands of the countries in the Nile basin. It considered options for meeting regional demand in
all countries in the Nile Basin. Some potential options were screened out because of insufficient
information for evaluation (in most cases, conceptual level information) even though these
options could meet the other screening criteria (environmental risk, cost and size)
The report examined existing studies on alternatives identified and evaluated in the past for the
Malagarasi River which were described in reports by the Tanzania Ministry of Water, Energy and
Minerals in 1976, by Norconsult in 1983 and by SECSD in their 1999 study.
Various options for hydropower development have been considered for the Malagarasi system
with up to five schemes being proposed, all three stages at Igamba, a scheme at Uvinza and a
further scheme at Illagala.
However, the World Bank Report ultimately did not recommend immediate inclusion of the
Igamba Falls Stage III in the portfolio to meet power demand as it did not meet the selection
criteria used in the report for potential power supply internationally. This was indicated as a
171
minimum of 30 MW outputs (which could be delivered by the Stage III scheme for 25% of the
year). The report recommended further study to re-evaluate the Igamba Falls project in the
context of full use of the head and flow available and the site.
•
Luiche river hydropower alternative
The Luiche project in west Tanzania, with a capacity of 15 MW, was identified as part of the flood
control options for the Luiche Basin, with power as a secondary objective. It was further
considered in 1976 and was then evaluated by Norconsult in 1983. The Norconsult report of
1982/83 comprised of two mini hydro studies on the Malagarasi and Luiche Rivers in the Kigoma
area. In the latter study, the project was rejected for power supply to Kigoma, in favour of
development on the adjacent Malagarasi River.
The 1999 SECSD Report confirmed the suitability of the Malagarasi over the Luiche River as it
better satisfies the primary objective of power generation.
The suitability of the Malagarasi for hydropower was further confirmed by the subsequent
studies, (ECON Analysis of Norway in September 2005, DECON/SWECO studies and by Hatch Mott
McDonald for the Millennium Challenge Corporation).
In general Luiche is considered to have a lower capacity than Malagarasi and is located in a more
densely settled area than the Malagarasi
7.9.6 Alternative Locations of the Hydropower Scheme within the Igamba Falls Area of the
Malagarasi River
The three alternative locations (Stage I, II and III) are discussed hereunder, explaining the reasons
behind the Stage III project choice.
Stage I scheme at the top of the cascade is designed as a storage reservoir which will flood a
narrow channel of river upstream for approximately 9 km. The impacts on biodiversity were
identified as high (both plant and animal) and the costs of development also high. The install
capacity was low, access to the area difficult and construction costs high (approximations based
on topography, type and height of dam)
It was found that Scheme II would result in the flooding of a significant portion of critical Igamba
Snail habitat and would lead to the drying out of the main Igamba Falls which could lead to the
loss of an endemic species. In addition, to maintain important downstream habitats the
environmental flow release would have been equivalent to the dry season flow during the height
172
of the dry period. As a result power production would be disrupted during extended periods of
the dry season.
The Stage III scheme was therefore assessed as the key mitigation for Stage II. Shifting the
location from Stage II to Stage III mean that the new location (Stage III) would not flood critical
snail habitat and would not dry out sections of the river where significant populations of snail
were present, and therefore would be able to sustain the endemic snail species.
Stage II and III schemes can operate independently or in tandem with the other schemes.
However, Stage I and II schemes are highly undesirable developments that can and should be
prevented.
From the biological point of view, the current proposed project (Stage III) appears to be the most
suitable location and design because of the low density of the population of the area, avoidance
of the endemic snail species and habitat.
7.9.7 Technical Design Alternatives
The feasibility study considered a number of design alternatives, three of which clarify the
options for the Stage III scheme.
1. Run-of-river scheme with the dam at 838 masl options of 12 MW plant suited to the
predesigned 33 kV transmission line to Kigoma, Kasulu and Uvinza. These 12 MW
schemes could be either a standalone project or 12 MW with expanded waterway
from intake to the surge tank with space provision for a powerhouse in the future. All
first Stage 12 MW schemes comprise two 6 MW units. 12 MW with waterway
expanded for 40.5 MW provides the best solution for full resource utilization. For 12
MW initial stage, this alternative was recommended as the most cost effective 12 MW
scheme
2. Run-of-river scheme with optimization. The dam height at El.838.5 raises the water
elevation around 2 m in the low flow season. The diversion canal is used as approach
canal for the power intake. Total dam length is around 630 m. A substantial portion
of the dam length is with dam less than 2.5 m high. The dam height is around 7 m at
the river deep section. Close to the intake, in the diversion canal, the dam has
sediment flushing gate. The approach canal to the intake is around 400 m long. The
intake is placed about 200 m upstream of Kabuchweri crossing. The headrace culvert
is about 1000 m long between intake and surge tank. The surge tank is located on the
ridge between El. 835 and 840, pending alternative layouts.
173
3. Partial run-of-river scheme with a dam at 841.5 and daily peaking power production
of approximately 10 hours per day during the dry season (approximately 3 months)
Full resource project in the 40 MW range considering a new scenario with the plan to
connect Kigoma to the national grid once it is completed. The scheme encompasses
the original Malagarasi Stage III head plus 3 m from the Malagarasi Stage II head.
The scheme has a maximum yield of 44.8 MW and delivers 186.8 GWh with a plant factor of 0.48.
174
CHAPTER EIGHT: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
The Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) presents the implementation schedule
of the proposed mitigation measures to both environmental and social impacts as well as
planning for long-term monitoring activities. In order to be effective, Environmental
Management Plan must be fully integrated within the overall project management efforts at all
levels, which itself should be aimed at providing a high level of quality control, leading to a project
which has been properly designed and functions effectively throughout its determined life span.
The sited responsible institution should be ready to monitor indicators and fully supervise to
completely minimize the impacts level.
Essentially, ESMP is an integral part of the environmental project management process. It checks
the implementation and success of mitigation measures during construction and operation/
maintenance of the project. It is the monitoring system/tool that will reveal changes and trends
brought about by the construction and operation of the project under development.
For the proposed Malagarasi stage III HPP project, the ESMP is given in Table 19. The ESMP also
includes the associated environmental costs needed to implement the recommended mitigation
measures. The recommended ESMP has been made to enable the project implementation to be
accommodated in the environmental and social environment.
8.2
Implementation Arrangement of the ESMP
The project proponent of the proposed Malagarasi Stage III HPP project is TANESCO in funded by
AfDB. To minimize potential environmental and social negative impacts, the project will require
the support of various institutions in the project area. Table 19 outlines the actions of the ESMP.
The organizational framework for the ESMP is designed to evolve as the project progresses
through detailed engineering design, construction and operation phases.
8.3
ESMP Implementation Framework
A number of stakeholders will work together to ensure that the mitigation is implemented in an
efficient and effective manner. Although the contractor on the various sites will be directly
responsible for ensuring that many of the mitigation measures are implemented, the local
communities through their authorities and leaders will also have a strong role to perform,
particularly regarding mitigation of social issues.
The project proponent is TANESCO. TANESCO will have an important role to play as an
intermediary between the project implementation and NEMC, the government agency
responsible for ensuring that Tanzanian environmental legislation is not compromised.
Table 18 indicates the roles and responsibilities of the various stakeholders for management of
social and environmental issues emanating from the project during and after the HPP works. The
175
overall responsibility for design and construction of the HPP will be solely under contractors /
consultants commissioned by TANESCO will undertake supervision of the construction works and
provision of the usual technical support. Roles in bold italics relate to the ESMP implementation.
Table 18: Roles and responsibilities for projects implementation
Stakeholder
Role and Responsibility
AfDB
NEMC
TANESCO
Pre-construction and construction Post construction phase
phase
Project financier
Issuing of any required
environmental certificate
Review of external environmental
monitoring reports and response
to same
Supervision
Monitoring
Contractor
Kigoma District Council /
Kazuramimba Ward and
Mazungwe village
Civil works
Labour laws
Health & Safety Mitigation of
other environmental and social
impacts
Awareness and education
Monitoring
Extension services: technical
support
Awareness and education
Ongoing review of monitoring
reports during the operational
phase
Overall management
Monitoring
Labour laws
H&S
Support development and
approval of:
• village land use plans;
• village Forest
Reserves, Village
by-laws;
• Allocation of land.
Health sensitization
activities
Disease and vector control
Monitoring
176
Village leaders
Mobilisation of Community
Participation
Monitoring
Community members
Provision of casual labour
Independent
Monitoring
Body/Oversight body as a
subcommittee of LTBWO
Overall Monitoring
Development and
implementation of village
land use plans, village Forest
Reserves and village by-laws.
Dam Management
Committee
Overall Monitoring
8.3.1 Oversight Body, Integrated Water Resource Management and the Malagarasi HPP
At the present time the Lake Tanganyika Basin Water Office (LTBWO) based in Kigoma has overall
responsibility for water resources in the Basin in Tanzania. According to the proposed
institutional structure the Malagarasi HPP would be incorporated as a water use activity.
However, due to its relative size and importance it would also need to link directly to the
Malagarasi Catchment Management Committee (see Figure 6-6).
Although the Malagarasi HPP will have very little influence on the upstream catchment save for
some possible reduction in fish movements caused by the dam(s); what happens upstream of the
project will to a greater or lesser extent affect the project in either Stages I, II or III. Land use
practices in the upstream catchment may affect the quantity and timing of water delivered to
the project. Wide-scale clearance of vegetation can lead to increased runoff and decreased
natural storage, raising flood level and reducing seasonal low flows. In addition, poor land
management upstream is likely to increase the silt loadings and turbidity of the river water at the
site through erosion. Although higher silt loads will affect the turbines of all Stages, it is only
really Stage I (the Gorge) that runs the risk of siltation behind the dam significantly reducing live
storage.
During the implementation of the Malagarasi cascade it is recommended that the proponent
keep in close contact with the LTBWO and ensure that they form an oversight sub-committee to
monitor the environmental offset, upstream land management and long term monitoring. It will
not be appropriate for the Malagarasi HPP to take on a role in IWRM as it is merely a sectoral
user. However, given that it is dependent on the resource controlled by and LTBWO generates a
revenue stream, it may wish to contribute to capacity building of the Office.
It would also be natural for the LTBWO to be actively engaged in the monitoring of the Malagarasi
HPP; i.e. carrying out water quality sampling above and below the scheme, maintaining gauging
177
stations and collating hydrological records in collaboration with the relevant departments in
government.
Figure 28: Proposed Institutional Setting for the Malagarasi HPP
8.4
Cost estimates for ESMP
The costs for implementing the mitigation measures have been estimated to 255, 000 USD for
environmental management plan in all three stages (Construction, Operation and Decommission
phase). The actual costs will be as presented by the successful contractors during bidding
exercise. The priced bills of quantities for environmental and social impact mitigation measures
shall be made part of the contract for these mitigation measures to be effective. In accordance
with EMA, (URT, 2004), NEMC will be responsible to ensure implementation and compliance with
the proposed environmental management and monitoring plans.
178
Table 19: Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for the proposed Construction of Malagarasi Stage III HPP project
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
TIME FRAME
COST/Year
(US$)
TARGET
LEVEL/STANDARD
POSITIVE DURING MOBILIZATION AND CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Employment
Opportunity
•
Make an Employment Policy that prioritizes affected and
local people.
•
Produce labour/skills needs specifications.
•
Make training programs to include development of
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO).
Throughout
construction
phases.
20,000
More employment
to locals as much as
possible
longer-term skills for sustainability, to increase
employment in the region.
•
Youth and women shall be given priority
•
Management of local expectations
•
Children under 18 years should not be employed.
NEGATIVE DURING MOBILIZATION AND CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Impact
climate
on •
Soil erosion and •
pollution.
Ensure full rehabilitation of vegetation in all disturbed
areas. Limit ROW clearing to width required.
Decommission and rehabilitate works areas and camps
at the end of construction. Innovative ways to reduce
fuel consumption e.g. use of rail to transport equipment
and resources to site. Carry out efficient storage of fuel
and prevention of leakage. Maintain record of fuel use
and all fuel savings.
Soil stability testing should be undertaken prior to any
construction, to identify areas at low, medium and high
risk of erosion or landslides, which should be indicated
on a soil erosion and landslide risk map. Final site designs
(of the HPP, access road) will be based in part on this risk
map
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO)
Weekly by the
environmental
office
and
Quarterly per year
by external officer
6,000
Zero emission.
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO)
At the start of the
project
and
Quarterly
6,000
Absence
erosion
of
soil
Soil
erosion
controlled.
179
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
•
•
Reduction
of •
population
of
limited range of
endemic species
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
TIME FRAME
COST/Year
(US$)
TARGET
LEVEL/STANDARD
EPC contractor to provide detailed plans for cut and fill
areas, establishment of embankments and management
of cut material. Plan to include landscaping and
rehabilitation of all the embankments. Closure and
rehabilitation of all cleared working areas and
temporary tracks. During construction ensure that
vehicles use approved roads and tracks only. Ensure that
the road access is the most suitable in terms of using the
natural contours.
Vegetation removal should be kept to a minimum, and
bare earth re-vegetated with suitable local native
vegetation, as soon as practicable after construction is
completed.
and
Construction should observe the restricted areas if any Contractor
Developer (TANESCO)
Construction
phase
5,000
No
species
affected
is
fish •
Follow-up assessments of populations both upstream
and downstream of the reservoir will be required
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO)
Construction
phase
5,000
No loss of fish
Loss of Terrestrial •
Wildlife
Limit clearing of areas to the minimum and ensure that
limits of areas to be cleared are effectively marked.
Importance of the left bank for chimpanzees should be
emphasized during induction training. Severe penalties
established for illegal hunting, trapping or purchase of
bush meat. Establish links with MUE authorities and Jane
Goodall Institute to increase their presence in the area
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO)
Construction
phase
5,000
No loss of terrestrial
wild life
of •
and
Construction teams to be induced on issues of habitat
protection, minimum clearing of areas, fire control and
to be made aware of the orchid species of concern.
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO)
Construction
phase
5,000
Vegetation species
are conserved
•
A wet season survey of vegetation will be required to
locate rare plant species within the proposed reservoir.
Loss
of
migration
Loss
Vegetation
Habitat
180
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
TIME FRAME
COST/Year
(US$)
All orchids identified within the 843 m.a.s.l flood line of
the reservoir should be moved onto similar habitats on
the left bank in the MUE.
•
•
Procedures must be in place prior to establishment of
the site for the handling of fuel, oil, lubricants and other
toxic chemicals, machinery maintenance and emergency
procedures. Materials and spillages from the diversion
working areas are to be actively prevented from washing
into the downstream rapids.
•
Construction of temporary sanitary facilities or mobile
toilets for construction workers
Fluctuations in •
river
flows
immediately
downstream of
the dam wall
•
The environmental flow organ will be operating
immediately after completion of the main dam
construction. This will mean a no flow period of at least
12 months.
Noise, Dust and •
Vibration
Dampening down of tracks through settlements when
heavy traffic volumes expected. Preparation of air
quality management plan. Haulage trucking may only
operate during daylight hours. No haulage traffic on
Sundays.
•
Vegetation
clearance
minimum
possible.
Construction footprint will be kept to a minimum
focusing only where land is required for project
construction activities.
Indigenous vegetation should be re-established
following construction of the HPP
Pollution
of •
Water Quality
TARGET
LEVEL/STANDARD
as
as
Original plant tree
species are planted
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO)
All construction
phase
10,000
No contamination to
water bodies
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO)
All construction
phase
5,000
Minimum
fluctuation in river
flow
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO)
Once per week
2,000
Noise to be within
allowable limits of
70dBA for Industrial
area.
A mechanism to allow EFR during construction of the
dam must be identified. If not, then restocking of species
of concern to the lower rapids will be required
Establish complaints procedures with local authorities.
181
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
•
Use of safety equipment by employees when exposed to
high dust or noise levels.
Disturbing visual •
and landscape
Re-vegetation and rehabilitation of all laydown and
construction areas particularly camps borrows and
quarry.
•
It is important that the presence of the MUE area is
considered during detailed design and the long term
potential of tourism is not lost through high visibility
structures and excessive night time lighting. It is
common around hydropower plants to flood the
working areas in light. This practice should be avoided
and lighting limited to essential areas only with all
lighting to be directed downwards. An audit of visual
impacts should be undertaken of the design prior to
approval and again at the end of construction.
•
All potential tourism sites are to be preserved.
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
TIME FRAME
COST/Year
(US$)
TARGET
LEVEL/STANDARD
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO)
Construction
phase
15,000
Minimum landscape
and
visual
disturbance
Damage
of •
Archaeological
Sites and Cultural
Heritage
During excavation special attention should be paid to
the chance occurrence of archaeological artifacts and
sites. Drivers of excavating machinery should be made
aware of such chance finds and what procedure is to be
followed upon the sighting or location
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO)
Construction
phase
5,000
No damaging
archeology sites
Impact
on •
communities
health
and
sanitation (Risks
to public health,
spread of HIV,
AIDS and other
STD`s.)
A Public Health and Sanitation Support Plan should be
developed which addresses the following issues: local
community health status and needs, upgrade the local
medical facilities (clinics) to accommodate the increase
in the local populations due to project related influx, setup health clinics for workers in the camp sites, run
regular health and sanitation awareness campaigns in
the local settlements, schools and for project workers
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO)
Construction
phase
6,000
Health
and
sanitation status of
the
community
improved
182
of
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
and •
Speed limit to vehicles hauling construction materials
especially in settlements to be 30km/hr and even less
when passing through congested areas and introduce
speed humps where necessary to force speed reduction.
•
Only those workers that are trained will be engaged to
operate specific machines and equipment. In addition,
well-maintained equipment will be used.
•
Worker’s health and safety will be monitored through an
occupational injury and illness reporting program,
accident and near‐misses reporting and investigation
protocols.
•
Post proper signs at site to warn workers of safety
requirements as regards to machines operation, moving
parts, High voltage, sharp edge, deep hole, etc.
•
provision of proper work instructions and safety
measures for each job
•
First Aid box will be provided and have a trained person
to handle site emergencies and incidences.
•
Safe and clean drinking water will be provided at all
worksites.
•
Personal protective equipment (PPEs) such as safety
helmets, safety masks, safety boots, uniforms and hand
gloves will be provided to the workers based on hazard
exposed.
Affected People, •
and Loss of Assets
and
Natural
Resources
once the final project design is in place, a detailed land
and asset loss mapping and assessment should be
carried out as the first step to update the RAP (to World
Bank OP 4.12 standards)
Accidents
hazards
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
TIME FRAME
COST/Year
(US$)
Contractor, Developer Once per Month
in some cases with by follow up on
consultation with OSHA accident Month
Report.
8,000
Developer (Tanesco)
5,000
183
Construction
phase
TARGET
LEVEL/STANDARD
Zero accidents
No injury at project
site
Affected persons are
compensated
according
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
TIME FRAME
•
The grave observed during site survey along igamba III
downstream will be relocated following the regulations
Developer and district
council office
Accumulation of •
solid waste at the
site.
Optimize the use of materials (i.e. utilizing methods that
minimize and reduce the quantities of waste generation
(production) during construction.
•
Collections of all wastes and appropriately disposal at
the designated areas.
Contractor
and Twice per Week
Developer (TANESCO)
in collaboration with
District council office
•
Provision of solid waste receptacles and storage
containers, particularly for the disposal of plastic bags,
boxes, etc.
•
conduct awareness training on waste management to
workers at all working sites
•
Post appropriate signage such as “DO NOT LITTER” or
“USITUPE TAKA” at all strategic sites.
Total Costs Mobilization and Construction phase
Employment
Opportunity
•
COST/Year
(US$)
5,000
TARGET
LEVEL/STANDARD
No waste at the site.
113,000/=
POSITIVE DURING OPERATION PHASE
Municipal authority to promote community District council office, Once per year
developments through sensitization of people to seize and TANESCO
the available opportunities following the availability of
proposed project.
•
Monitoring of labour standards in work areas for newly
established and existing enterprises.
Improved
•
livelihoods and
chance
for
economic growth •
Sensitization of communities all over Tanzania to
connect electricity and utilize it for individual economic
prosperity.
Developer (TANESCO), Once per year
local leaders
Promote and encourage local and foreign investments
as reliable electricity will be available.
MEM and local bank
arrangement
184
6,000
Number of direct
and
indirect
employment as high
as possible
5,000
Establishment
of
many enterprises,
workshops,
industries, etc.
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
•
Impact on climate
•
•
•
•
Soil erosion
•
Reduction
of •
population
of
limited range of
endemic species
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
TIME FRAME
COST/Year
(US$)
TARGET
LEVEL/STANDARD
As
many
local
connection
as
possible
Quarterly
12,000
Within limits Yearly
average
of
200mg/Nm3
Quarterly
5,000
Absence
erossion
Annually
5,000
Population
of
limited
endemic
species
remain
intact
Enabling people to connect to the electricity
NEGATIVE DURING OPERATION PHASE
Observe the air quality standards as provided for under Developer (TANESCO)
the Second Schedule of the Environmental Management
(Air Quality Standards) Regulations, 2007 GN No 237
published on 7th December 2007.
Minimize fugitive emissions from valves pump glands
through use of mechanical seals, flanges through good
design practices and equipment maintenance procedure
Use of mechanical seals where appropriate
Reduce Nitrogen oxides by using low ‐NOx burners and
optimise fuel gas usage.
Regular maintenance of the access road, ensure Developer (TANESCO)
drainages are clear and all erosion gullies immediately
rehabilitated. Monitor stability of all embankments
annually. Rehabilitate where necessary
and
Establishment of an oversight committee by the LTBWO Contractor
to provide independent opinion. The sub-committee Developer (TANESCO)
should include key stakeholders such as the University
of Dar es Salaam and the Jane Goodall Institute (JGI),
together with district and NEMC.
•
The oversight committee should also ensure that and
integrated land use plan for the upper Igamba area is
prepared and conservation measures implemented.
•
An appropriate long-term biodiversity monitoring
program is developed and integrated into the
Environmental Management System
185
of
soil
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
TIME FRAME
COST/Year
(US$)
TARGET
LEVEL/STANDARD
Developer (TANESCO)
Annually
6,000
No fish loss
•
Strict enforcement of “no go” areas upstream of the
dam wall and in the MUE Protected area adjacent to the
DIZ. Entry into such areas must be approved by the ESO.
fish •
Follow-up assessments of populations both upstream
and downstream of the reservoir will be required.
•
During periods when there is no flow between the dam
and the tail race (e.g. during sediment scouring) or when
there is only EFR in this section of the river, fishing,
clothes washing and natural resource abstraction should
be prohibited. Operational procedures in place to phase
river flow changes during peaking.
Loss of terrestrial •
wild life
Severe penalties established for illegal hunting, trapping
or purchase of bush meat. Support for district
conservation activities should be provided.
Developer (TANESCO)
Quarterly
5,000
No loss of terrestrial
wild life
of •
and
No cultivation around the reservoir, total ban on timber
abstraction within the project area under TANESCO
control and no movement of timber out of the Masito
Conservation Area via the access road.
Developer (TANESCO)
Operation phase
5,000
Vegetation species
are conserved
An EFR of 10m3/s will be required as a permanent
minimum flow in the downstream rapids area. Cessation
of EFR limited to a maximum of three hours continuous
within a 24 hour period.
Developer (TANESCO)
Loss
of
migration
Loss
Vegetation
Habitat
Fluctuations in •
river
flows
immediately
downstream of
the dam wall
•
Original plant tree
species are planted
No fishing or other aquatic resource collecting to occur
in the lower rapids when river flows are limited to the
EFR or less.
186
All
phase
Operation
8,000
Minimum
fluctuation in river
flow
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
Fluctuations in •
river
flow
downstream of
the DIZ
•
Close off water flows over an extended period of half an
hour and similarly commence with high flows slowly to
reduce surge effect and impact on river banks.
Generation
of •
solid and liquid •
wastes
Optimize the use of materials to reduce the wastes
Noise
Vibration
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
TIME FRAME
Developer (TANESCO)
All
phase
Developer (TANESCO).
Developer (TANESCO)
Operation
COST/Year
(US$)
TARGET
LEVEL/STANDARD
10,000
Minimum
fluctuation
in
downstream of DIZ
Once per month
5,000
No or minimal waste
at site.
Quarterly
10,000
Noise to be within
allowable limits of
70BA.
Monitor downstream fish populations for signs of
impact on breeding. Monitor river bank stability within
five kilometers of the tailrace for change in rates of
erosion. Based on the findings modify the peaking
operations
Good plant housekeeping and ensuring the waste is
collected at appropriate points before disposal to the
municipal land fill or sewerage system.
•
Consider having centralized facilities such as canteen for
staff where all generated wastes can be easily collected
for further handling and disposal.
•
Post appropriate signage such as “DO NOT LITTER” or
“USITUPE TAKA” at all strategic sites of the operating
plant.
•
Assign Contractor’s Environmental or Safety Officer the
responsibility to ensure that the surroundings are kept
clean.
•
Put waste bins and trash cans at appropriate areas to
collect daily wastes and later send to designated
dumping area by government.
and •
The design of flue duct and steam piping need to achieve
a reasonable layout and smoothly flows so as to reduce
the aerodynamic noises.
187
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
•
Sound absorbing materials and device with good sound
absorption effect will be used in high noise workshop
and wall surface.
•
Maintain the required noise and vibration standard
levels as provided for under the National Environmental
standards compendium by conducting regular
monitoring.
•
Where noise levels are beyond 70dB (A), ear muffs or
plugs to protect workers and visitors.
Risks to public •
safety, health and
spread
of •
HIV/AIDS
and
other STDs.
Continue with sensitization programs for workers and
local community.
•
Condoms will be distributed and placed in strategic
locations for easy access by the workforce.
•
•
Encourage periodic health examination and conduct
medical examination for newly recruited employees and
ensure proper treatment is obtained for the workers.
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
TIME FRAME
Developer (TANESCO) Quarterly
in association with
Municipal
health
authorities.
Fire
and
rescue
department
Loss
employment
of
•
10,000
TARGET
LEVEL/STANDARD
Zero
illnesses
resulting from poor
hygienic conditions
No new case for
HIV/AIDS.
No fire incidences
Equip the power plant with firefighting equipment
comprising of all fire extinguish types (sand, water,
foam, Carbon Dioxide, etc. to take care for any type of
fire
Fire are
contained
quickly
Train workers to be in a position to use firefighting
equipment.
Total Costs Operation Phase
•
COST/Year
(US$)
95,000
NEGATIVE IMPACTS DURING DECOMMISSIONING PHASE
Developer (TANESCO) At the end of
Retrench workers according to labour laws.
decommissioning
Where applicable retrain workers to fit another job with labour office
works
market.
188
20,000
All payments settled
and complied with
labour laws.
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
•
Ensure workers join the Social Security Funds such as
NSSF, PPF etc.
•
Provide competence training to workers to make them
competent for jobs elsewhere.
Generation
of •
noise
and •
vibration during
demolition works
Use equipment with low noise levels.
Inform the communities when there will be abnormal
noises such as use of explosives or other noisy activity.
•
The contractor shall work during normal working hours
so that the neighboring communities are not disturbed
during resting hours.
•
Provision of PPE for workers working in noisy
environment
Poor air quality •
from dust and
emission
•
Water sprinkling to reduce the dust near the demolition
site
•
Monitor
the
emission
of
demolition
machines/equipment to be within allowable emission
levels.
•
Debris transported from one location to the other shall
be entirely covered with tarpaulins.
•
Injuries and health problems associated with demolition
activities will be reduced through the implementation of
the workers’ health, safety and first aid training
programs.
•
Worker’s health and safety will be monitored through an
occupational injury and illness reporting program,
Risks to health
and safety of
demolition teams
Provide dust masks to operators and those working in
the dusty areas and where necessary goggles to protect
frying objects.
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
TIME FRAME
COST/Year
(US$)
TARGET
LEVEL/STANDARD
Developer (TANESCO) During
and Decommissioning
decommissioning
Contractor
phase
5,000
Noise to be within
allowable limits of
70BA.
Developer (TANESCO) During
and Decommissioning
decommissioning
Contractor
phase
10,000
Air quality within set
limits
Developer (TANESCO) During
and Decommissioning
decommissioning
Contractor
phase
5,000
Zero incident
189
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
TIME FRAME
COST/Year
(US$)
TARGET
LEVEL/STANDARD
Developer (TANESCO)
and Decommissioning
Contractor
in
collaboration
with
OSHA
Decommissioning
Contractor
and
Developer (TANESCO)
During
decommissioning
phase
10,000
Zero incident
During
decommissioning
phase
10,000
No waste left at the
site.
accident and near‐misses reporting and investigation
protocols.
Increased
potential
accidents
•
for •
Sensitization of demolition crew
Provision of the proper PPE
•
Incident examinations to find causes of injuries or
accidents in order to prevent recurrence
Wastes
from •
demolished
materials
•
All types of wastes shall be removed from the site for
permanent waste disposal.
•
Hazardous wastes will be sent to specialized dealers as
recommended by NEMC
•
Re-usable materials such as doors, windows, and other
items made from steel, aluminium or wood will be
shifted to areas where they will be re-used as directed
by the Company.
Separation of materials shall be made, biodegradable
wastes, metals, plastics, etc. While biodegradable
wastes may be buried in pits on appropriate area at site
or nearby, recyclable materials such as metal and
plastics will be sent to recycling facilities.
Total cost decommission phase
60,000
190
CHAPTER NINE: ENVORONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MONITORING PLAN
9.1
Monitoring at Three Levels
Monitoring of the ESMP will occur at three levels. The first level of monitoring will be by the ESO
and as previously described he/she will be on-site daily to ensure that environmental and social
guidelines are being adhered to and to ensure that any environmental mishaps, particularly on
construction sites, will be attended to swiftly and effectively. The ESO will prepare daily reports
based on a format that allows him/her to check off sites visited and environmental /social issues
addressed. In some of these instances he/she will have a set of indicators that will allow for the
easy assessment of any situation where environmental / social compliance is required.
The second level of monitoring will be conducted by the EMO. This individual will visit the
construction site and the communities on a monthly basis. He / she will liaise with the ESO on a
regular basis and discuss issues to be resolved. The EMO will prepare his/her own monthly
monitoring report based on daily reports of the ESO and on his/her own observations and
measurements on the critical issues as these have been described in the ESMP. EMO will examine
these issues against a set of objectively measurable (where possible) indicators.
The third level of monitoring will be that conducted by an external and independent monitor
body that will be hired by the funding agency of the project. The body will conduct
comprehensive environmental and social monitoring of the project semiannually and the basis
of the monitoring reports will be those reports of the EMO and ESO as well as the external
monitor’s own observations, discussions, measurements and analysis.
9.2
Monitoring Indicators
A set of practical monitoring indicators that can be measured and verified will be developed for
each level of monitoring. In some instances these may be the same indicators for more than one
level of monitoring. In some instances the indicators will of necessity be qualitative in nature.
Monitoring will be conducted against baseline information. For instance, if water quality before
the project begins is 5 units of quality, this unit of measure would be used as baseline for
measuring quality at various intervals throughout the project life. It is suggested that the external
monitor work with the EMO and ESO to develop a set of indicators that can be used, prior to
construction. The monitors may be required to collect additional baseline data for these
indicators.
9.3
Monitoring Scheduling and Reporting
On-site monitoring will be conducted daily by the ESO and he/she will report directly to the
supervising engineer of the project. Daily reports will be summarized and forwarded to the EMO
on a weekly basis. The EMO will monitor on a monthly basis and will prepare a monitoring report
191
based on the ESO summary reports and the EMOs own monthly or more frequent site monitoring
visits. These visits may or may not be announced. The EMOs monthly reports will be submitted
to TANESCO and subsequently to NEMC. The external monitor will submit two reports annually,
based on his/her semi-annual visits. The basis of these reports will be his/her owns monitoring
field visits and analysis as well as other monitoring reports. The external monitor’s reports will
be submitted to the project funding agency. All reports will cycle through the institutional
mechanism established for project management and where action is recommended in
monitoring reports such action will be taken at the appropriate levels in a timely manner.
9.4
Costs Related to Monitoring
Monitoring costs include a full time Environmental Management Officer (EMO) during and
specific specialist monitoring during the construction and are approximately USD 205,000.
192
Table 20: Environmental Monitoring Plan
IMPACT
Impact
climate
MITIGATION MEASURE
on •
Soil erosion and •
pollution.
•
Monitored
Location
parameter
MOBILIZATION AND CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Ensure full rehabilitation of vegetation in all
disturbed areas. Limit ROW clearing to
width required. Decommission and
rehabilitate works areas and camps at the
end of construction. Innovative ways to
reduce fuel consumption e.g. use of rail to
transport equipment and resources to site.
Carry out efficient storage of fuel and
prevention of leakage. Maintain record of
fuel use and all fuel savings.
Soil stability testing should be undertaken
prior to any construction, to identify areas
at low, medium and high risk of erosion or
landslides, which should be indicated on a
soil erosion and landslide risk map. Final site
designs (of the HPP, access road) will be
based in part on this risk map
EPC contractor to provide detailed plans for
cut and fill areas, establishment of
embankments and management of cut
material. Plan to include landscaping and
rehabilitation of all the embankments.
Closure and rehabilitation of all cleared
working areas and temporary tracks. During
construction ensure that vehicles use
approved roads and tracks only. Ensure that
the road access is the most suitable in terms
of using the natural contours.
Climate change
Within project Yearly
area
Rehabilitation plan Embankments,
outlined and funds camps and lay
available
down areas
193
Frequency
Monthly
Responsibility
Annually cost
(USD)
TANESCO and
contractor
8,000
TANESCO and
contractor
7,000
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
•
Reduction
of •
population
of
limited range of
endemic species
Monitored
parameter
Vegetation removal should be kept to a
minimum, and bare earth re-vegetated with
suitable local native vegetation, as soon as
practicable after construction is completed.
Construction should observe the restricted Presence
species
areas if any
Location
of
Frequency
key Endemic
monthly
species
habitats (lower
rapids)
Responsibility
Annually cost
(USD)
TANESCO and
contractor
5,000
fish •
Follow-up assessments of populations both
upstream and downstream of the reservoir
will be required
Zero use of aquatic Fish habitats
resources in lower
rapids.
Monthly
TANESCO and
contractor
8,000
Loss of Terrestrial •
Wildlife
Limit clearing of areas to the minimum and
ensure that limits of areas to be cleared are
effectively marked. Importance of the left
bank for chimpanzees should be
emphasized during induction training.
Severe penalties established for illegal
hunting, trapping or purchase of bush meat.
Establish links with MUE authorities and
Jane Goodall Institute to increase their
presence in the area
Preserve identified Within project monthly
terrestrial wildlife
area
TANESCO and
contractor
15,000
of •
and
Construction teams to be induced on issues
of habitat protection, minimum clearing of
areas, fire control and to be made aware of
the orchid species of concern.
Preserve vegetation Within project monthly
cover
area
TANESCO and
contractor
12,000
•
A wet season survey of vegetation will be
required to locate rare plant species within
the proposed reservoir. All orchids
identified within the 843 m.a.s.l flood line of
Loss
of
migration
Loss
Vegetation
Habitat
194
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
Monitored
parameter
Location
Frequency
Responsibility
Annually cost
(USD)
As per procedures
(include Ca and Mg
levels upstream and
downstream m)
These should be
provided to the
biodiversity research
Storage areas,
construction
accommodatio
n, storage
areas, working
areas within
river bed
Monthly
TANESCO and
contractor
6,000
the reservoir should be moved onto similar
habitats on the left bank in the MUE.
•
•
Construction footprint will be kept to a
minimum focusing only where land is
required for project construction activities.
Indigenous vegetation should be reestablished following construction of the
HPP
Pollution
of •
Water Quality
Procedures must be in place prior to
establishment of the site for the handling of
fuel, oil, lubricants and other toxic
chemicals, machinery maintenance and
emergency procedures. Materials and
spillages from the diversion working areas
are to be actively prevented from washing
into the downstream rapids.
•
Construction of temporary sanitary
facilities or mobile toilets for construction
workers
Noise, Dust and •
Vibration
Dampening down of tracks through
settlements when heavy traffic volumes
expected. Preparation of air quality
management plan. Haulage trucking may
only operate during daylight hours. No
haulage traffic on Sundays.
•
Establish complaints procedures with local
authorities.
•
Use of safety equipment by employees
when exposed to high dust or noise levels.
Monthly during
Complaints
Settlements
registered, condition along
access dry season
of road surface
track
195
CC ESO
reporting to
EMO
5,000
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
Monitored
parameter
Detailed attention to
aesthetic issues and
lighting included in
design
Location
Frequency
End of design
phase
End of design
and end of
construction
Disturbing visual •
and landscape
Re-vegetation and rehabilitation of all
laydown and construction areas particularly
camps borrows and quarry.
•
It is important that the presence of the MUE
area is considered during detailed design
and the long term potential of tourism is
not lost through high visibility structures
and excessive night time lighting. It is
common around hydropower plants to
flood the working areas in light. This
practice should be avoided and lighting
limited to essential areas only with all
lighting to be directed downwards. An audit
of visual impacts should be undertaken of
the design prior to approval and again at
the end of construction.
•
All potential tourism sites are to be
preserved.
Damage
of •
Archaeological
Sites and Cultural
Heritage
During excavation special attention should
be paid to the chance occurrence of
archaeological artifacts and sites. Drivers of
excavating machinery should be made
aware of such chance finds and what
procedure is to be followed upon the
sighting or location
Condition of sites
Cultural and
archaeology
sites
Impact
on •
communities
health
and
sanitation (Risks
to public health,
A Public Health and Sanitation Support Plan
should be developed which addresses the
following issues: local community health
status and needs, upgrade the local medical
facilities (clinics) to accommodate the
Infection rates and
condition of
employees and local
population
Local clinics
and on-site
clinic
196
Responsibility
Annually cost
(USD)
TANESCO
6,000
Annually
EMO
5,000
Monthly
Medical staff
of onsite clinic
and
Kazuramimba
8,000
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
spread of HIV,
AIDS and other
STD`s.)
increase in the local populations due to
project related influx, set-up health clinics
for workers in the camp sites, run regular
health and sanitation awareness campaigns
in the local settlements, schools and for
project workers
Road Accidents, •
Health and Safety
risks
Speed limit to vehicles hauling construction
materials especially in settlements to be
30km/hr and even less when passing
through congested areas and introduce
speed humps where necessary to force
speed reduction.
•
Only those workers that are trained will be
engaged to operate specific machines and
equipment. In addition, well-maintained
equipment will be used.
•
Worker’s health and safety will be
monitored through an occupational injury
and illness reporting program, accident and
near‐misses reporting and investigation
protocols.
•
Post proper signs at site to warn workers of
safety requirements as regards to machines
operation, moving parts, High voltage,
sharp edge, deep hole, etc.
•
provision of proper work instructions and
safety measures for each job
•
First Aid box will be provided and have a
trained person to handle site emergencies
and incidences.
Monitored
parameter
Location
Frequency
Responsibility
Annually cost
(USD)
to
provide
figures to EMO
Plan implementation
197
Local
communities
along access
road,
particularly
Igamba sub
village
Workers
working area
Once per Month
by follow up on
accident Month
Report.
Developer in 5,000
some
cases
with
consultation
with OSHA
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
•
Safe and clean drinking water will be
provided at all worksites.
•
Personal protective equipment (PPEs) such
as safety helmets, safety masks, safety
boots, uniforms and hand gloves will be
provided to the workers based on hazard
exposed.
Affected People, •
and Loss of Assets
and
Natural
Resources
once the final project design is in place, a
detailed land and asset loss mapping and
assessment should be carried out as the
first step to update the RAP (to World Bank
OP 4.12 standards)
•
The grave observed during site survey along
igamba III downstream will be relocated
following the regulations
Accumulation of •
solid waste at the
site.
Optimize the use of materials (i.e. utilizing
methods that minimize and reduce the
quantities of waste generation (production)
during construction.
•
Collections of all wastes and appropriately
disposal at the designated areas.
•
Provision of solid waste receptacles and
storage containers, particularly for the
disposal of plastic bags, boxes, etc.
•
conduct awareness training on waste
management to workers at all working sites
•
Post appropriate signage such as “DO NOT
LITTER” or “USITUPE TAKA” at all strategic
sites.
Monitored
parameter
Location
Compensation and
resettlement
Waste collection and
disposal plan
Number of dust bins
present at the site
198
Frequency
Responsibility
Annually cost
(USD)
Direct Impact Construction
Zone (DIZ)
phase
Developer
(TANESCO)
Estimated in
RAP report
Within project Weekly
site
Developer and
contractor
10,000
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
Monitored
parameter
Location
Frequency
Responsibility
Total Costs Mobilization and Construction phase
Impact on climate •
•
•
•
Soil erosion
•
Reduction
of •
population
of
limited range of
endemic species
•
OPERATION PHASE
Observe the air quality standards as Climate change
Within project Yearly
provided for under the Second Schedule of
area
the Environmental Management (Air
Quality Standards) Regulations, 2007 GN No
237 published on 7th December 2007.
Minimize fugitive emissions from valves
pump glands through use of mechanical
seals, flanges through good design practices
and equipment maintenance procedure
Use of mechanical seals where appropriate
Reduce Nitrogen oxides by using low ‐NOx
burners and optimise fuel gas usage.
Regular maintenance of the access road, Rehabilitation plan Embankments, Monthly
ensure drainages are clear and all erosion outlined and funds camps and lay
gullies immediately rehabilitated. Monitor available
down areas
stability of all embankments annually.
Rehabilitate where necessary
Establishment of an oversight committee by Presence of key Endemic
monthly
species
the LTBWO to provide independent species
habitats (lower
opinion. The sub-committee should include
rapids)
key stakeholders such as the University of
Dar es Salaam and the Jane Goodall
Institute (JGI), together with district and
NEMC.
The oversight committee should also
ensure that and integrated land use plan for
the upper Igamba area is prepared and
conservation measures implemented.
199
Annually cost
(USD)
100,000
TANESCO
5,000
TANESCO
4,000
TANESCO
8,000
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
•
An appropriate long-term biodiversity
monitoring program is developed and
integrated into the Environmental
Management System
•
Strict enforcement of “no go” areas
upstream of the dam wall and in the MUE
Protected area adjacent to the DIZ. Entry
into such areas must be approved by the
ESO.
fish •
Follow-up assessments of populations both
upstream and downstream of the reservoir
will be required.
•
During periods when there is no flow
between the dam and the tail race (e.g.
during sediment scouring) or when there is
only EFR in this section of the river, fishing,
clothes washing and natural resource
abstraction
should
be
prohibited.
Operational procedures in place to phase
river flow changes during peaking.
Loss of terrestrial •
wild life
of •
and
Loss
of
migration
Loss
Vegetation
Habitat
Monitored
parameter
Location
Zero use of aquatic Fish habitats
resources in lower
rapids.
Frequency
Responsibility
Annually cost
(USD)
Monthly
TANESCO
8,000
Severe penalties established for illegal
hunting, trapping or purchase of bush meat.
Support for district conservation activities
should be provided.
Preserve identified Within project monthly
terrestrial wildlife
area
TANESCO
7,000
No cultivation around the reservoir, total
ban on timber abstraction within the
project area under TANESCO control and no
movement of timber out of the Masito
Conservation Area via the access road.
Preserve vegetation Within project monthly
cover
area
TANESCO
10,000
200
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
Fluctuations in •
river
flows
immediately
downstream of
the dam wall
An EFR of 10m3/s will be required as a
permanent minimum flow in the
downstream rapids area. Cessation of EFR
limited to a maximum of three hours
continuous within a 24 hour period.
•
No fishing or other aquatic resource
collecting to occur in the lower rapids when
river flows are limited to the EFR or less.
Fluctuations in •
river
flow
downstream of
the DIZ
Close off water flows over an extended
period of half an hour and similarly
commence with high flows slowly to reduce
surge effect and impact on river banks.
•
Monitor downstream fish populations for
signs of impact on breeding. Monitor river
bank stability within five kilometers of the
tailrace for change in rates of erosion.
Based on the findings modify the peaking
operations
Generation
of •
solid and liquid
wastes
•
Optimize the use of materials to reduce the
wastes
•
Consider having centralized facilities such
as canteen for staff where all generated
wastes can be easily collected for further
handling and disposal.
Monitored
Location
parameter
Change
in
flow Tailrace
gradual over 30
minutes
Frequency
Monthly during
peaking
operations
during first 2
years of
operation
Solid
waste Within project Monthly
management plan
area
Good plant housekeeping and ensuring the
waste is collected at appropriate points
before disposal to the municipal land fill or
sewerage system.
201
Responsibility
Annually cost
(USD)
TANESCO
Station
Manager
5,000
TANESCO
12,000
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
•
Post appropriate signage such as “DO NOT
LITTER” or “USITUPE TAKA” at all strategic
sites of the operating plant.
•
Assign Contractor’s Environmental or
Safety Officer the responsibility to ensure
that the surroundings are kept clean.
•
Put waste bins and trash cans at
appropriate areas to collect daily wastes
and later send to designated dumping area
by government.
and •
The design of flue duct and steam piping
need to achieve a reasonable layout and
smoothly flows so as to reduce the
aerodynamic noises.
•
Sound absorbing materials and device with
good sound absorption effect will be used
in high noise workshop and wall surface.
•
Maintain the required noise and vibration
standard levels as provided for under the
National
Environmental
standards
compendium by conducting regular
monitoring.
•
Where noise levels are beyond 70dB (A), ear
muffs or plugs to protect workers and
visitors.
Risks to public •
safety, health and
spread
of •
Continue with sensitization programs for
workers and local community.
Noise
Vibration
Monitored
parameter
Location
Frequency
Monthly during
Complaints
Offices,
dry season
registered, condition Residential
of road surface
premises and
settlement
along
access
road
Health records
Encourage periodic health examination and
conduct medical examination for newly
202
Community
Every six months
Responsibility
Annually cost
(USD)
CC ESO
reporting to
EMO
5,000
TANESCO
10,000
IMPACT
HIV/AIDS
other STDs.
Loss
employment
MITIGATION MEASURE
and
Monitored
parameter
Location
Frequency
Responsibility
Annually cost
(USD)
recruited employees and ensure proper
treatment is obtained for the workers.
•
Condoms will be distributed and placed in
strategic locations for easy access by the
workforce.
•
Equip the power plant with firefighting
equipment comprising of all fire extinguish
types (sand, water, foam, Carbon Dioxide,
etc. to take care for any type of fire
•
Train workers to be in a position to use
firefighting equipment.
of •
•
Total Costs Operation Phase
DECOMMISSIONING PHASE
Working places
Retrench workers according to labour laws. Employment
Where applicable retrain workers to fit Terminal benefits
74,000
End
of
project
the
TANESCO
5,000
Decommissionin
g
TANESCO
5,000
another job market.
•
Ensure workers join the Social Security
Funds such as NSSF, PPF etc.
•
Provide competence training to workers to
make them competent for jobs elsewhere.
Generation
of •
noise
and •
vibration during
demolition works
•
Use equipment with low noise levels.
Inform the communities when there will be
abnormal noises such as use of explosives
or other noisy activity.
Registered complaint Workplace
from public on noise
and vibration issues
The contractor shall work during normal
working hours so that the neighboring
communities are not disturbed during
resting hours.
203
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
•
Provision of PPE for workers working in
noisy environment
Poor air quality •
from dust and
emission
•
Water sprinkling to reduce the dust near
the demolition site
•
Monitor the emission of demolition
machines/equipment to be within
allowable emission levels.
•
Debris transported from one location to the
other shall be entirely covered with
tarpaulins.
•
Sensitization of demolition crew
Increased
potential
accidents
for •
Provide dust masks to operators and those
working in the dusty areas and where
necessary goggles to protect frying objects.
Provision of the proper PPE
•
Incident examinations to find causes of
injuries or accidents in order to prevent
recurrence
Wastes
from •
demolished
materials
•
All types of wastes shall be removed from
the site for permanent waste disposal.
•
Hazardous wastes will be sent to specialized
dealers as recommended by NEMC
Monitored
parameter
Location
Frequency
Registered complaint
from public/community
on air related diseases.
Workplace
During
decommissionin
g phase
TANESCO
10,000
recording Working site
During
decommissionin
g phase
TANESCO
6,000
Presence of waste at Working site
the site
During
decommissionin
g phase
TANESCO
5,000
Accident
systems
Separation of materials shall be made,
biodegradable wastes, metals, plastics, etc.
While biodegradable wastes may be buried
in pits on appropriate area at site or nearby,
recyclable materials such as metal and
plastics will be sent to recycling facilities.
204
Responsibility
Annually cost
(USD)
IMPACT
MITIGATION MEASURE
•
Monitored
parameter
Location
Frequency
Responsibility
Annually cost
(USD)
Re-usable materials such as doors,
windows, and other items made from steel,
Aluminium or wood will be shifted to areas
where they will be re-used as directed by
the Company.
Total cost decommission phase
205
31,000
CHAPTER TEN: COST BENEFIT ANALTYSIS
An important advantage of cost-benefit analysis is that it reduces a problem with mult
dimensions to one with fewer dimensions. This analysis assigned values to important and
influential factors but has omitted smaller and inconsequential factors. All values included in
this analysis were converted into real values. Instances where a real value could not be
approximated from the data, World Bank Conversion figures were used.
The process involves discounting future benefits and costs accrued to give their approximate
values at the beginning of the project. A discount rate of 10% was used, consistent with World
Bank procedure.
In this analysis, we used a project lifespan of 40 years.
10.1
Real Costs
10.1.1 Construction Costs
Construction would be carried out in the first 3.5 years of the project, which would include a
44.8 MW power plant (producing 186.8 GWH/annum, a 27 km access road and transmission
lines. The initial capital investment for the 44.8 MW power plants was taken from the
engineering study to be $ 148.54 million and was spread evenly across the 3.5 years of
construction.
10.1.2 Operation and Management Costs
Operation and Management costs were approximated to be 1.5% of the accumulated capital
expenditure.
10.1.3 Resettlement Costs
This value was estimated as the real cost of carrying out the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP).
10.2
Negative Externalities
10.2.1 Social Impact of HIV/AIDS
This was measured as the increased prevalence of HIV/AIDS to the surrounding areas as a
result of migrant labour used for the construction. The increase in contraction rate was
estimated indirectly through another study. This study showed that villages close to
Tanzanian borders had a prevalence rate of 13.6 % higher than the national average amongst
15-49 year olds. Because the continuous movement of people at borders resembles the
temporary movement of construction workers into the project area, this increased rate was
used as a proxy. The population affected included the villages that were situated near to the
new 27 km access road.
206
10.2.2 Loss in Bio-Diversity
The value of mitigation for Stage III to protect Igamba snail habitat was adopted. Additionally,
the real cost of the Rapid Bio-diversity Assessment was also included in the real cost to Biodiversity. The CBA has not been able to incorporate a “biodiversity” value for the loss of
habitat for Igamba Snails and Igamba Gobe Cichlids. This analysis assumes that these species
will not become extinct and that the remaining habitat will receive better protection than
present.
10.3
Real Benefits
10.3.1 Hydroelectric Power
The real price per unit of electricity in Tanzania was used to price the value of hydroelectric
power. As the plant will be linked to the national grid it was assumed that all surplus power
produced will be sold into the national grid at lower rates (assumed 50% of present real value
of power).
10.3.2 Employment Generated from Construction
A peak of 550 jobs will be produced for a period of 1.75 years and a lower figure of 250 for
remaining 1.75 years were used as the estimated number of jobs generated from
construction. This was multiplied by the real minimum wage in Tanzania of $ 1,600 per annum
to value the benefit to the region.
10.3.3 Net Recreation from Tourism
A hypothetical scenario was fabricated to predict the potential effects of establishing a
tourism industry in the area. The newly developed 27 km access road would allow for easy
access to the area. In the scenario, a 20 bed hotel was created 5 years after construction. This
hotel would run at 30 % capacity at $ 80 a night for 5 years. After this it would continue to run
at 50 % capacity until the 40 year time line was done. It is assumed that the hotel will run for
only half a year because of the seasonal nature of the industry.
10.3.4 Fishery
The new 27 km access road would allow for local fisherman to gain better access to markets.
Therefore, assuming the number of fisherman and fish caught remain as currently is, a value
for the fishery benefit can be calculated. It is assumed that the real price of fish remains at $
1 per fish.
10.4
Positive externalities
10.4.1 Benefit from the 27 km access road
A study in Peru found that a rehabilitated motorized road can potentially increase the per
capita income of the area by $ 120 per annum. Because the study was undertaken in rural
207
areas with high poverty rates, it was used as a useful approximation of the real benefit derived
by the communities close to the access road in Malagarasi.
10.4.2 Displaced Greenhouse Emissions
Assuming 1 MW of power from a diesel generator emits 625 tons of Greenhouse Gases per
annum and the price per ton of Carbon is $ 10 an estimate can be calculated using the
predicted power demand in the area i.e. thermal diesel power production replaced by
hydropower. This was increased from 1.5 MW to 5 MW by year 40.
10.5
Additional Assumptions Made
• The loss of vegetation from clearing for the access road is minimal and will be
offset by the revenue generated from the charcoal made.
•
Work related injuries and other negative health implications are incorporated into
the capital expenditure and the operations and management of the project.
•
Assuming the average number of people in each household as 7.
•
Assume snail population evenly distributed across 100% of its habitat, so that a 29
% loss in habitat also means a 29 % loss in species
•
Assume the real price of electricity remains constant over 40 years
11.6 Concluding Remarks
A cost-benefit analysis can be a useful tool in highlighting significant areas. The hypothetical
tourism scenario shows that it is possible to offset some (potentially all) of the bio-diversity
loss. Surrounding protected areas could benefit greatly from tourism. The Cost-Benefit
analysis shows a clearly positive Net Present Value (NPV) for the project. Although there may
be some inaccuracies in the data used and assumptions made, the gap between the benefits
and costs is too great to ignore its significance.
The positive effect of supplying electricity to rural areas will have profound effects on poverty
reduction and development. There is considerable difficulty in valuing these trickledown
effects of energy and resources into the rural economy. However, the effect on poverty
reduction will be highly significant, implying that the value of NPV is greatly undervalued. This
analysis indicates that the Malagarasi Hydropower Plant will provide a net positive benefit to
the region.
208
Table 21: Cost-Benefit Analysis of the Malagarasi Hydropower Project
Cost-Benefit Analysis of the Malagarasi Hydropower Project
Benefits
1. Hydroelectric power
$514 141 809.39
2. Employment generated by construction
3. Net recreation - Tourism
4. Fishery
$1 369 047.47
$605 001.32
$285 548.28
5. Total positive externalities
a) access roads
$22 671 751.19
b) Displaced
greenhouse emissions
$134 097.49
TOTAL REAL BENEFITS
$539 207 255.14
209
Costs
1. Construction costs
($135 036 363.64)
2. Operation and management costs
3. Resettlement
($16 247 747.98)
($92 000.00)
4. Externalities
a) Social impacts of HIV/AIDS
b) Loss in Bio-diversity
($13 444 586.99)
($1 459 211.82)
-$166 279 910.43
TOTAL REAL COSTS
$372 927 344.71
Net Present Value of the Project
210
CHAPTER ELEVEN: DECCOMMISIONING
11.1 Introduction
The project operational phase covers 35 years. It is assumed that the hydro-mechanical
equipment is replaced after 20 years and the electro-mechanical equipment after 15 years.
No specific information is available about decommissioning. The anticipated regular
maintenance and replacement of equipment would obviously ensure a long life span of this
project.
In the unlikely event of the total closing down of the project an assessment is needed to
decide on the feasibility and benefits of removal of the dam structure. In the normal time
span of a hydropower reservoir a new (lake) ecosystem will have been established and new
ecological and biodiversity values and water use opportunities might have been established.
11.2 Decommissioning of the Construction Phase
Following completion of the construction works, appropriate consideration will be given to
the deconstruction and decommissioning of the construction sites. It is important to ensure
that when the construction works leave the site that they do not result in significant impacts,
such as contamination, waste or damage. Such considerations are included in the
Environmental Management Plan and must be documented in the Contractor’s procedures.
11.3 Decommissioning of the Project Hydropower Facilities
Decommissioning can be expensive and requires detailed engineering and environmental and
social assessment. The following would be required:
1. Objectives of decommissioning to be clarified e.g. reinstatement of fish
migrations; restoration of habitat; preparing the hydropower facilities for
suspension of power production, with a possible option of bringing the facilities
back on line after an extended outage. The objectives will determine the extent of
decommissioning as discussed below;
2. Decommissioning engineering plan and associated costs;
3. Solid waste management plan and associated costs;
4. Social assessment (impact on existing livelihoods);
5. Environmental plan (impact on biodiversity and ways to maximise biodiversity
recovery).
11.3.1 Establishment of Decommissioning Objectives and Preparation for
Decommissioning:
• Five years before decommissioning (or earlier if closure is identified) the objectives
of the decommissioning are to be articulated and agreed with affected parties and
211
an estimate of the cost of decommissioning established. All decommissioning and
rehabilitation activities that can be implemented prior to closure are to be
undertaken.
•
Once the objectives of decommissioning are established, an inventory of all
components of the hydropower project is to be prepared and the extent of
decommissioning of each component established.
•
Three levels of decommissioning can occur:
1. Mothballing where the plant and facilities are prepared for indefinite
suspension of power production and brought back on line after an
extended outage;
2. Permanent decommissioning of power plant and associated works whilst
allowing the dam to remain as a “natural” water body;
3. Decommissioning of all components including breaching of the dam wall
and reestablishment of historic flow patterns. This includes either
breaching the dam wall and, by constructing levees, permanently
channelling the river around the remaining dam structures, and leaving the
dam structures in place; or, breaching the dam wall, temporarily
channelling the river around the remaining dam structures, and removing
the dam structures from the river.
11.3.2 Decommissioning Costs and Engineering
11.3.2.1 Inventory of Components
The inventory of physical components must include all constructed elements e.g. the
powerhouse, canals, gates, housing, access roads and transmission lines.
1. Powerhouse systems
These will include: generators; circuit breakers; dewatering pumps and sumps; transformers;
lubricating systems; diesel and gasoline tanks; compressed air systems; emergency diesel
generators; control room; main units (turbines); lighting systems; station batteries; oil storage
in the powerhouse; storage (warehouse, paint, etc.); wastewater treatment plant; flushing
gate system; gate operating machinery; miscellaneous systems; transportation and collection
channel; telephone system; radio base station.
2. Hazardous Materials, Substances, Chemicals, and Wastes
The dam site will have numerous items that can be classified as hazardous/dangerous
materials, substances, chemicals, or wastes. In the event the hydropower facility is
212
decommissioned, all items that are designated as solid wastes would need to be identified,
characterized, and disposed of in accordance with Tanzanian regulations.
Examples of hazardous materials, substances, chemicals, and wastes normally found at a
hydropower facility that may require disposal actions if not recycled are: Polychlorinated
Biphenyls (PCBs); asbestos; paint/abrasive (red lead paint); oil; greases; fuel/diesel (includes
product and sludge in tanks); mercury; halogenated and non-halogenated solvents; pesticides
(includes herbicides, insecticides, and wood preservatives); chlorinated fluorocarbons (CFCs)
Freon/Halon; batteries (includes acid); water treatment sludge (septic tanks/wastewater
treatment).
11.3.3 Social Plan
The social plan will require an assessment of the best use options for the area and
surroundings and identification as to how the decommissioned plant area can contribute to
future economic activities and social development. The plan is to be based on public
participation and public aspirations clearly identified.
12.3.4 Environmental Plan to include the site clearing activities and rehabilitation activities
Environmental assessment of the decommissioning process and the biodiversity implications
of decommissioning the reservoir are to be assessed. These aspects are to be included into
the engineering plan and decommissioning cost estimates.
Decommissioning of the hydropower facility would include removal of the powerhouse and
foundation, and the excavation and removal of the intake, tailrace, and buried components.
Underground components would be removed to a depth of at least one metre to ensure an
unobstructed root zone for re-vegetation. Decommissioning of pipelines would range from
the removal of only the aboveground components to removal of the entire pipeline and
ancillary components. More deeply buried components might be abandoned in place. Any
dam or weir could either be removed or left to maintain the head pond for adapted aquatic
biota and for recreational activities. Following removal of site components, site reclamation
and re-vegetation would mitigate some impacts, such as soil erosion, habitat fragmentation,
and visual impacts.
12.3.5 Funding
TANESCO will be required to ensure that there are funds available for decommissioning.
213
CHAPTER TWELVE: CONCLUSION
12.1 Summary and Conclusion
This Environmental Study has covered the proposed construction hydropower at the Igamba Falls
cascade. During the assessment the upper storage reservoir and HPP (Stage I) was not considered
due to both environmental concerns and the high development costs. The middle cascade runof-river ponding dam (Stage II) was assessed and rejected on environmental grounds due to the
presence of habitat critically important to the Igamba Snail (a range limited endemic) and to a
lesser extent to the Goby cichlid. The lower cascade dam (Stage III), also a run-of-river scheme
was identified as the scheme of lowest impact on biodiversity. This scheme is the focus of the
Environmental Study study.
The Igamba Falls and Rapids are composed of porous and fractured Upper Malagarasi Sandstone
formation with extensive circular pothole erosion formations. This rock habitat lies between an
upper catchment and Lake Tanganyika. The location and evolutional history of the Igamba Falls
area makes it a unique site from an environmental perspective. Its fauna, chemistry, substrate
and productivity are different from other sites in the river system.
The Stage III scheme will take three years, four months to construct and will produce up to 44.8
MW power when river flows are in excess of 181 m3/s. The dry season firm power will be 5 MW
and daily peaking will be required when river flow is below 33m3/s.
12.2 Priority Issues
The Igamba area is unique in that it has had a extended stable period (10 million years), extensive
hyporheic cryptic habitat and elevated calcium and magnesium levels in the water probably due
to the unusual geomorphology which causes the sub-surface water to be in pressured,
multisurface contact with the bedrock (Mott MacDonald RBA study 2009). The falls area is also
protected from sedimentation by the upstream Malagarasi-Moyowosi swamp and associated
lakes.
The Igamba area is home to several identified endemic and highly localised animal species. These
species are are highly vulnerable to development and changes to water quality and flows
resulting from local or upstream changes. The proposed Malagarasi Stage III HPP will involve a
trade-off between increased risks to the unique species and production of hydropower. The
lower Malagarasi contains a remarkable mollusc fauna with some undescribed species. The
Igamba snail is the most iconic, hence the emphasis on conserving this species, but the
undescribed Potadomoides mollusc and its uncertain overall distribution also illustrates the
importance of taking care to protect the environment during and after dam construction to
minimise impacts on the aquatic habitat.
214
Given the biodiversity importance of the Igamba Falls and rapids, the establishment of a cascade
scheme that would affect large portions of the cryptic habitat will result in a high risk of species
extinctions. As a result the Independent Panel (Mott MacDonald Malagarasi Independent
Advisory Panel (MIAP) Recommendations 2009 ) recommended that, should the development go
ahead “Foregoing either Stage 1 or Stage 3 must to be explored with a view to selecting one of
them as the most appropriate offset to mitigate biodiversity impacts. Using Stage 3 as an offset
would protect habitat biodiversity for fish; the offset of Stage 1 would protect gorge aquatic and
terrestrial ecosystems and gallery forest biodiversity. Such an offset must be formalized in a
covenant prior to Stage 2 going ahead. A clause can be added to relax conditions of the covenant
should monitoring show the offset to no longer be necessary.”
It is important that the offsetting of Stages I and II and the optimisation of the Stage III scheme,
as a run-of-river scheme with dry season peaking, are seen as mitigation and optimal
development of the area. The offset approach allows for hydropower to be produced while the
main falls and upstream remain available for tourism development and conservation of the core
Igamba Snail habitat.
A number of issues that were raised as recommendations for the Stage II HPP keep occurring and
need addressing here, these are:
1.
Grout curtain: The porous nature of the rock below the proposed dam wall will require
cement based grout to be pumped into the foundation area up to 30 metres deep. The
objective of the grout is to prevent subterranean flow which reduces water available for
hydropower production and to protect the dam wall from being undermined. The stage III
dam site is in a slow flowing pool and not rapids (as in the case of the Stage II site). The
extent of the subterranean flow in the existing pool and its effects on the existing hyporheic
flows is not fully understood. Similarly the environmental flow release, which will come
from water from the live storage area of the reservoir, and be released at the top of the
downstream rapids, should ensure that water quality is not affected by the grout curtain
or short residence time in the ponding reservoir.
2.
Environmental Flow Release (EFR) during construction: MIAP recommended that the
construction scenario of a diversion canal and two coffer dams be modified to maintain a
wet area downstream of the diversion weir so as to provide critical natural habitat for
aquatic organisms during construction. No suitable engineering options have been
identified for this requirement apart from pumping a maximum flow of 0.2 m3/s around
the construction area to the top of the rapids so that some of the aquatic habitat of the
downstream rapid remains alive. Although this is suboptimal and will result in most of the
downstream rapids drying out, the presence of the main population of key species
upstream may allow for both natural reintroduction of species as well as reintroduction
though programmes.
215
3.
Sedimentation: The MIAP requires that the diversion weir be redesigned to include sluice
gates to direct the water through the bottom of the weir during high flows to reduce the
risk of sedimentation downstream while ensuring that the reservoir above the weir is
scoured of accumulated sediment. The findings of the Stage III sedimentation flow studies
prepared during the feasibility study are that the live storage of the reservoir will be
scoured clean annually and that the sediment flushing gates will be able to clear sediment
that accumulates in the diversion canal. Sedimentation is not considered a critical issue for
the Stage III HPP.
4.
Environmental Flow Release: It is noted that should development proceed for the Stage III
HPP, most of the key aquatic habitat is located upstream of developments (approximately
80% of the Igamba Snail habitat). It is recommend that no development occur in the areas
of Stages I and II and that an oversight body be assigned to monitor development and
future use of the Igamba cascade. As mentioned above, additional work is needed to study
environmental flows and associated costs and benefits. The precautionary principle used
by the Independent Panel with reference to Stage II requires the EFR to be minimum flow
plus 10 m3/s (an EFR of 33m3/s). This would require additional study in the context of
Stage III.
5.
Captive breeding: The MIAP required design and implementation of a captive breeding
program for target species and the development of a plan for reintroduction. The
consultant considers that the preservation of the upstream portion of the Igamba Falls and
the majority of the key aquatic habitat to be the best form of protection for the target
species and that the upstream area could be treated as the reservoir for reintroductions
after construction has been completed. Protection of this area would require agreement
by relevant officials, stakeholders, and a plan to ensure that the area is managed
sustainably. Reintroduction of key species from the upstream areas as well as captive
breeding could be useful complimentary strategies, Further work is required to determine
the efficacy of captive breeding and reintroduction. Until this is done, it is difficult to
determine if these efforts will maintain populations of these species in the lower rapids.
The commitment of the Government to connecting Kigoma to the national/regional grid has
greatly increased the hydropower value of the Lower Malagarasi as surplice energy can, in the
future, be used in other areas of the country while the grid will offer stable power in the case of
low river flows. The optimization of the HPP and linkages to the national transmission line grid
connection will require a redesign and routing of the initially proposed transmission lines
between the Stage III site and consumers.
A critical issue, though, is the possible future pressure for development of the cascade upstream.
In this regard it will be necessary for an oversight body to monitor the management of the Stage
III HPP and control expansion of power production to other stages based on the assessment of
risk to endemic species.
216
12.3 Pending Project Definition, Studies, and Analyses
Additional project definition and analyses will be required before a full feasibility study and
environmental impact assessment can be completed. For example, the Government of
Tanzania’s recent commitment to extend the national grid to the Kigoma region offers new
opportunities for providing reliable and relatively low-cost power supply and TANESCO has
moved forward with a number of interconnecting transmission lines. Thus, the previously
proposed transmission line linking the Malagarasi hydropower station to users will be
significantly changed, but routing and capacity of the transmission line(s) is still to be defined. As
a result of these changes, this report analyzes impacts for Stage III hydropower works and related
construction camps, rock dumps and operational facilities and new portions of the access road
leading to the Stage III location, but does not address the transmission line(s) and Resettlement
Action Plan(s) for all project components.
The recommended follow up actions to complete a full ESIA are summarized below:
•
Analysis of the entire project. This analysis would include the transmission line(s) and an
updating of the analysis of the 27 km access route such that the full range of effects, their
magnitude, and total effects (including those that are cumulative) are understood.
Expanded analysis of alternatives given the presence of rare endemic species and
vulnerable habitat at both the main and lower Malagarasi Falls and the interconnector
scheme. The analysis of alternatives would deepen the analysis of connection to the grid,
other siting locations (e.g. further upstream, on the Luiche), and non-hydro options.
Full costing of environmental and social mitigation measures. This report contains an
initial estimate of some measures to avoid or mitigate for adverse effects. This analysis
should be expanded based on the results of the studies described here and a full
accounting of the costs of mitigation measures identified in the process.
•
•
Water Flows
•
Additional hydrological studies including analysis of river flows, water quality and
seasonal mapping of flows. A focus would be the extensive, hypothec, subterranean
cryptic habitat and the relationship of elevated calcium and magnesium levels in the
water to the endemic species. Considering the observed decrease in flows in the most
recent years of hydrological data, efforts should be made to determine the causes of
these low flows and to fill in the time series.
217
•
Compensation flow during construction. This flow, currently defined as 0.2m3/s, will
affect the habitat of endemic, range restricted species. This is considered suboptimal and
merits further study, taking into account the costs of other construction scenarios that
could avoid the need to translocate and reintroduce the range-restricted species.
•
Environmental Flow Release (EFR). Based on further detailed hydrological work,
additional analysis is needed to determine the amount of environmental flow required to
mitigate impacts, including to the Igamba suckermouth catfish population. The analysis
should evaluate what would happen if the 95% flow rate (21.0m3/s) were used or if the
scheme were full run-of-river.
•
Additional documentation on permit to abstract water and reduce flow, including the
timeline and effect on implementation schedule.
Endemic and Sensitive Species
Studies of endemic and other sensitive species. This is important given the Malagarasi River is
important for endangered, endemic or range-restricted species as well as highly threatened or
unique ecosystems (including the new mollusk and a new species of Potadomoides found at the
same lower rapids site as the Igamba snail). The studies should seek to determine whether it is
possible to build the project in a way that does not lead to measurable adverse impacts on the
endemic and range restricted species or a net reduction in the population of any Critically
Endangered or Endangered species over a reasonable period of time. Reintroduction
/translocation on a trial basis should be carried out before irretrievable losses occur. Impact
evaluation ratings require re-analysis and independent review. In addition, impacts of the
disturbance to chimpanzees and to endemic vegetation as well as rare orchid species may require
additional study.
•
Additional (wet season) vegetation studies to locate rare plant species within the
proposed reservoir as well as data and research to evaluate the significance of
Podostemaceae and potential rheophytes (both are cascade plant groups) found in the fast
flowing water of the river and the site of the dam. This area could be one of the most
important sites for podostems in East Africa.
•
•
Definition of measures to avoid, mitigates, or adequately compensate for effects on
biodiversity. The preferred option is to avoid negative effects, particularly those on
sensitive resources, such as critical resources. To meet international standards, a
biodiversity offset should achieve measurable conservation outcomes that can reasonably
218
be expected to result in no net loss of habitat (for natural habitats) and a net gain if the
habitat is critical.
Given the complex issues regarding sensitive and potentially critical habitats, the use of
independent experts (such as an Independent Advisory Panel) may be warranted to advise on
the completion of an ESIA and related measures.
Social and Cultural Aspects
•
•
Additional analysis of impacts of potential introduction of schistosomiasis /
bilharziasis to evaluate preventive measures that may be appropriate.
Expanded analysis and documentation of cultural resources. This could include a
literature review, advice from cultural resource professionals, fieldwork (transects or
shovel testing, for example), and a discussion of national law, regulations, policies or
procedures and to the Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural
and Natural Heritage
12.4 Conclusions
Major impacts associated with the Stage III scheme are:
Construction Phase:
•
The 27 km access road will result in some displacement of families along the
alignment;
•
Highly disturbed area of the Direct Impact Zone approximately 184 ha;
•
A ponding dam of approximately 13.5 ha;
•
Construction period of three years four months with up to 550 workers on site
during peak construction period;
•
Soil erosion and collapse of embankments;
•
Noise and vibration on site and along the access route (trucking traffic will be
high);
•
Loss of some aquatic habitat important to endemic species (Igamba snail and
Goby cichlid);
•
Temporary reduced water quality;
•
Short term impact on wildlife and tourism;
•
Increase in illegal timber abstraction;
•
Social, health and safety impacts on local communities.
219
Operation Phase:
•
The HPP is largely a run-of-river scheme. Downstream flows are not affected
except during the late dry season when the dam is used as a reservoir for daily
peaking. During peaking operations downstream river flows will vary daily from
10 – 33 m3/s. Although there are no social impacts from this there may some
impact on river banks and fish populations;
•
The section of the river between the dam and the tailrace will be affected by
reduced flows and an EFR of 10 m3/s is required to maintain biodiversity;
•
The existing community of Igamba will be affected through loss of arable lands,
reduced access to natural resources, limited access to the river and, some loss
of homes;
•
Loss of Labeo cf. coubie, a migratory fish from the reservoir area;
o
Reduce value of the area for tourism due to light and visual pollution;
o
Increase in illegal timber abstraction.
Cumulative Impacts (should other Stages of the cascade be developed)
•
Loss of significant area of critical habitat for site specific endemic species
•
Changes to downstream flows if Stage I (storage reservoir and hydropower
plant) is constructed
•
Loss of the tourism value of the Igamba Falls and area in general.
Major Upstream Threats are:
•
Reduced dry season river flows due to changes in land use upstream and failure
of the Malagarasi – Moyowosi Ramsar Site to successfully manage the upstream
swamps
•
Climate change reducing late dry season flows.
The mitigations proposed focus on the social impacts and require a number of detailed social
development plans be prepared to ensure that local communities are protected and benefit from
the hydropower development. The selection of the Stage III scheme is largely due to the
potentially higher impacts that the other two Stages would have on biodiversity in the area.
Environmental mitigations are around the location of the hydropower site (at the bottom of the
rapids and below the main habitat used by the endemic species). The run of river scheme with
dry season daily storage does not significantly increase the size of the reservoir area nor greatly
increase the environmental impacts. Given the biodiversity importance of the Igamba area, it is
necessary to maintain as much of the aquatic ecosystem as possible thus a substantial
220
environmental release flow has been identified of 10m3/s (approximately half of the average
peak dry season flow).
The remaining area of the cascade, including the main falls and key aquatic habitats should be
protected and used to enhance the tourism value of the Masito-Ugalla Ecosystem area situated
on the left bank of the Malagarasi river.
The findings are that the Stage III scheme at the lower end of the Igamba cascade can provide
benefits to the people and development of the Kigoma Region. Additional work is required,
however, to complete the design of the proposed project, fully analyze the environmental and
social impact and measures to reduce them. The analysis to date suggests that there will be
social and environmental impacts that can be reduced through mitigation actions.
221
References/Bibliography
Please note that the individual specialist studies contain detailed references that relate to the
specific studies. These will not be repeated here; rather these references refer to the general
ESIA text.
Arthington A.H., J.L.Rall, M.J. Kennard, B.J. Pusey, 2003 Environmental Flow Requirements Of
Fish In Lesotho Rivers Using The Drift Methodology. River Research And
Applications19: 641–666 Published Online In Wiley Interscience.
Bennun, L. & Howell, K.M. 2002. Chapter 7, Birds. Pp. 121-161. In Davies, G. African Forest
Biodiversity. Earthwatch, London.
Council on Environmental Quality 1997 Considering Cumulative Effects Under the National
Environmental Policy Act.
Dencon/Sweco 2005 Feasibility Report on SP-5.2 – Malagarasi (Igamba II) Hydropower
Subproject
Dickens, C.W.S. and Graham, P.M. (2002). The South African Scoring System (SASS) Version 5
Rapid Bio-assessment Method for Rivers. African Journal of Aquatic Science, 27: 1–
10.
ESBI 2009 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for the Malagarasi Stage II Hydropower
Project. Final Report. Prepared by Norconsult.
ESBI in association with Africare 2009 Preliminary Resettlement Action Plan Prepared for the
Development of Malagarasi Hydro Power Plant and Access Infrastructure
Component. 24 pp.
ESBI 2011 Malagarasi Stage III Project: Final River Hydraulic Calculation Report. Prepared by
Norconsult. 20pp.
ESBI 2011 Malagarasi Stage III Project (Engineering) Feasibility Study Report – Prepared by
Norconsult. 120pp.
ECON Analysis 2005, Feasibility Report on SP-5.2 – Malagarasi (Igamba II) Hydropower
Subproject.
Hacking, J. (1998) An Innovative approach to Structuring Environmental Impact Assessment
Reports. International Association for Impact Assessment S.A. National Conference
Papers.pp143-155.
222
Hirji R and Davis R 2009 Environmental Flows in Water Resources Policies, Plans and Projects –
Findings and Recommendations. Prepared for the World Bank.
JGI, 2008. Biological surveys in the Masito-Ugalla Ecosystem. A research report, Jane Goodall
Institute, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania.
Luttrell C. and Pantale I. 2008 Budget Support, Aid Instruments and the Environment: The
Country Context Tanzania Country Case Study Final Report. ODI.
Michel, E., Nkotagu, H. and Friel, J. (2006). Malagarasi Aquatic Ecosystems: biodiversity &
limnological functioning of the Malagarasi-Moyovosi wetlands, western Tanzania.
Unpublished Report for National Geographic Society, 14 pp.
Mott MacDonald 2009 Malagarasi Aquatic Rapid Biodiversity Assessment, Final Report. Prepared
for Millennium Challenge Corporation, 111pp.
Baseline General References
Bennun, L. & Howell, K.M. 2002. Chapter 7, Birds. Pp. 121-161. In Davies, G. African Forest
Biodiversity. Earthwatch, London.
Bennun, L. & Howell, K.M. 2002. Chapter 7, Birds. Pp. 121-161. In Davies, G. African Forest
Biodiversity. Earthwatch, London.
Channing, A.C. & Howell, K.M. 2006. Amphibians of East Africa. Cornell University Press, Ithaca.
Chororoka, K. 1999. The influence of Malagarasi and Luiche Rivers on Lake Tanganyika dissolved
and suspended particles. The Nyanza Project, 1999 Annual Report, The University of
Arizona, p. 41-49.
ESBI Millennium Challenge Account – Tanzania, Hydro – Hydrological Survey, June 2009.
Frost, P. 1996. The ecology of Miombo woodlands. In: Campbell, B. (ed.). The Miombo in
Transition: Woodlands and Welfare in Africa. CIFOR, Bogor. p. 11–57.
IUCN 2007. 2007 IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. www.iucnredlist.org. Downloaded on 09
June 2008.
JGI 2008 Biological Surveys in The Masito-Ugalla Ecosystem (MUE). A report prepared by the
Jane Goodall Institute (JGI), Tanzania.
223
Michel, E., Nkotagu, H. and Friel, J. (2005). Malagarasi Aquatic Ecosystems: biodiversity &
limnological functioning of the Malagarasi-Moyovosi wetlands, western Tanzania.
Unpublished Report, 14 pp.
Nkotagu, H. H, and Athuman, C. B. 2004. The limnogeology of the Malagarasi wetlands. In:
Nkotagu, H. H. and Ndaro S. G. M. (eds). The Malagarasi Wetland Ecosystem, pp. 1-36.
Dar es Salaam University Press, Dar es Salaam.
Norplan 2009 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA): Development of Malagarasi
8 Mw Small Hydro Plant and 33 kv Transmission Lines to Kigoma, Kasulu and Uvinza.
Prepared for TANESCO.
TANESCO, 2007. Scoping Report for Environmental and Social Impact Assessment. Development
of 8MW Malagarasi Small Hydro Plant, Kigoma. Tanzania.
TANESCO. 2005 Feasibility Study of the Rural Electrification (Area Supply) Subproject (Phase 2) .
SP-5.1 Kigoma-Kasulu. Report Prepared by DECON – SWECO – Inter-Consult 2005.
Biodiversity
Goodall, J. (1986). The Chimpanzees of Gombe: Patterns of Behaviour. The Belknap Press,
Harvard University, Cambridge, MA. Pgs: 9-79.
Moore, J. (1992). ‘Savanna’ chimpanzee. In Nishida, T., McGrew, W.C., Marler, P., Pickford, M.
& de Waal, F.B.M (eds), Topics in Primatology: 1: 99-118, Human
Origins.
Tokyo, University of Tokyo Press.
Ndimuligo, S. A (2007). Assessment of Chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes) population and Habitat in
Kwitanga Forest, Western Tanzania. MSc. Research Dissertation, University of
Witwatersrand, South Africa.
Massawe, E.T. (1992). Assessment of the Status of Chimpanzee Populations in Western Tanzania.
African Study Monographs, 13(1): 35-55.
Plumptre, A.J, Davenport, T.J.B, Behangana, M, Kityo, R, Eiluc G, Ssegawa P, Ewangoa C, Meirted
D, Kahindo C, Herremansd, M, Kerbis Peterhanse J, John D. Pilgrimg, l, Malcolm Wilson,
Languyi, M, Moyer, D (2007) The biodiversity of the Albertine Rift. Biological
Conservation 134 pp 178-194.
224
Sociology References
Environmental and Social Impact Report for Development Malagarasi Small Hydro plant
Transmission line to Kigoma, Kasulu and Uvinza. Norplan. October 2009.
Kigoma District Profile. Prepared by the District council 2009/ 2010.
Lewis, M. P (ed.), 2009. Ethnologue: Languages of the World, Sixteenth edition. Dallas, Texas. SIL
International. Online version.
National Bureau of Statistics, Kigoma Regional Commissioner’s Office and Ministry of Planning,
Economy and Empowerment 2008 Kigoma Region: Socio-Economic Profile.
Preliminary Resettlement Action Plan, Development of Malagarasi Hydropower Plant and Access
infrastructure Component, Prepared by ESBI in Association with Africare. October
2009.
Resettlement Action Plan for Malagarasi Hydro Project prepared by ESBI May 2010.
World Bank guidelines for involuntary settlement OP 4: 12 (www.worldbank.org)
225
APPENDICES
APPENDIX I: LIST OF CONSULTED STAKEHOLDERS
226
227
228
229
Appendix II: Up and Down stream water analysis result for Malagarasi Stage III
HPP Project
230
231
Appendix III: Layout of the proposed development and effect on river flows
232